Nothing Special   »   [go: up one dir, main page]

US20050239126A1 - Proteases - Google Patents

Proteases Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20050239126A1
US20050239126A1 US11/167,040 US16704005A US2005239126A1 US 20050239126 A1 US20050239126 A1 US 20050239126A1 US 16704005 A US16704005 A US 16704005A US 2005239126 A1 US2005239126 A1 US 2005239126A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
prts
polynucleotide
sequences
sequence
polypeptide
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US11/167,040
Inventor
Stephen Todd
Angelo Delegeane
Ameena Gandhi
Danniel Nguyen
April Hafalia
Liam Kearney
Yan Lu
Ernestine Lee
Narinder Chawla
Debopriya Das
Chandra Arvizu
Monique Yao
Deborah Kallick
Vicki Elliott
Li Ding
Henry Yue
Roopa Reddy
Dyung Lu
Jayalaxmi Ramkumar
Junming Yang
Catherine Tribouley
Neil Burford
Mariah Baughn
Preeti Lal
Mark Borowsky
Farrah Khan
Rajagopal Gururajan
Y. Tang
Janice Au-Young
Bridget Warren
Roberto Hernandez
Brendan Duggan
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Incyte Corp
Original Assignee
Incyte Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from PCT/US2001/028161 external-priority patent/WO2002020736A2/en
Application filed by Incyte Corp filed Critical Incyte Corp
Priority to US11/167,040 priority Critical patent/US20050239126A1/en
Publication of US20050239126A1 publication Critical patent/US20050239126A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N9/00Enzymes; Proenzymes; Compositions thereof; Processes for preparing, activating, inhibiting, separating or purifying enzymes
    • C12N9/14Hydrolases (3)
    • C12N9/48Hydrolases (3) acting on peptide bonds (3.4)
    • C12N9/50Proteinases, e.g. Endopeptidases (3.4.21-3.4.25)
    • C12N9/64Proteinases, e.g. Endopeptidases (3.4.21-3.4.25) derived from animal tissue
    • C12N9/6421Proteinases, e.g. Endopeptidases (3.4.21-3.4.25) derived from animal tissue from mammals
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07HSUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H21/00Compounds containing two or more mononucleotide units having separate phosphate or polyphosphate groups linked by saccharide radicals of nucleoside groups, e.g. nucleic acids
    • C07H21/04Compounds containing two or more mononucleotide units having separate phosphate or polyphosphate groups linked by saccharide radicals of nucleoside groups, e.g. nucleic acids with deoxyribosyl as saccharide radical
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N9/00Enzymes; Proenzymes; Compositions thereof; Processes for preparing, activating, inhibiting, separating or purifying enzymes
    • C12N9/14Hydrolases (3)
    • C12N9/48Hydrolases (3) acting on peptide bonds (3.4)
    • C12N9/50Proteinases, e.g. Endopeptidases (3.4.21-3.4.25)
    • C12N9/64Proteinases, e.g. Endopeptidases (3.4.21-3.4.25) derived from animal tissue
    • C12N9/6421Proteinases, e.g. Endopeptidases (3.4.21-3.4.25) derived from animal tissue from mammals
    • C12N9/6472Cysteine endopeptidases (3.4.22)
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6876Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes
    • C12Q1/6883Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes for diseases caused by alterations of genetic material
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01KANIMAL HUSBANDRY; AVICULTURE; APICULTURE; PISCICULTURE; FISHING; REARING OR BREEDING ANIMALS, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; NEW BREEDS OF ANIMALS
    • A01K2217/00Genetically modified animals
    • A01K2217/05Animals comprising random inserted nucleic acids (transgenic)
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01KANIMAL HUSBANDRY; AVICULTURE; APICULTURE; PISCICULTURE; FISHING; REARING OR BREEDING ANIMALS, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; NEW BREEDS OF ANIMALS
    • A01K2217/00Genetically modified animals
    • A01K2217/07Animals genetically altered by homologous recombination
    • A01K2217/075Animals genetically altered by homologous recombination inducing loss of function, i.e. knock out
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6813Hybridisation assays
    • C12Q1/6834Enzymatic or biochemical coupling of nucleic acids to a solid phase
    • C12Q1/6837Enzymatic or biochemical coupling of nucleic acids to a solid phase using probe arrays or probe chips
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q2600/00Oligonucleotides characterized by their use
    • C12Q2600/156Polymorphic or mutational markers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q2600/00Oligonucleotides characterized by their use
    • C12Q2600/158Expression markers
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02ATECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A50/00TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE in human health protection, e.g. against extreme weather
    • Y02A50/30Against vector-borne diseases, e.g. mosquito-borne, fly-borne, tick-borne or waterborne diseases whose impact is exacerbated by climate change

Definitions

  • This invention relates to nucleic acid and amino acid sequences of proteases and to the use of these sequences in the diagnosis, treatment, and prevention of gastrointestinal, cardiovascular, autoimmune/inflammatory, cell proliferative, developmental, epithelial, neurological, and reproductive disorders, and in the assessment of the effects of exogenous compounds on the expression of nucleic acid and amino acid sequences of proteases.
  • Proteases cleave proteins and peptides at the peptide bond that forms the backbone of the protein or peptide chain.
  • Proteolysis is one of the most important and frequent enzymatic reactions that occurs both within and outside of cells. Proteolysis is responsible for the activation and maturation of nascent polypeptides, the degradation of misfolded and damaged proteins, and the controlled turnover of peptides within the cell.
  • Proteases participate in digestion, endocrine function, and tissue remodeling during embryonic development, wound healing, and normal growth. Proteases can play a role in regulatory processes by affecting the half life of regulatory proteins. Proteases are involved in the etiology or progression of disease states such as inflammation, angiogenesis, tumor dispersion and metastasis, cardiovascular disease, neurological disease, and bacterial, parasitic, and viral infections.
  • Proteases can be categorized on the basis of where they cleave their substrates.
  • Exopeptidases which include aminopeptidases, dipeptidyl peptidases, tripeptidases, carboxypeptidases, peptidyl-di-peptidases, dipeptidases, and omega peptidases, cleave residues at the termini of their substrates.
  • Endopeptidases including serine proteases, cysteine proteases, and metalloproteases, cleave at residues within the peptide.
  • Four principal categories of mammalian proteases have been identified based on active site structure, mechanism of action, and overall three-dimensional structure. (See Beynon, R. J. and J. S. Bond (1994) Proteolytic Enzymes: A Practical Approach , Oxford University Press, New York N.Y., pp. 1-5.)
  • SPs serine proteases
  • the serine proteases are a large, widespread family of proteolytic enzymes that include the digestive enzymes trypsin and chymotrypsin, components of the complement and blood-clotting cascades, and enzymes that control the degradation and turnover of macromolecules within the cell and in the extracellular matrix.
  • Most of the more than 20 subfamilies can be grouped into six clans, each with a common ancestor. These six clans are hypothesized to have descended from at least four evolutionarily distinct ancestors.
  • SPs are named for the presence of a serine residue found in the active catalytic site of most families.
  • the active site is defined by the catalytic triad, a set of conserved asparagine, histidine, and serine residues critical for catalysis. These residues form a charge relay network that facilitates substrate binding. Other residues outside the active site form an oxyanion hole that stabilizes the tetrahedral transition intermediate formed during catalysis. SPs have a wide range of substrates and can be subdivided into subfamilies on the basis of their substrate specificity.
  • the main subfamilies are named for the residue(s) after which they cleave: trypases (after arginine or lysine), aspases (after aspartate), chymases (after phenylalanine or leucine), metases (methionine), and serases (after serine) (Rawlings, N. D. and A. J. Barrett (1994) Methods Enzymol. 244:19-61).
  • zymogens inactive precursors that are activated by proteolysis.
  • trypsinogen is converted to its active form, trypsin, by enteropeptidase.
  • Enteropeptidase is an intestinal protease that removes an N-terminal fragment from trypsinogen. The remaining active fragment is trypsin, which in turn activates the precursors of the other pancreatic enzymes.
  • proteolysis of prothrombin the precursor of thrombin, generates three separate polypeptide fragments. The N-terminal fragment is released while the other two fragments, which comprise active thrombin, remain associated through disulfide bonds.
  • the two largest SP subfamilies are the chymotrypsin (S1) and subtilisin (S8) families. Some members of the chymotrypsin family contain two structural domains unique to this family. Kringle domains are triple-looped, disulfide cross-linked domains found in varying copy number. Kringles are thought to play a role in binding mediators such as membranes, other proteins or phospholipids, and in the regulation of proteolytic activity (PROSITE PDOC00020). Apple domains are 90 amino-acid repeated domains, each containing six conserved cysteines. Three disulfide bonds link the first and sixth, second and fifth, and third and fourth cysteines (PROSITE PDOC00376). Apple domains are involved in protein-protein interactions.
  • S1 family members include trypsin, chymotrypsin, coagulation factors IX-XII, complement factors B, C, and D, granzymes, kallikrein, and tissue- and urokinase-plasminogen activators.
  • the subtilisin family has members found in the eubacteria, archaebacteria, eukaryotes, and viruses. Subtilisins include the proprotein-processing endopeptidases kexin and furin and the pituitary prohormone convertases PC1, PC2, PC3, PC6, and PACE4 (Rawlings and Barrett, supra).
  • SPs have functions in many normal processes and some have been implicated in the etiology or treatment of disease.
  • Enterokinase the initiator of intestinal digestion, is found in the intestinal brush border, where it cleaves the acidic propeptide from trypsinogen to yield active trypsin (Kitamoto, Y. et al. (1994) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91:7588-7592).
  • Prolylcarboxypeptidase a lysosomal serine peptidase that cleaves peptides such as angiotensin II and III and [des-Arg9] bradykinin, shares sequence homology with members of both the serine carboxypeptidase and prolylendopeptidase families (Tan, F. et al. (1993) J. Biol. Chem. 268:16631-16638).
  • the protease neuropsin may influence synapse formation and neuronal connectivity in the hippocampus in response to neural signaling (Chen, Z.-L. et al. (1995) J. Neurosci. 15:5088-5097).
  • Tissue plasminogen activator is useful for acute management of stroke (Zivin, J. A. (1999) Neurology 53:14-19) and myocardial infarction (Ross, A. M. (1999) Clin. Cardiol. 22:165-171).
  • Some receptors PAR, for proteinase-activated receptor
  • PARs highly expressed throughout the digestive tract, are activated by proteolytic cleavage of an extracellular domain.
  • the major agonists for PARs, thrombin, trypsin, and mast cell tryptase are released in allergy and inflammatory conditions. Control of PAR activation by proteases has been suggested as a promising therapeutic target (Vergnolle, N. (2000) Aliment. Pharmacol. Ther. 14-257-266; Price, K.
  • Prostate-specific antigen is a kallikrein-like serine protease synthesized and secreted exclusively by epithelial cells in the prostate gland. Serum PSA is elevated in prostate cancer and is the most sensitive physiological marker for monitoring cancer progression and response to therapy. PSA can also identify the prostate as the origin of a metastatic tumor (Brawer, M. K and P. H. Lange (1989) Urology 33:11-16).
  • the signal peptidase is a specialized class of SP found in all prokaryotic and eukaryotic cell types that serves in the processing of signal peptides from certain proteins.
  • Signal peptides are amino-terminal domains of a protein which direct the protein from its ribosomal assembly site to a particular cellular or extracellular location. Once the protein has been exported, removal of the signal sequence by a signal peptidase and posttranslational processing, e.g., glycosylation or phosphorylation, activate the protein.
  • Signal peptidases exist as multi-subunit complexes in both yeast and mammals.
  • the canine signal peptidase complex is composed of five subunits, all associated with the microsomal membrane and containing hydrophobic regions that span the membrane one or more times (Shelness, G. S. and G. Blobel (1990) J. Biol. Chem. 265:9512-9519). Some of these subunits serve to fix the complex in its proper position on the membrane while others contain the actual catalytic activity.
  • proteases which have a serine in their active site are dependent on the hydrolysis of ATP for their activity. These proteases contain proteolytic core domains and regulatory ATPase domains which can be identified by the presence of the P-loop, an ATP/GTP-binding motif (PROSITE PDOC00803). Members of this family include the eukaryotic mitochondrial matrix proteases, Clp protease and the proteasome. Clp protease was originally found in plant chloroplasts but is believed to be widespread in both prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells. The gene for early-onset torsion dystonia encodes a protein related to Clp protease (Ozelius, L. J. et al. (1998) Adv. Neurol. 78:93-105).
  • the proteasome is an intracellular protease complex found in some bacteria and in all eukaryotic cells, and plays an important role in cellular physiology.
  • Proteasomes are associated with the ubiquitin conjugation system (UCS), a major pathway for the degradation of cellular proteins of all types, including proteins that function to activate or repress cellular processes such as transcription and cell cycle progression (Ciechanover, A. (1994) Cell 79:13-21).
  • UCS ubiquitin conjugation system
  • proteins targeted for degradation are conjugated to ubiquitin, a small heat stable protein. The ubiquitinated protein is then recognized and degraded by the proteasome.
  • the resultant ubiquitin-peptide complex is hydrolyzed by a ubiquitin carboxyl terminal hydrolase, and free ubiquitin is released for reutilization by the UCS.
  • Ubiquitin-proteasome systems are implicated in the degradation of mitotic cyclic kinases, oncoproteins, tumor suppressor genes (p53), cell surface receptors associated with signal transduction, transcriptional regulators, and mutated or damaged proteins (Ciechanover, supra). This pathway has been implicated in a number of diseases, including cystic fibrosis, Angelman's syndrome, and Liddle syndrome (reviewed in Schwartz, A. L. and A. Ciechanover (1999) Annu. Rev. Med. 50:57-74).
  • a murine proto-oncogene, Unp encodes a nuclear ubiquitin protease whose overexpression leads to oncogenic transformation of NIH3T3 cells.
  • the human homologue of this gene is consistently elevated in small cell tumors and adenocarcinomas of the lung (Gray, D. A. (1995) Oncogene 10:2179-2183).
  • Ubiquitin carboxyl terminal hydrolase is involved in the differentiation of a lymphoblastic leukemia cell line to a non-dividing mature state (Mali, A. et al., (1996) Differentiation 60:59-66).
  • proteasome is a large ( ⁇ 2000 kDa) multisubunit complex composed of a central catalytic core containing a variety of proteases arranged in four seven-membered rings with the active sites facing inwards into the central cavity, and terminal ATPase subunits covering the outer port of the cavity and regulating substrate entry (for review, see Schmidt, M. et al. (1999) Curr. Opin. Chem. Biol. 3:584-591).
  • Cysteine proteases are involved in diverse cellular processes ranging from the processing of precursor proteins to intracellular degradation. Nearly half of the CPs known are present only in viruses. CPs have a cysteine as the major catalytic residue at the active site where catalysis proceeds via a thioester intermediate and is facilitated by nearby histidine and asparagine residues. A glutamine residue is also important, as it helps to form an oxyanion hole.
  • Two important CP families include the papain-like enzymes (C1) and the calpains (C2). Papain-like family members are generally lysosomal or secreted and therefore are synthesized with signal peptides as well as propeptides.
  • Papains include cathepsins B, C, H, L, and S, certain plant allergens and dipeptidyl peptidase (for a review, see Rawlings, N. D. and A. J. Barrett (1994) Methods Enzymol. 244:461-486).
  • CPs are expressed ubiquitously, while others are produced only by cells of the immune system.
  • CPs are produced by monocytes, macrophages and other cells which migrate to sites of inflammation and secrete molecules involved in tissue repair. Overabundance of these repair molecules plays a role in certain disorders.
  • autoimmune diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis
  • cysteine peptidase cathepsin C degrades collagen, laminin, elastin and other structural proteins found in the extracellular matrix of bones. Bone weakened by such degradation is also more susceptible to tumor invasion and metastasis.
  • Cathepsin L expression may also contribute to the influx of mononuclear cells which exacerbates the destruction of the rheumatoid synovium (Keyszer, G. M. (1995) Arthritis Rheum. 38:976-984).
  • Calpains are calcium-dependent cytosolic endopeptidases which contain both an N-terminal catalytic domain and a C-terminal calcium-binding domain. Calpain is expressed as a proenzyme heterodimer consisting of a catalytic subunit unique to each isoform and a regulatory subunit common to different isoforms. Each subunit bears a calcium-binding EF-hand domain. The regulatory subunit also contains a hydrophobic glycine-rich domain that allows the enzyme to associate with cell membranes. Calpains are activated by increased intracellular calcium concentration, which induces a change in conformation and limited autolysis. The resultant active molecule requires a lower calcium concentration for its activity (Chan, S. L. and M. P.
  • Calpain expression is predominantly neuronal, although it is present in other tissues.
  • Several chronic neurodegenerative disorders, including ALS, Parkinson's disease and Alzheimer's disease are associated with increased calpain expression (Chan and Mattson, supra).
  • Calpain-mediated breakdown of the cytoskeleton has been proposed to contribute to brain damage resulting from head injury (McCracken, E. et al. (1999) J. Neurotrauma 16:749-761).
  • Calpain-3 is predominantly expressed in skeletal muscle, and is responsible for linib-girdle muscular dystrophy type 2A (Minami, N. et al. (1999) J. Neurol. Sci. 171:31-37).
  • caspases Another family of thiol proteases is the caspases, which are involved in the initiation and execution phases of apoptosis.
  • a pro-apoptotic signal can activate initiator caspases that trigger a proteolytic caspase cascade, leading to the hydrolysis of target proteins and the classic apoptotic death of the cell.
  • Two active site residues, a cysteine and a histidine, have been implicated in the catalytic mechanism.
  • Caspases are among the most specific endopeptidases, cleaving after aspartate residues. Caspases are synthesized as inactive zymogens consisting of one large (p20) and one small (p10) subunit separated by a small spacer region, and a variable N-terminal prodomain.
  • This prodomain interacts with cofactors that can positively or negatively affect apoptosis.
  • An activating signal causes autoproteolytic cleavage of a specific aspartate residue (D297 in the caspase-1 numbering convention) and removal of the spacer and prodomain, leaving a p10/p20 heterodimer. Two of these heterodimers interact via their small subunits to form the catalytically active tetramer.
  • the long prodomains of some caspase family members have been shown to promote dimerization and auto-processing of procaspases.
  • caspases contain a “death effector domain” in their prodomain by which they can be recruited into self-activating complexes with other caspases and FADD protein associated death receptors or the TNF receptor complex.
  • two dimers from different caspase family members can associate, changing the substrate specificity of the resultant tetramer.
  • Endogenous caspase inhibitors inhibitor of apoptosis proteins, or IAPs also exist. All these interactions have clear effects on the control of apoptosis (reviewed in Chan and Mattson, supra; Salveson, G. S. and V. M. Dixit (1999) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 96:10964-10967).
  • Caspases have been implicated in a number of diseases. Mice lacking some caspases have severe nervous system defects due to failed apoptosis in the neuroepithelium and suffer early lethality. Others show severe defects in the inflammatory response, as caspases are responsible for processing IL-1b and possibly other inflammatory cytokines (Chan and Mattson, supra). Cowpox virus and baculoviruses target caspases to avoid the death of their host cell and promote successful infection. In addition, increases, in inappropriate apoptosis have been reported in AIDS, neurodegenerative diseases and ischemic injury, while a decrease in cell death is associated with cancer (Salveson and Dixit, supra; Thompson, C. B. (1995) Science 267:1456-1462).
  • Aspartyl proteases include the lysosomal proteases cathepsins D and E, as well as chymosin, renin, and the gastric pepsins. Most retroviruses encode an AP, usually as part of the pol polyprotein. APs, also called acid proteases, are monomeric enzymes consisting of two domains, each domain containing one half of the active site with its own catalytic aspartic acid residue. APs are most active in the range of pH 2-3, at which one of the aspartate residues is ionized and the other neutral. The pepsin family of APs contains many secreted enzymes, and all are likely to be synthesized with signal peptides and propeptides.
  • Retropepsins are analogous to a single domain of pepsin, and become active as homodimers with each retropepsin monomer contributing one half of the active site. Retropepsins are required for processing the viral polyproteins.
  • APs have roles in various tissues, and some have been associated with disease. Renin mediates the first step in processing the hormone angiotensin, which is responsible for regulating electrolyte balance and blood pressure (reviewed in Crews, D. E. and S. R. Williams (1999) Hum. Biol. 71:475-503). Abnormal regulation and expression of cathepsins are evident in various inflammatory disease states. Expression of cathepsin D is elevated in synovial tissues from patients with rheumatoid arthritis and osteoarthritis. The increased expression and differential regulation of the cathepsins are linked to the metastatic potential of a variety of cancers (Chambers, A. F. et al. (1993) Crit. Rev. Oncol. 4:95-114).
  • Metalloproteases require a metal ion for activity, usually manganese or zinc.
  • manganese metalloenzymes include aminopeptidase P and human proline dipeptidase (PEPD).
  • Aminopeptidase P can degrade bradykinin, a nonapeptide activated in a variety of inflammatory responses. Aminopeptidase P has been implicated in coronary ischemia/reperfusion injury. Administration of aminopeptidase P inhibitors has been shown to have a cardioprotective effect in rats (Ersahin, C. et al (1999) J. Cardiovasc. Pharmacol. 34:604-611).
  • the active site is made up of two histidines which act as zinc ligands and a catalytic glutamic acid C-terminal to the first histidine.
  • Proteins containing this signature sequence are known as the metzincins and include aminopeptidase N, angiotensin-converting enzyme, neurolysin, the matrix metalloproteases and the adamalysins (ADAMS).
  • ADAMS adamalysins
  • a number of the neutral metalloendopeptidases are involved in the metabolism of peptide hormones.
  • High aminopeptidase B activity for example, is found in the adrenal glands and neurohypophyses of hypertensive rats (Prieto, I. et al. (1998) Horm. Metab. Res. 30:246-248).
  • Oligopeptidase M/neurolysin can hydrolyze bradykinin as well as neurotensin (Serizawa, A. et al. (1995) J. Biol. Chem 270:2092-2098).
  • Neurotensin is a vasoactive peptide that can act as a neurotransmitter in the brain, where it has been implicated in limiting food intake (Tritos, N. A. et al. (1999) Neuropeptides 33:339-349).
  • MMPs matrix metalloproteases
  • ECM extracellular matrix
  • Zn +2 endopeptidases with an N-terminal catalytic domain.
  • Nearly all members of the family have a hinge peptide and C-terminal domain which can bind to substrate molecules in the ECM or to inhibitors produced by the tissue (TIMPs, for tissue inhibitor of metalloprotease; Campbell, I. L. et al. (1999) Trends Neurosci. 22:285).
  • fibronectin-like repeats, transmembrane domains, or C-terminal hemopexinase-like domains can be used to separate MMPs into collagenase, gelatinase, stromelysin and membrane-type MMP subfamilies.
  • the Zn +2 ion in the active site interacts with a cysteine in the pro-sequence.
  • MMPs are often activated by the serine proteases plasmin and fib MMPs are often regulated by stoichiometric, noncovalent interactions with inhibitors; the balance of protease to inhibitor, then, is very important in tissue homeostasis (reviewed in Yong, V. W. et al. (1998) Trends Neurosci. 21:75).
  • MMPs are implicated in a number of diseases including osteoarthritis (Mitchell, P. et al. (1996) J. Clin. Invest. 97:761), atherosclerotic plaque rupture (Sukhova, G. K. et al. (1999) Circulation 99:2503), aortic aneurysm (Schneiderman, J. et al. (1998) Am. J. Path. 152:703), non-healing wounds (Saarialho-Kere, U. K. et al. (1994) J. Cin. Invest. 94:79), bone resorption (Blavier, L. and J. M. Delaisse (1995) J. Cell Sci.
  • MMP inhibitors prevent metastasis of mammary carcinoma and experimental tumors in rat, and Lewis lung carcinoma, hemangioma, and human ovarian carcinoma xenografts in mice (Eccles, S. A. et al. (1996) Cancer Res. 56:2815; Anderson et al. (1996) Cancer Res. 56:715-718; Volpert, O. V. et al. (1996) J. Clin. Invest. 98:671; Taraboletti, G. et al. (1995) J. NCI 87:293; Davies, B. et al. (1993) Cancer Res. 53:2087). MMPs may be active in Alzheimer's disease. A number of MMPs are implicated in multiple sclerosis, and administration of MMP inhibitors can relieve some of its, symptoms (reviewed in Yong, supra).
  • ADAMs Another family of metalloproteases is the ADAMs, for A Disintegrin and Metalloprotease Domain, which they share with their close relatives the adamalysins, snake venom metalloproteases (SVMPs).
  • ADAMs combine features of both cell surface adhesion molecules and proteases, containing a prodomain, a protease domain, a disintegrin domain, a cysteine rich domain, an epidermal growth factor repeat, a transmembrane domain, and a cytoplasmic tail. The first three domains listed above are also found in the SVMPs.
  • the ADAMs possess four potential functions: proteolysis, adhesion, signaling and fusion.
  • the ADAMs share the metzincin zinc binding sequence and are inhibited by some MMP antagonists such as TIMP-1.
  • ADAMs are implicated in such processes as sperm-egg binding and fusion, myoblast fusion, and protein-ectodomain processing or shedding of cytokines, cytokine receptors, adhesion proteins and other extracellular protein domains (Schlöndorff, J. and C. P. Blobel (1999) J. Cell. Sci. 112:3603-3617).
  • the Kuzbanian protein cleaves a substrate in the NOTCH pathway (possibly NOTCH itself), activating the program for lateral inhibition in Drosophila neural development.
  • Two ADAMs, TACE (ADAM 17) and ADAM 10 are proposed to have analogous roles in the processing of amyloid precursor protein in the brain (Schlöndorff and Blobel, supra).
  • TACE has also been identified as the TNF activating enzyme (Black, R. A. et al. (1997) Nature 385:729).
  • TNF is a pleiotropic cytokine that is important in mobilizing host defenses in response to infection or trauma, but can cause severe damage in excess and is often overproduced in autoimmune disease.
  • TACE cleaves membrane-bound pro-TNF to release a soluble form.
  • Other ADAMs may be involved in a similar type of processing of other membrane-bound molecules.
  • the ADAMTS sub-family has all of the features of ADAM family metalloproteases and contain an additional thrombospondin domain (TS).
  • TS thrombospondin domain
  • the prototypic ADAMTS was identified in mouse, found to be expressed in heart and kidney and upregulated by proinflammatory stimuli (Kuno, K. et al. (1997) J. Biol. chem. 272:556-562). To date eleven members are recognized by the Human Genome Organization (HUGO; http://www.gene.ucl.ac.uk/users/tester/adamts.html#Approved).
  • the invention features purified polypeptides, proteases, referred to collectively as “PRTS” and individually as “PRTS-1,” “PRTS-2,” “PRTS-3,” “PRTS-4,” “PRTS-5,” “PRTS-6,” “PRTS-7,” “PRTS-8,” “PRTS-9,” “PRTS-10,” “PRTS-1, “PRTS-12,” “PRTS-13,” “PRTS-14,” “PRTS-15,” “PRTS-16,” and “PRTS-17.”
  • the invention provides an isolated polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid
  • the invention further provides an isolated polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17.
  • the polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17.
  • the polynucleotide is selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:18-34.
  • the invention provides a recombinant polynucleotide comprising a promoter sequence operably linked to a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17.
  • the invention provides a cell transformed with the recombinant polynucleotide.
  • the invention provides a transgenic organism comprising the recombinant polynucleotide.
  • the invention also provides a method for producing a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17.
  • the method comprises a) culturing a cell under conditions suitable for expression of the polypeptide, wherein said cell is transformed with a recombinant polynucleotide comprising a promoter sequence operably linked to a polynucleotide encoding the polypeptide, and b) recovering the polypeptide so expressed.
  • the invention provides an isolated antibody which specifically binds to a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17.
  • the invention further provides an isolated polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of a) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:18-34, b) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:18-34, c) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of a), d) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of b), and e) an RNA equivalent of a)-d).
  • the polynucleotide comprises at least 60 contiguous nucleotides.
  • the intention provides a method for detecting a target polynucleotide in a sample, said target polynucleotide having a sequence of a polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of a) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:18-34, b) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:18-34, c) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of a), d) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of b), and e) an RNA equivalent of a)-d).
  • the method comprises a) hybridizing the sample with a probe comprising at least 20 contiguous nucleotides comprising a sequence complementary to said target polynucleotide in the sample, and which probe specifically hybridizes to said target polynucleotide, under conditions whereby a hybridization complex is formed between said probe and said target polynucleotide or fragments thereof, and b) detecting the presence or absence of said hybridization complex, and optionally, if present, the amount thereof.
  • the probe comprises at least 60 contiguous nucleotides.
  • the invention further provides a method for detecting a target polynucleotide in a sample, said target polynucleotide having a sequence of a polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of a) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:18-34, b) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:18-34, c) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of a), d) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of b), and e) an RNA equivalent of a)-d).
  • the method comprises a) amplifying said target polynucleotide or fragment thereof using polymerase chain reaction amplification, and b) detecting the presence or absence of said amplified target polynucleotide or fragment thereof, and, optionally, if present, the amount thereof.
  • the invention further provides a composition comprising an effective amount of a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • the composition comprises an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17.
  • the invention additionally provides a method of treating a disease or condition associated with decreased expression of functional PRTS, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment the composition.
  • the invention also provides a method for screening a compound for effectiveness as an agonist of a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17.
  • the method comprises a) exposing a sample comprising the polypeptide to a compound, and b) detecting agonist activity in the sample.
  • the invention provides a composition comprising an agonist compound identified by the method and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • the invention provides a method of treating a disease or condition associated with decreased expression of functional PRTS, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment the composition.
  • the invention provides a method for screening a compound for effectiveness as an antagonist of a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17.
  • the method comprises a) exposing a sample comprising the polypeptide to a compound, and b) detecting antagonist activity in the sample.
  • the invention provides a composition comprising an antagonist compound identified by the method and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • the invention provides a method of treating a disease or condition associated with overexpression of functional PRTS, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment the composition.
  • the invention further provides a method of screening for a compound that specifically binds to a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17.
  • the method comprises a) combining the polypeptide with at least one test compound under suitable conditions, and b) detecting binding of the polypeptide to the test compound, thereby identifying a compound that specifically binds to the polypeptide.
  • the invention further provides a method of screening for a compound that modulates the activity of a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17.
  • the method comprises a) combining the polypeptide with at least one test compound under conditions permissive for the activity of the polypeptide, b) assessing the activity of the polypeptide in the presence of the test compound, and c) comparing the activity of the polypeptide in the presence of the test compound with the activity of the polypeptide in the absence of the test compound, wherein a change in the activity of the polypeptide in the presence of the test compound is indicative of a compound that modulates the activity of the polypeptide.
  • the invention further provides a method for screening a compound for effectiveness in altering expression of a target polynucleotide, wherein said target polynucleotide comprises a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:18-34, the method comprising a) exposing a sample comprising the target polynucleotide to a compound, and b) detecting altered expression of the target polynucleotide.
  • the invention further provides a method for assessing toxicity of a test compound, said method comprising a) treating a biological sample containing nucleic acids with the test compound; b) hybridizing the nucleic acids of the treated biological sample with a probe comprising at least 20 contiguous nucleotides of a polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of i) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:18-34, ii) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:18-34, iii) a polynucleotide having a sequence complementary to i), iv) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of ii), and v) an RNA equivalent of i)-iv
  • Hybridization occurs under conditions whereby a specific hybridization complex is formed between said probe and a target polynucleotide in the biological sample, said target polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of i) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:18-34, ii) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:18-34, iii) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of i), iv) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of ii), and v) an RNA equivalent of i)-iv).
  • the target polynucleotide comprises a fragment of a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of i)-v) above; c) quantifying the amount of hybridization complex; and d) comparing the amount of hybridization complex in the treated biological sample with the amount of hybridization complex in an untreated biological sample, wherein a difference in the amount of hybridization complex in the treated biological sample is indicative of toxicity of the test compound.
  • Table 1 summarizes the nomenclature for the full length polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences of the present invention.
  • Table 2 shows the GenBank identification number and annotation of the nearest GenBank homolog for polypeptides of the invention. The probability score for the match between each polypeptide and its GenBank homolog is also shown.
  • Table 3 shows structural features of polypeptide sequences of the invention, including predicted motifs and domains, along with the methods, algorithms, and searchable databases used for analysis of the polypeptides.
  • Table 4 lists the cDNA and/or genomic DNA fragments which were used to assemble polynucleotide sequences of the invention, along with selected fragments of the polynucleotide sequences.
  • Table 5 shows the representative cDNA library for polynucleotides of the invention.
  • Table 6 provides an appendix which describes the tissues and vectors used for construction of the cDNA libraries shown in Table 5.
  • Table 7 shows the tools, programs, and algorithms used to analyze the polynucleotides and polypeptides of the invention, along with applicable descriptions, references, and threshold parameters.
  • a host cell includes a plurality of such host cells
  • an antibody is a reference to one or more antibodies and equivalents thereof known to those skilled in the art, and so forth.
  • PRTS refers to the amino acid sequences of substantially purified PRTS obtained from any species, particularly a mammalian species, including bovine, ovine, porcine, murine, equine, and human and from any source, whether natural, synthetic, semi-synthetic, or recombinant.
  • agonist refers to a molecule which intensifies or mimics the biological activity of PRTS.
  • Agonists may include proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, small molecules, or any other compound or composition which modulates the activity of PRTS either by directly interacting with PRTS or by acting on components of the biological pathway in which PRTS participates.
  • allelic variant is an alternative form of the gene encoding PRTS. Allelic variants may result from at least one mutation in the nucleic acid sequence and may result in altered mRNAs or in polypeptides whose structure or function may or may not be altered. A gene may have none, one, or many allelic variants of its naturally occurring form. Common mutational changes which give rise to allelic variants are generally ascribed to natural deletions, additions, or substitutions of nucleotides. Each of these types of changes may occur alone, or in combination with the others, one or more times in a given sequence.
  • “Altered” nucleic acid sequences encoding PRTS include those sequences with deletions, insertions, or substitutions of different nucleotides, resulting in a polypeptide the same as PRTS or a polypeptide with at least one functional characteristic of PRTS. Included within this definition are polymorphisms which may or may not be readily detectable using a particular oligonucleotide probe of the polynucleotide encoding PRTS, and improper or unexpected hybridization to allelic variants, with a locus other than the normal chromosomal locus for the polynucleotide sequence encoding PRTS.
  • the encoded protein may also be “altered,” and may contain deletions, insertions, or substitutions of amino acid residues which produce a silent change and result in a functionally equivalent PRTS.
  • Deliberate amino acid substitutions may be made on the basis of similarity in polarity, charge, solubility, hydrophobicity, hydrophilicity, and/or the amphipathic nature of the residues, as long as the biological or immunological activity of PRTS is retained.
  • negatively charged amino acids may include aspartic acid and glutamic acid
  • positively charged amino acids may include lysine and arginine.
  • Amino acids with uncharged polar side chains having similar hydrophilicity values may include: asparagine and glutamine; and serine and threonine.
  • Amino acids with uncharged side chains having similar hydrophilicity values may include: leucine, isoleucine, and valine; glycine and alanine; and phenylalanine and tyrosine.
  • amino acid and amino acid sequence refer to an oligopeptide, peptide, polypeptide, or protein sequence, or a fragment of any of these, and to naturally occurring or synthetic molecules. Where “amino acid sequence” is recited to refer to a sequence of a naturally occurring protein molecule, “amino acid sequence” and like terms are not meant to limit the amino acid sequence to the complete native amino acid sequence associated with the recited protein molecule.
  • Amplification relates to the production of additional copies of a nucleic acid sequence. Amplification is generally carried out using polymerase chain reaction (PCR) technologies well known in the art.
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • Antagonist refers to a molecule which inhibits or attenuates the biological activity of PRTS.
  • Antagonists may include proteins such as antibodies, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, small molecules, or any other compound or composition which modulates the activity of PRTS either by directly interacting with PRTS or by acting on components of the biological pathway in which PRTS participates.
  • antibody refers to intact immunoglobulin molecules as well as to fragments thereof, such as Fab, F(ab′) 2 , and Fv fragments, which are capable of binding an epitopic determinant.
  • Antibodies that bind PRTS polypeptides can be prepared using intact polypeptides or using fragments containing small peptides of interest as the immunizing antigen.
  • the polypeptide or oligopeptide used to immunize an animal e.g., a mouse, a rat, or a rabbit
  • an animal e.g., a mouse, a rat, or a rabbit
  • Commonly used carriers that are chemically coupled to peptides include bovine serum albumin, thyroglobulin, and keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH). The coupled peptide is then used to immunize the animal.
  • antigenic determinant refers to that region of a molecule (i.e., an epitope) that makes contact with a particular antibody.
  • an antigenic determinant may compete with the intact antigen (i.e., the immunogen used to elicit the immune response) for binding to an antibody.
  • antisense refers to any composition capable of base-pairing with the “sense” (coding) strand of a specific nucleic acid sequence.
  • Antisense compositions may include DNA; RNA; peptide nucleic acid (PNA); oligonucleotides having modified backbone linkages such as phosphorothioates, methylphosphonates, or benzylphosphonates; oligonucleotides having modified sugar groups such as 2′-methoxyethyl sugars or 2′-methoxyethoxy sugars; or oligonucleotides having modified bases such as 5-methyl cytosine, 2′-deoxyuracil, or 7-deaza-2′-deoxyguanosine.
  • Antisense molecules may be produced by any method including chemical synthesis or transcription. Once introduced into a cell, the complementary antisense molecule base-pairs with a naturally occurring nucleic acid sequence produced by the cell to form duplexes which block either transcription or translation.
  • the designation “negative” or “minus” can refer to the antisense strand, and the designation “positive” or “plus” can refer to the sense strand of a reference DNA molecule.
  • biologically active refers to a protein having structural, regulatory, or biochemical functions of a naturally occurring molecule.
  • immunologically active or “immunogenic” refers to the capability of the natural, recombinant, or synthetic PRTS, or of any oligopeptide thereof, to induce a specific immune response in appropriate animals or cells and to bind with specific antibodies.
  • “Complementary” describes the relationship between two single-stranded nucleic acid sequences that anneal by base-pairing. For example, 5′-AGT-3′ pairs with its complement, 3′-TCA-5′.
  • composition comprising a given polynucleotide sequence and a “composition comprising a given amino acid sequence” refer broadly to any composition containing the given polynucleotide or amino acid sequence.
  • the composition may comprise a dry formulation or an aqueous solution.
  • Compositions comprising polynucleotide sequences encoding PRTS or fragments of PRTS may be employed as hybridization probes.
  • the probes may be stored in freeze-dried form and may be associated with a stabilizing agent such as a carbohydrate.
  • the probe may be deployed in an aqueous solution containing salts (e.g., NaCl), detergents (e.g., sodium dodecyl sulfate; SDS), and other components (e.g., Denhardt's solution, dry milk salmon sperm DNA, etc.).
  • salts e.g., NaCl
  • detergents e.g., sodium dodecyl sulfate; SDS
  • other components e.g., Denhardt's solution, dry milk salmon sperm DNA, etc.
  • Consensus sequence refers to a nucleic acid sequence which has been subjected to repeated DNA sequence analysis to resolve uncalled bases, extended using the XL-PCR kit (Applied Biosystems, Foster City Calif.) in the 5′ and/or the 3′ direction, and resequenced, or which has been assembled from one or more overlapping cDNA, EST, or genomic DNA fragments using a computer program for fragment assembly, such as the GELVIEW fragment assembly system (GCG, Madison Wis.) or Phrap (University of Washington, Seattle Wash.). Some sequences have been both extended and assembled to produce the consensus sequence.
  • Constant amino acid substitutions are those substitutions that are predicted to least interfere with the properties of the original protein, i.e., the structure and especially the function of the protein is conserved and not significantly changed by such substitutions.
  • the table below shows amino acids which may be substituted for an original amino acid in a protein and which are regarded as conservative amino acid substitutions.
  • Conservative amino acid substitutions generally maintain (a) the structure of the polypeptide backbone in the area of the substitution for example, as a beta sheet or alpha helical conformation, (b) the charge or hydrophobicity of the molecule at the site of the substitution, and/or (c) the bulk of the side chain.
  • a “deletion” refers to a change in the amino acid or nucleotide sequence that results in the absence of one or more amino acid residues or nucleotides.
  • derivative refers to a chemically modified polynucleotide or polypeptide. Chemical modifications of a polynucleotide can include, for example, replacement of hydrogen by an alkyl, acyl, hydroxyl, or amino group.
  • a derivative polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide which retains at least one biological or immunological function of the natural molecule.
  • a derivative polypeptide is one modified by glycosylation, pegylation, or any similar process that retains at least one biological or immunological function of the polypeptide from which it was derived.
  • a “detectable label” refers to a reporter molecule or enzyme that is capable of generating a measurable signal and is covalently or noncovalently joined to a polynucleotide or polypeptide.
  • “Differential expression” refers to increased or upregulated; or decreased, downregulated, or absent gene or protein expression, determined by comparing at least two different samples. Such comparisons may be carried out between, for example, a treated and an untreated sample, or a diseased and a normal sample.
  • Exon shuffling refers to the recombination of different coding regions (exons). Since an exon may represent a structural or functional domain of the encoded protein, new proteins may be assembled through the novel reassortment of stable substructures, thus allowing acceleration of the evolution of new protein functions.
  • a “fragment” is a unique portion of PRTS or the polynucleotide encoding PRTS which is identical in sequence to but shorter in length than the parent sequence.
  • a fragment may comprise up to the entire length of the defined sequence, minus one nucleotide/amino acid residue.
  • a fragment may comprise from 5 to 1000 contiguous nucleotides or amino acid residues.
  • a fragment used as a probe, primer, antigen, therapeutic molecule, or for other purposes, may be at least 5, 10, 15, 16, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 75, 100, 150, 250 or at least 500 contiguous nucleotides or amino acid residues in length. Fragments may be preferentially selected from certain regions of a molecule.
  • a polypeptide fragment may comprise a certain length of contiguous amino acids selected from the first 250 or 500 amino acids (or first 25% or 50%) of a polypeptide as shown in a certain defined sequence.
  • these lengths are exemplary, and any length that is supported by the specification, including the Sequence Listing, tables, and figures, may be encompassed by the present embodiments.
  • a fragment of SEQ ID NO:18-34 comprises a region of unique polynucleotide sequence that specifically identifies SEQ ID NO:18-34, for example, as distinct from any other sequence in the genome from which the fragment was obtained.
  • a fragment of SEQ ID NO:18-34 is useful, for example, in hybridization and amplification technologies and in analogous methods that distinguish SEC ID NO:18-34 from related polynucleotide sequences.
  • the precise length of a fragment of SEQ ID NO:18-34 and the region of SEQ ID NO:18-34 to which the fragment corresponds are routinely determinable by one of ordinary skill in the art based on the intended purpose for the fragment.
  • a fragment of SEQ ID NO:1-17 is encoded by a fragment of SEQ ID NO:18-34.
  • a fragment of SEQ ID NO:1-17 comprises a region of unique amino acid sequence that specifically identifies SEQ ID NO:1-17.
  • a fragment of SEQ ID NO:1-17 is useful as an immunogenic peptide for the development of antibodies that specifically recognize SEQ ID NO:1-17.
  • the precise length of a fragment of SEQ ID NO:1-17 and the region of SEQ ID NO:1-17 to which the fragment corresponds are routinely determinable by one of ordinary slain in the art based on the intended purpose for the fragment.
  • a “full length” polynucleotide sequence is one containing at least a translation initiation codon (e.g., methionine) followed by an open reading frame and a translation termination codon.
  • a “full length” polynucleotide sequence encodes a “full length” polypeptide sequence.
  • Homology refers to sequence similarity or, interchangeably, sequence identity, between two or more polynucleotide sequences or two or more polypeptide sequences.
  • percent identity and “% identity,” as applied to polynucleotide sequences, refer to the percentage of residue matches between at least two polynucleotide sequences aligned using a standardized algorithm. Such an algorithm may insert, in a standardized and reproducible way, gaps in the sequences being compared in order to optimize alignment between two sequences, and therefore achieve a more meaningful comparison of the two sequences.
  • NCBI National Center for Biotechnology Information
  • BLAST Basic Local Alignment Search Tool
  • NCBI National Center for Biotechnology Information
  • BLAST Basic Local Alignment Search Tool
  • the BLAST software suite includes various sequence analysis programs including “blastn,” that is used to align a known polynucleotide sequence with other polynucleotide sequences from a variety of databases.
  • BLAST 2 Sequences are commonly used with gap and other parameters set to default settings. For example, to compare two nucleotide sequences, one may use blastn with the “BLAST 2 Sequences” tool Version 2.0.12 (Apr. 21, 2000) set at default parameters. Such default parameters may be, for example:
  • Percent identity may be measured over the length of an entire defined sequence, for example, as defined by a particular SEQ ED number, or may be measured over a shorter length, for example, over the length of a fragment taken from a larger, defined sequence, for instance, a fragment of at least 20, at least 30, at least 40, at least 50, at least 70, at least 100, or at least 200 contiguous nucleotides.
  • Such lengths are exemplary only, and it is understood that any fragment length supported by the sequences shown herein, in the tables, figures, or Sequence Listing, may be used to describe a length over which percentage identity may be measured.
  • nucleic acid sequences that do not show a high degree of identity may nevertheless encode similar amino acid sequences due to the degeneracy of the genetic code. It is understood that changes in a nucleic acid sequence can be made using this degeneracy to produce multiple nucleic acid sequences that all encode substantially the same protein.
  • percent identity and % identity refer to the percentage of residue matches between at least two polypeptide sequences aligned using a standardized algorithm.
  • Methods of polypeptide sequence alignment are well-known. Some alignment methods take into account conservative amino acid substitutions. Such conservative substitutions, explained in more detail above, generally preserve the charge and hydrophobicity at the site of substitution, thus preserving the structure (and therefore function) of the polypeptide.
  • NCBI BLAST software suite may be used.
  • BLAST 2 Sequences Version 2.0.12 (Apr. 21, 2000) with blastp set at default parameters.
  • Such default parameters may be, for example:
  • Percent identity may be measured over the length of an entire defined polypeptide sequence, for example, as defined by a particular SEQ ID number, or may be measured over a shorter length, for example, over the length of a fragment taken from a larger, defined polypeptide sequencer, for instance, a fragment of at least 15, at least 20, at least 30, at least 40, at least 50, at least 70 or at least 150 contiguous residues.
  • Such lengths are exemplary only, and it is understood that any fragment length supported by the sequences shown herein, in the tables, figures or Sequence Listing, may be used to describe a length over which percentage identity may be measured.
  • HACs Human artificial chromosomes
  • HACs are linear microchromosomes which may contain DNA sequences of about 6 kb to 10 Mb in size and which contain all of the elements required for chromosome replication, segregation and maintenance.
  • humanized antibody refers to an antibody molecule in which the amino acid sequence in the non-antigen binding regions has been altered so that the antibody more closely resembles a human antibody, and still retains its original binding ability.
  • Hybridization refers to the process by which a polynucleotide strand anneals with a complementary strand through base pairing under defined hybridization conditions. Specific hybridization is an indication that two nucleic acid sequences share a high degree of complementarity. Specific hybridization complexes form under permissive annealing conditions and remain hybridized after the “washing” step(s). The washing step(s) is particularly important in determining the stringency of the hybridization process, with more stringent conditions allowing less non-specific binding, i.e., binding between pairs of nucleic acid strands that are not perfectly matched.
  • Permissive conditions for annealing of nucleic acid sequences are routinely determinable by one of ordinary skill in the art and may be consistent among hybridization experiments, whereas wash conditions may be varied among experiments to achieve the desired stringency, and therefore hybridization specificity. Permissive annealing conditions occur, for example, at 68° C. in the presence of about 6 ⁇ SSC, about 1% (w/v) SDS, and about 100 ⁇ g/ml sheared, denatured salmon sperm DNA.
  • wash temperatures are typically selected to be about 5° C. to 20° C. lower than the thermal melting point (T m ) for the specific sequence at a defined ionic strength and pH.
  • T m is the temperature (under defined ionic strength and pH) at which 50% of the target sequence hybridizes to a perfectly matched probe.
  • High stringency conditions for hybridization between polynucleotides of the present invention include wash conditions of 68° C. in the presence of about 0.2 ⁇ SSC and about 0.1% SDS, for 1 hour. Alternatively, temperatures of about 65° C., 60° C., 55° C., or 42° C. may be used. SSC concentration may be varied from about 0.1 to 2 ⁇ SSC, with SDS being present at about 0.1%.
  • blocking reagents are used to block non-specific hybridization. Such blocking reagents include, for instance, sheared and denatured salmon sperm DNA at about 100-200 ⁇ g/ml.
  • Organic solvent such as formamide at a concentration of about 35-50% v/v
  • RNA:DNA hybridizations Useful variations on these wash conditions will be readily apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • Hybridization particularly under high stringency conditions, may be suggestive of evolutionary similarity between the nucleotides. Such similarity is strongly indicative of a similar role for the nucleotides and their encoded polypeptides.
  • hybridization complex refers to a complex formed between two nucleic acid sequences by virtue of the formation of hydrogen bonds between complementary bases.
  • a hybridization complex may be formed in solution (e.g., C 0 t or R 0 t analysis) or formed between one nucleic acid sequence present in solution and another nucleic acid sequence immobilized on a solid support (e.g., paper, membranes, filters, chips, pins or glass slides, or any other appropriate substrate to which cells or their nucleic acids have been fixed).
  • insertion and “addition” refer to changes in an amino acid or nucleotide sequence resulting in the addition of one or more amino acid residues or nucleotides, respectively.
  • Immuno response can refer to conditions associated with inflammation, trauma, immune disorders, or infectious or genetic disease, etc. These conditions can be characterized by expression of various factors, e.g., cytokines, chemokines, and other signaling molecules, which may affect cellular and systemic defense systems.
  • factors e.g., cytokines, chemokines, and other signaling molecules, which may affect cellular and systemic defense systems.
  • an “immunogenic fragment” is a polypeptide or oligopeptide fragment of PRTS which is capable of eliciting an immune response when introduced into a living organism, for example, a mammal.
  • the term “immunogenic fragment” also includes any polypeptide or oligopeptide fragment of PRTS which is useful in any of the antibody production methods disclosed herein or known in the art.
  • microarray refers to an arrangement of a plurality of polynucleotides, polypeptides, or other chemical compounds on a substrate.
  • array element refers to a polynucleotide, polypeptide, or other chemical compound having a unique and defined position on a microarray.
  • modulate refers to a change in the activity of PRTS. For example, modulation may cause an increase or a decrease in protein activity, binding characteristics, or any other biological, functional, or immunological properties of PRTS.
  • nucleic acid and nucleic acid sequence refer to a nucleotide, oligonucleotide, polynucleotide, or any fragment thereof. These phrases also refer to DNA or RNA of genomic or synthetic origin which may be single-stranded or double-stranded and may represent the sense or the antisense strand, to peptide nucleic acid (PNA), or to any DNA-like or RNA-like material.
  • PNA peptide nucleic acid
  • “Operably linked” refers to the situation in which a first nucleic acid sequence is placed in a functional relationship with a second nucleic acid sequence.
  • a promoter is operably linked to a coding sequence if the promoter affects the transcription or expression of the coding sequence.
  • Operably linked DNA sequences may be in close proximity or contiguous and, where necessary to join two protein coding regions, in the same reading frame.
  • PNA protein nucleic acid
  • PNA refers to an antisense molecule or anti-gene agent which comprises an oligonucleotide of at least about 5 nucleotides in length linked to a peptide backbone of amino acid residues ending in lysine. The terminal lysine confers solubility to the composition. PNAs preferentially bind complementary single stranded DNA or RNA and stop transcript elongation, and may be pegylated to extend their lifespan in the cell.
  • Post-translational modification of an PRTS may involve lipidation, glycosylation, phosphorylation, acetylation, racemization, proteolytic cleavage, and other modifications known in the art. These processes may occur synthetically or biochemically. Biochemical modifications will vary by cell type depending on the enzymatic milieu of PRTS.
  • Probe refers to nucleic acid sequences encoding PRTS, their complements, or fragments thereof, which are used to detect identical, allelic or related nucleic acid sequences. Probes are isolated oligonucleotides or polynucleotides attached to a detectable label or reporter molecule. Typical labels include radioactive isotopes, ligands, chemiluminescent agents, and enzymes. “Primers” are short nucleic acids, usually DNA oligonucleotides, which may be annealed to a target polynucleotide by complementary base-pairing. The primer may then be extended along the target DNA strand by a DNA polymerase enzyme. Primer pairs can be used for amplification (and identification) of a nucleic acid sequence, e.g., by the polymerase chain reaction (PCR).
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • Probes and primers as used in the present invention typically comprise at least 15 contiguous nucleotides of a known sequence. In order to enhance specificity, longer probes and primers may also be employed, such as probes and primers that comprise at least 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, or at least 150 consecutive nucleotides of the disclosed nucleic acid sequences. Probes and primers may be considerably longer than these examples, and it is understood that any length supported by the specification, including the tables, figures, and Sequence Listing, may be used.
  • PCR primer pairs can be derived from a known sequence, for example, by using computer programs intended for that purpose such as Primer (Version 0.5, 1991, Whitehead Institute for Biomedical Research, Cambridge Mass.).
  • Oligonucleotides for use as primers are selected using software known in the art for such purpose. For example, OLIGO 4.06 software is useful for the selection of PCR primer pairs of up to 100 nucleotides each, and for the analysis of oligonucleotides and larger polynucleotides of up to 5,000 nucleotides from an input polynucleotide sequence of up to 32 kilobases. Similar primer selection programs have incorporated additional features for expanded capabilities. For example, the PrimOU primer selection program (available to the public from the Genome Center at University of Texas South West Medical Center, Dallas Tex.) is capable of choosing specific primers from megabase sequences and is thus useful for designing primers on a genome-wide scope.
  • the Primer3 primer selection program (available to the public from the Whitehead Institute/MIT Center for Genome Research, Cambridge Mass.) allows the user to input a “mispriming library,” in which sequences to avoid as primer binding sites are user-specified. Primer3 is useful, in particular, for the selection of oligonucleotides for microarrays. (The source code for the latter two primer selection programs may also be obtained from their respective sources and modified to meet the user's specific needs.)
  • the PrimeGen program (available to the public from the UK Human Genome Mapping Project Resource Centre, Cambridge UK) designs primers based on multiple sequence alignments, thereby allowing selection of primers that hybridize to either the most conserved or least conserved regions of aligned nucleic acid sequences.
  • this program is useful for identification of both unique and conserved oligonucleotides and polynucleotide fragments.
  • the oligonucleotides and polynucleotide fragments identified by any of the above selection methods are useful in hybridization technologies, for example, as PCR or sequencing primers, microarray elements, or specific probes to identify fully or partially complementary polynucleotides in a sample of nucleic acids. Methods of oligonucleotide selection are not limited to those described above.
  • a “recombinant nucleic acid” is a sequence that is not naturally occurring or has a sequence that is made by an artificial combination of two or more otherwise separated segments of sequence. This artificial combination is often accomplished by chemical synthesis or, more commonly, by the artificial manipulation of isolated segments of nucleic acids, e.g., by genetic engineering techniques such as those described in Sambrook, supra.
  • the term recombinant includes nucleic acids that have been altered solely by addition, substitution, or deletion of a portion of the nucleic acid.
  • a recombinant nucleic acid may include a nucleic acid sequence operably linked to a promoter sequence. Such a recombinant nucleic acid may be part of a vector that is used, for example, to transform a cell.
  • such recombinant nucleic acids may be part of a viral vector, e.g., based on a vaccinia virus, that could be use to vaccinate a mammal wherein the recombinant nucleic acid is expressed, inducing a protective immunological response in the mammal.
  • a “regulatory element” refers to a nucleic acid sequence usually derived from untranslated regions of a gene and includes enhancers, promoters, introns, and 5′ and 3′ untranslated regions (UTRs). Regulatory elements interact with host or viral proteins which control transcription, translation, or RNA stability.
  • Reporter molecules are chemical or biochemical moieties used for labeling a nucleic acid, amino acid, or antibody. Reporter molecules include radionuclides; enzymes; fluorescent, chemiluminescent, or chromogenic agents; substrates; cofactors; inhibitors; magnetic particles; and other moieties known in the art.
  • RNA equivalent in reference to a DNA sequence, is composed of the same linear sequence of nucleotides as the reference DNA sequence with the exception that all occurrences of the nitrogenous base thymine are replaced with uracil, and the sugar backbone is composed of ribose instead of deoxyribose.
  • sample is used in its broadest sense.
  • a sample suspected of containing PRTS, nucleic acids encoding PRTS, or fragments thereof may comprise a bodily fluid; an extract from a cell, chromosome, organelle, or membrane isolated from a cell; a cell; genomic DNA, RNA, or cDNA, in solution or bound to a substrate; a tissue; a tissue print; etc.
  • binding and “specifically binding” refer to that interaction between a protein or peptide and an agonist, an antibody, an antagonist, a small molecule, or any natural or synthetic binding composition. The interaction is dependent upon the presence of a particular structure of the protein, e.g., the antigenic determinant or epitope, recognized by the binding molecule. For example, if an antibody is specific for epitope “A,” the presence of a polypeptide comprising the epitope A, or the presence of free unlabeled A, in a reaction containing free labeled A and the antibody will reduce the amount of labeled A that binds to the antibody.
  • substantially purified refers to nucleic acid or amino acid sequences that are removed from their natural environment and are isolated or separated, and are at least 60% free, preferably at least 75% free, and most preferably at least 90% free from other components with which they are naturally associated.
  • substitution refers, to the replacement of one or more amino acid residues or nucleotides by different amino acid residues or nucleotides, respectively.
  • Substrate refers to any suitable rigid or semi-rigid support including membranes, filters, chips, slides, wafers, fibers, magnetic or nonmagnetic beads, gels, tubing, plates, polymers, microparticles and capillaries.
  • the substrate can have a variety of surface forms, such as wells, trenches, pins, channels and pores, to which polynucleotides or polypeptides are bound.
  • a “transcript image” refers to the collective pattern of gene expression by a particular cell type or tissue under given conditions at a given time.
  • Transformation describes a process by which exogenous DNA is introduced into a recipient cell. Transformation may occur under natural or artificial conditions according to various methods well known in the art, and may rely on any known method for the insertion of foreign nucleic acid sequences into a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cell. The method for transformation is selected based on the type of host cell being transformed and may include, but is not limited to, bacteriophage or viral infection, electroporation, heat shock, lipofection, and particle bombardment.
  • transformed cells includes stably transformed cells in which the inserted DNA is capable of replication either as an autonomously replicating plasmid or as part of the host chromosome, as well as transiently transformed cells which express the inserted DNA or RNA for limited periods of time.
  • a “transgenic organism,” as used herein, is any organism, including but not limited to animals and plants, in which one or more of the cells of the organism contains heterologous nucleic acid introduced by way of human intervention, such as by transgenic techniques well known in the art.
  • the nucleic acid is introduced into the cell, directly or indirectly by introduction into a precursor of the cell by way of deliberate genetic manipulation, such as by microinjection or by infection with a recombinant virus.
  • the term genetic manipulation does not include classical cross-breeding, or in vitro fertilization, but rather is directed to the introduction of a recombinant DNA molecule.
  • the transgenic organisms contemplated in accordance with the present invention include bacteria, cyanobacteria, fungi, plants and animals.
  • the isolated DNA of the present invention can be introduced into the host by methods known in the art, for example infection, transfection, transformation or transconjugation. Techniques for transferring the DNA of the present invention into such organisms are widely known and provided in references such as Sambrook et al. (1989), supra.
  • a “variant” of a particular nucleic acid sequence is defined as a nucleic acid sequence having at least 40% sequence identity to the particular nucleic acid sequence over a certain length of one of the nucleic acid sequences using blast with the “BLAST 2 Sequences” tool Version 2.0.9 (May 7, 1999) set at default parameters.
  • Such a pair of nucleic acids may show, for example, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% or greater sequence identity over a certain defined length.
  • a variant may be described as, for example, an “allelic” (as defined above), “splice,” “species,” or “polymorphic” variant.
  • a splice variant may have significant identity to a reference molecule, but will generally have a greater or lesser number of polynucleotides due to alternate splicing of exons during mRNA processing.
  • the corresponding polypeptide may possess additional functional domains or lack domains that are present in the reference molecule.
  • Species variants are polynucleotide sequences that vary from one species to another. The resulting polypeptides will generally have significant amino acid identity relative to each other.
  • a polymorphic variant is a variation in the polynucleotide sequence of a particular gene between individuals of a given species.
  • Polymorphic variants also may encompass “single nucleotide polymorphisms” (SNPs) in which the polynucleotide sequence varies by one nucleotide base.
  • SNPs single nucleotide polymorphisms
  • the presence of SNPs may be indicative of, for example, a certain population, a disease state, or a propensity for a disease state.
  • a “variant” of a particular polypeptide sequence is defined as a polypeptide sequence having at least 40% sequence identity to the particular polypeptide sequence over a certain length of one of the polypeptide sequences using blastp with the “BLAST 2 Sequences” tool Version 2.0.9 (May 7, 1999) set at default parameters.
  • Such a pair of polypeptides may show, for example, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% or greater sequence identity over a certain defined length of one of the polypeptides.
  • the invention is based on the discovery of new human proteases (PRTS), the polynucleotides encoding PRTS, and the use of these compositions for the diagnosis, treatment, or prevention of gastrointestinal, cardiovascular, autoimmune/inflammatory, cell proliferative, developmental, epithelial, neurological, and reproductive disorders.
  • PRTS new human proteases
  • Table 1 summarizes the nomenclature for the full length polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences of the invention. Each polynucleotide and its corresponding polypeptide are correlated to a single Incyte project identification number (Incyte Project ID). Each polypeptide sequence is denoted by both a polypeptide sequence identification number (Polypeptide SEQ ID NO:) and an Incyte polypeptide sequence number (Incyte Polypeptide ID) as shown.
  • Each polynucleotide sequence is denoted by both a polynucleotide sequence identification number (Polynucleotide SEQ ID NO:) and an Incyte polynucleotide consensus sequence number (Incyte Polynucleotide ID) as shown.
  • Table 2 shows sequences with homology to the polypeptides of the invention as identified by BLAST analysis against the GenBank protein (genpept) database.
  • Columns 1 and 2 show the polypeptide sequence identification number (Polypeptide SEQ ID NO:) and the corresponding Incyte polypeptide sequence number (Incyte Polypeptide ID) for polypeptides of the invention
  • Column 3 shows the GenBank: identification number (Genbank ID NO:) of the nearest GenBank homolog.
  • Column 4 shows the probability score for the match between each polypeptide and its GenBank homolog.
  • Column 5 shows the annotation of the GenBank homolog along with relevant citations where applicable, all of which are expressly incorporated by reference herein.
  • Table 3 shows various structural features of the polypeptides of the invention.
  • Columns 1 and 2 show the polypeptide sequence identification number (SEQ ID NO:) and the corresponding Incyte polypeptide sequence number (Incyte Polypeptide ID) for each polypeptide of the invention.
  • Column 3 shows the number of amino acid residues in each polypeptide.
  • Column 4 shows potential phosphorylation sites, and column 5 shows potential glycosylation sites, as determined by the MOTIFS program of the GCG sequence analysis software package (Genetics Computer Group, Madison Wis.).
  • Column 6 shows amino acid residues comprising signature sequences, domains, and motifs.
  • Column 7 shows analytical methods for protein structure/function analysis and in some cases, searchable databases to which the analytical methods were applied.
  • SEQ ID NO:1 is 89% identical to a human preprocathepsin L precursor (GenBank ID g190418) as determined by the Basic Local Alignment Search Tool (BLAST). (See Table 2.) The BLAST probability score is 4.5e-169, which indicates the probability of obtaining the observed polypeptide sequence alignment by chance.
  • SEQ ID NO:1 also contains a papain family cysteine protease active site domain as determined by searching for statistically significant matches in the hidden Markov model-based PFAM database of conserved protein family domains.
  • SEQ ID NO:1 is a cysteine protease of the papain family.
  • SEQ ID NO:6 has 44% local identity to Xenopus ovochymase , a polyprotease of the trypsin family (GenBank ID g2981641), as determined by the Basic Local Alignment Search Tool (BLAST). (See Table 2.) The BLAST probability score is 6.4e-201, which indicates the probability of obtaining the observed polypeptide sequence alignment by chance.
  • SEQ ID NO:6 contains a number of protease active site domains as determined by searching for statistically significant matches in the bidden Markov model (HMM)-based PFAM database of conserved protein family domains. (See Table 3.) The presence of these motifs is confirmed by BLIMPS, MOTIFS, and PROFILESCAN analyses. These analyses also reveal the presence of kringle and CUB domains, as well as a signal peptide. Together, these data provide further corroborative evidence that SEQ ID NO:6 is a serine protease of the trypsin family.
  • HMM bidden Markov model
  • SEQ ID NO:10 is 50% identical to a human ubiquitin-specific processing protease (GenBank ID g6941888) as determined by the Basic Local Alignment Search Tool (BLAST). (See Table 2.) The BLAST probability score is 7.5e-273, which indicates the probability of obtaining the observed polypeptide sequence alignment by chance. SEQ ID NO:10 is also 51% identical to a murine ubiquitin-specific processing protease (GenBank ID g6941890) as determined by the BLAST analysis with a probability score of 4.0e-271.
  • BLAST Basic Local Alignment Search Tool
  • SEQ ID NO:10 also contains ubiquitin carboxyl-terminal hydrolase (i.e., ubiquitin-specific protease) domains as determined by searching for statistically significant matches in the hidden Markov model (HMM)-based PFAM database of conserved protein family domains. (See Table 3.) Data from BUMPS and MOTIFS analyses provide further corroborative evidence that SEQ ID NO:10 is a ubiquitin-specific protease.
  • SEQ ID NO:16 has 52% local identity to Xenopus ADAM13 (GenBank ID g1916617) as determined by the Basic Local Alignment Search Tool (BLAST).
  • SEQ ID NO:16 contains a reprolysin family neutral zinc protease active site domain, a reprolysin family propeptide, and a disintegrin domain signature as determined by searching for statistically significant matches in the hidden Markov model (HMM)-based PFAM database of conserved protein family domains. (See Table 3.) The presence of these domains is confirmed by BLIMPS, MOTIFS, and PROFILESCAN analyses, providing further corroborative evidence that SEQ ID NO:16 is a metalloprotease of the ADAM family.
  • HMM hidden Markov model
  • SEQ ID NO:17 is 30% identical to the human zinc metalloprotease ADAMTS6 (GenBank ID g5923796) as determined by CLUSTAL V analysis, and 44% local identity, as determined by the Basic Local Alignment Search Tool (BLAST). (See Table 2.) The BLAST probability score is 9.1e-164, which indicates the probability of obtaining the observed polypeptide sequence alignment by chance.
  • SEQ ID NO:17 also contains a zinc metalloprotease active site domain, a reprolysin family metalloprotease propeptide, and a type I thrombospondin domain as determined by searching for statistically significant matches in the hidden Markov model (HMM)-based PFAM database of conserved protein family domains.
  • HMM hidden Markov model
  • SEQ ID NO:17 is a metalloprotease of the ADAMTS family.
  • SEQ ID NO:2-5, SEQ ID NO:7-9, and SEQ ID NO: 11-15 were analyzed and annotated in a similar manner.
  • the algorithms and parameters for the analysis of SEQ ID NO:1-17 are described in Table 7.
  • the full length polynucleotide sequences of the present invention were assembled using cDNA sequences or coding (exon) sequences derived from genomic DNA, or any combination of these two types of sequences.
  • Columns 1 and 2 list the polynucleotide sequence identification number (Polynucleotide SEQ ID NO:) and the corresponding Incyte polynucleotide consensus sequence number (Incyte Polynucleotide ID) for each polynucleotide of the invention.
  • Column 3 shows the length of each polynucleotide sequence in basepairs.
  • Column 4 lists fragments of the polynucleotide sequences which are useful for example, in hybridization or amplification technologies that identify SEQ ID NO:18-34 or that distinguish between SEQ ID NO:1-34 and related polynucleotide sequences.
  • Column 5 shows identification numbers corresponding to cDNA sequences, coding sequences (exons) predicted from genomic DNA, and/or sequence assemblages comprised of both cDNA and genomic DNA. These sequences were used to assemble the full length polynucleotide sequences of the invention.
  • Columns 6 and 7 of Table 4 show the nucleotide start (5′) and stop (3′) positions of the cDNA and/or genomic sequences in column 5 relative to their respective full length sequences.
  • the identification numbers in Column 5 of Table 4 may refer specifically, for example, to Incyte cDNAs along with their corresponding cDNA libraries.
  • 6917460H1 is the identification number of an Incyte cDNA sequence
  • PLACFER06 is the cDNA library from which it is derived.
  • Incyte cDNAs for which cDNA libraries are not indicated were derived from pooled cDNA libraries (e.g., 72004319V1).
  • the identification numbers in column 5 may refer to GenBank cDNAs or ESTs (e.g., g1365166) which contributed to the assembly of the full length polynucleotide sequences.
  • the identification numbers in column 5 may identify sequences derived from the ENSEMBL (The Sanger Centre, Cambridge, UK) database (Le., those sequences including the designation “ENST”).
  • the identification numbers in column 5 may be derived from the NCBI RefSeq Nucleotide Sequence Records Database (i.e., those sequences including the designation “NM” or “NT”) or the NCBI RefSeq Protein Sequence Records (i.e., those sequences including the designation “NP”).
  • the identification numbers in column 5 may refer to assemblages of both cDNA and Genscan-predicted exons brought together by an “exon stitching” algorithm.
  • FL_XXXXXX_N 1— N 2— YYYY_N 3— N 4 represents a “stitched” sequence in which XXXXX is the identification number of the cluster of sequences to which the algorithm was applied, and YYYYY is the number of the prediction generated by the algorithm, and N 1, 2, 3 , . . . , if present, represent specific exons that may have been manually edited during analysis (See Example V).
  • the identification numbers in column 5 may refer to assemblages of exons brought together by an “exon-stretching” algorithm.
  • FLXXXXXXX_gAAAAA_gBBBBB — 1_N is the identification number of a “stretched” sequence, with XXXXX being the Incyte project identification number, gAAAAA being the GenBank identification number of the human genomic sequence to which the “exon-stretching” algorithm was applied, gBBBBB being the GenBank identification number or NCBI RefSeq identification number of the nearest GenBank protein homolog, and N referring to specific exons (See Example V).
  • a RefSeq identifier (denoted by “NM,” “NP,” or “NT”) may be used in place of the GenBank identifier (i.e., gBBBBB).
  • a prefix identifies component sequences that were hand-edited, predicted from genomic DNA sequences, or derived from a combination of sequence analysis methods.
  • Incyte cDNA coverage redundant with the sequence coverage shown in column 5 was obtained to confirm the final consensus polynucleotide sequence, but the relevant Incyte cDNA identification numbers are not shown.
  • Table 5 shows the representative cDNA libraries for those full length polynucleotide sequences which were assembled using Incyte cDNA sequences.
  • the representative cDNA library is the Incyte cDNA library which is most frequently represented by the Incyte cDNA sequences which were used to assemble and confirm the above polynucleotide sequences.
  • the tissues and vectors which were used to construct the cDNA libraries shown in Table 5 are described in Table 6.
  • the invention also encompasses PRTS variants.
  • a preferred PRTS variant is one which has at least about 80%, or alternatively at least about 90%, or even at least about 95% amino acid sequence identity to the PRTS amino acid sequence, and which contains at least one functional or structural characteristic of PRTS.
  • the invention also encompasses polynucleotides which encode PRTS.
  • the invention encompasses a polynucleotide sequence comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:18-34, which encodes PRTS.
  • the polynucleotide sequences of SEQ ID NO:18-34 as presented in the Sequence Listing, embrace the equivalent RNA sequences, wherein occurrences of the nitrogenous base thymine are replaced with uracil and the sugar backbone is composed of ribose instead of deoxyribose.
  • the invention also encompasses a variant of a polynucleotide sequence encoding PRTS.
  • a variant polynucleotide sequence will have at least about 70%, or alternatively at least about 85%, or even at least about 95% polynucleotide sequence identity to the polynucleotide sequence encoding PRTS.
  • a particular aspect of the invention encompasses a variant of a polynucleotide sequence comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:18-34 which has at least about 70%, or alternatively at least about 85%, or even at least about 95% polynucleotide sequence identity to a nucleic acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:18-34.
  • Any one of the polynucleotide variants described above can encode an amino acid sequence which contains at least one functional or structural characteristic of PRTS.
  • nucleotide sequences which encode PRTS and its variants are generally capable of hybridizing to the nucleotide sequence of the naturally occurring PRTS under appropriately selected conditions of stringency, it may be advantageous to produce nucleotide sequences encoding PRTS or its derivatives possessing a substantially different codon usage, e.g., inclusion of non-naturally occurring codons. Codons may be selected to increase the rate at which expression of the peptide occurs in a particular prokaryotic or eukaryotic host in accordance with the frequency with which particular codons are utilized by the host.
  • RNA transcripts having more desirable properties such as a greater half-life, than transcripts produced from the naturally occurring sequence.
  • the invention also encompasses production of DNA sequences which encode PRTS and PRTS derivatives, or fragments thereof, entirely by synthetic chemistry.
  • the synthetic sequence may be inserted into any of the many available expression vectors and cell systems using reagents well known in the art.
  • synthetic chemistry may be used to introduce mutations into a sequence encoding PRTS or any fragment thereof.
  • polynucleotide sequences that are capable of hybridizing to the claimed polynucleotide sequences, and, in particular, to those shown in SEQ ID NO:18-34 and fragments thereof under various conditions of stringency.
  • Hybridization conditions including annealing and wash conditions, are described in “Definitions.”
  • Methods for DNA sequencing are well known in the art and may be used to practice any of the embodiments of the invention.
  • the methods may employ such enzymes as the Klenow fragment of DNA polymerase I, SEQUENASE (US Biochemical, Cleveland Ohio), Taq polymerase (Applied Biosystems), thermostable T7 polymerase (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech, Piscataway N.J.), or combinations of polymerases and proofreading exonucleases such as those found in the ELONGASE amplification system Life Technologies, Gaithersburg Md.).
  • sequence preparation is automated with machines such as the MICROLAB 2200 liquid transfer system (Hamilton, Reno Nev.), PTC200 thermal cycler (MJ Research, Watertown Mass.) and ABI CATALYST 800 thermal cycler (Applied Biosystems). Sequencing is then carried out using either the ABI 373 or 377 DNA sequencing system (Applied Biosystems), the MEGABACE 1000 DNA sequencing system (Molecular Dynamics, Sunnyvale Calif.), or other systems known in the art. The resulting sequences are analyzed using a variety of algorithms which are well known in the art (See, e.g., Ausubel, F. M. (1997) Short Protocols in Molecular Biology , John Wiley & Sons, New York N.Y., unit 7.7; Meyers, R. A. (1995) Molecular Biology and Biotechnology , Wiley V C H, New York N.Y., pp. 856-853.)
  • the nucleic acid sequences encoding PRTS may be extended utilizing a partial nucleotide sequence and employing various PCR-based methods known in the art to detect upstream sequences, such as promoters and regulatory elements.
  • PCR-based methods known in the art to detect upstream sequences, such as promoters and regulatory elements.
  • restriction-site PCR uses universal and nested primers to amplify unknown sequence from genomic DNA within a cloning vector. (See, e.g., Sarkar, G. (1993) PCR Methods Applic. 2:318-322.)
  • Another method, inverse PCR uses primers that extend in divergent directions to amplify unknown sequence from a circularized template.
  • the template is derived from restriction fragments comprising a known genomic locus and surrounding sequences.
  • a third method, capture PCR involves PCR amplification of DNA fragments adjacent to known sequences in human and yeast artificial chromosome DNA.
  • capture PCR involves PCR amplification of DNA fragments adjacent to known sequences in human and yeast artificial chromosome DNA.
  • multiple restriction enzyme digestions and ligations may be used to insert an engineered double-stranded sequence into a region of unknown sequence before performing PCR.
  • Other methods which may be used to retrieve unknown sequences are known in the art (See, e.g., Parker, J. D. et al. (1991) Nucleic Acids Res.
  • primers may be designed using commercially available software, such as OLIGO 4.06 primer analysis software (National Biosciences, Plymouth Minn.) or another appropriate program, to be about 22 to 30 nucleotides in length, to have a GC content of about 50% or more, and to anneal to the template at temperatures of about 68° C. to 72° C.
  • Genomic libraries may be useful for extension of sequence into 5′ non-transcribed regulatory regions.
  • Capillary electrophoresis systems which are commercially available may be used to analyze the size or confirm the nucleotide sequence of sequencing or PCR products.
  • capillary sequencing may employ flowable polymers for electrophoretic separation, four different nucleotide-specific, laser-stimulated fluorescent dyes, and a charge coupled device camera for detection of the emitted wavelengths.
  • Output/light intensity may be converted to electrical signal using appropriate software (e.g., GENOTYPER and SEQUENCE NAVIGATOR, Applied Biosystems), and the entire process from loading of samples to computer analysis and electronic data display may be computer controlled.
  • Capillary electrophoresis is especially preferable for sequencing small DNA fragments which may be present in limited amounts in a particular sample.
  • polynucleotide sequences or fragments thereof which encode PRTS may be cloned in recombinant DNA molecules that direct expression of PRTS, or fragments or functional equivalents thereof, in appropriate host cells. Due to the inherent degeneracy of the genetic code, other DNA sequences which encode substantially the same or a functionally equivalent amino acid sequence may be produced and used to express PRTS.
  • nucleotide sequences of the present invention can be engineered using methods generally known in the art in order to alter PRTS-encoding sequences for a variety of purposes including, but not limited to, modification of the cloning, processing, and/or expression of the gene product DNA shuffling by random fragmentation and PCR reassembly of gene fragments and synthetic oligonucleotides may be used to engineer the nucleotide sequences.
  • oligonucleotide-mediated site-directed mutagenesis may be used to introduce mutations that create new restriction sites, alter glycosylation patterns, change codon preference, produce splice variants, and so forth.
  • the nucleotides of the present invention may be subjected to DNA shuffling techniques such as MOLECULARBREEDING (Maygen Inc., Santa Clara Calif.; described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,837,458; Chang, C.-C. et al. (1999) Nat. Biotechnol. 17:793-797; Christians, F. C. et al. (1999) Nat. Biotechnol. 17:259-264; and Crameri, A. et al. (1996) Nat. Biotechnol. 14:315-319) to alter or improve the biological properties of PRTS, such as its biological or enzymatic activity or its ability to bind to other molecules or compounds.
  • MOLECULARBREEDING Maygen Inc., Santa Clara Calif.; described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,837,458; Chang, C.-C. et al. (1999) Nat. Biotechnol. 17:793-797; Christians, F. C.
  • DNA shuffling is a process by which a library of gene variants is produced using PCR-mediated recombination of gene fragments. The library is then subjected to selection or screening procedures that identify those gene variants with the desired properties. These preferred variants may then be pooled and further subjected to recursive rounds of DNA shuffling and selection/screening.
  • genetic diversity is created through “artificial” breeding and rapid molecular evolution. For example, fragments of a single gene containing random point mutations may be recombined, screened, and then reshuffled until the desired properties are optimized. Alternatively, fragments of a given gene may be recombined with fragments of homologous genes in the same gene family, either from the same or different species, thereby maximizing the genetic diversity of multiple naturally occurring genes in a directed and controllable manner.
  • sequences encoding PRTS may be synthesized, in whole or in part, using chemical methods well known in the arts (See, e.g., Caruthers, M. H. et al. (1980) Nucleic Acids Symp. Ser. 7:215-223; and Horn, T. et al. (1980) Nucleic Acids Symp. Ser. 7:225-232.)
  • PRTS itself or a fragment thereof may be synthesized using chemical methods.
  • peptide synthesis can be performed using various solution-phase or solid-phase techniques. (See, e.g., Creighton, T. (1984) Proteins, Structures and Molecular Properties , W H Freeman, New York N.Y., pp.
  • the peptide may be substantially purified by preparative high performance liquid chromatography. (See, e.g., Chiez, R. M. and F. Z. Regnier (1990) Methods Enzymol. 182:392-421.)
  • the composition of the synthetic peptides may be confirmed by amino acid analysis or by sequencing. (See, e.g., Creighton, supra, pp. 28-53.)
  • the nucleotide sequences encoding PRTS or derivatives thereof may be inserted into an appropriate expression vector, i.e., a vector which contains the necessary elements for transcriptional and translational control of the inserted coding sequence in a suitable host.
  • these elements include regulatory sequences, such as enhancers, constitutive and inducible promoters, and 5′ and 3′ untranslated regions in the vector and in polynucleotide sequences encoding PRTS. Such elements may vary in their strength and specificity.
  • Specific initiation signals may also be used to achieve more efficient translation of sequences encoding PRTS. Such signals include the ATG initiation codon and adjacent sequences. e.g. the Kozak sequence.
  • a variety of expression vector/host systems may be utilized to contain and express sequences encoding PRTS. These include, but are not limited to, microorganisms such as bacteria transformed with recombinant bacteriophage, plasmid, or cosmid DNA expression vectors; yeast transformed with yeast expression vectors; insect cell systems infected with viral expression vectors (e.g., baculovirus); plant cell systems transformed with viral expression vectors (e.g., cauliflower mosaic virus, CaMV, or tobacco mosaic virus, TMV) or with bacterial expression vectors (e.g., Ti or pBR322 plasmids); or animal cell systems.
  • microorganisms such as bacteria transformed with recombinant bacteriophage, plasmid, or cosmid DNA expression vectors
  • yeast transformed with yeast expression vectors insect cell systems infected with viral expression vectors (e.g., baculovirus)
  • plant cell systems transformed with viral expression vectors e.g., cauliflower mosaic virus, CaMV, or tobacco mosaic
  • Expression vectors derived from retroviruses, adenoviuses, or herpes or vaccinia viruses, or from various bacterial plasmids may be used for delivery of nucleotide sequences to the targeted organ, tissue, or cell population.
  • the invention is not limited by the host cell employed.
  • a number of cloning and expression vectors may be selected depending upon the use intended for polynucleotide sequences encoding PRTS.
  • routine cloning, subcloning, and propagation of polynucleotide sequences encoding PRTS can be achieved using a multifunctional E. coli vector such as PBLUESCRIPT (Stratagene, La Jolla Calif.) or PSPORT1 plasmid (Life Technologies). Ligation of sequences encoding PRTS into the vector's multiple cloning site disrupts the lacZ gene, allowing a colorimetric screening procedure for identification of transformed bacteria containing recombinant molecules.
  • vectors may be useful for in vitro transcription, dideoxy sequencing, single strand rescue with helper phage, and creation of nested deletions in the cloned sequence.
  • vectors which direct high level expression of PRTS may be used.
  • vectors containing the strong, inducible SP6 or T7 bacteriophage promoter may be used.
  • Yeast expression systems may be used for production of PRTS.
  • a number of vectors containing constitutive or inducible promoters such as alpha factor, alcohol oxidase, and PGH promoters, may be used in the yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae or Pichia pastoris .
  • such vectors direct either the secretion or intracellular retention of expressed proteins and enable integration of foreign sequences into the host genome for stable propagation.
  • Plant systems may also be used for expression of PRTS. Transcription of sequences encoding PRTS may be driven by viral promoters, e.g., the 35S and 19S promoters of CaMV used alone or in combination with the omega leader sequence from TMV (Takamatsu, N. (1987) EMBO J. 3:17-311). Alternatively, plant promoters such as the small subunit of RUBISCO or heat shock promoters may be used. (See, e.g., Coruzzi G. et al. (1984) EMBO J. 3:1671-1680; Broglie, R. et al. (1984) Science 224:838-843; and Winter, J. et al. (1991) Results Probl. Cell Differ.
  • constructs can be introduced into plant cells by direct DNA transformation or pathogen-mediated transfection.
  • pathogen-mediated transfection See, e.g., The McGraw Hill Yearbook of Science and Technology (1992) McGraw Hill, New York N.Y., pp. 191-196.
  • a number of viral-based expression systems may be utilized.
  • sequences encoding PRTS may be ligated into an adenovirus transcription/translation complex consisting of the late promoter and tripartite leader sequence. Insertion in a non-essential E1 or E3 region of the viral genome may be used to obtain infective virus which expresses PRTS in host cells.
  • transcription enhancers such as the Rous sarcoma virus (RSV) enhancer, may be used to increase expression in mammalian host cells.
  • SV40 or EBV-based vectors may also be used for high-level protein expression.
  • HACs Human artificial chromosomes
  • HACs may also be employed to deliver larger fragments of DNA than can be contained in and expressed from a plasmid.
  • HACs of about 6 kb to 10 Mb are constructed and delivered via conventional delivery methods (liposomes, polycationic amino polymers, or vesicles) for therapeutic purposes. (See, e.g. Harrington, J. J. et al. (1997) Nat. Genet. 15:345-355.)
  • sequences encoding PRTS can be transformed into cell lines using expression vectors which may contain viral origins of replication and/or endogenous expression elements and a selectable marker gene on the same or on a separate vector. Following the introduction of the vector, cells may be allowed to grow for about 1 to 2 days in enriched media before being switched to selective media.
  • the purpose of the selectable marker is to confer resistance to a selective agent, and its presence allows growth and recovery of cells which successfully express the introduced sequences.
  • Resistant clones of stably transformed cells may be propagated using tissue culture techniques appropriate to the cell type.
  • selection systems may be used to recover transformed cell lines. These include, but are not limited to, the herpes simplex virus thymidine kinase and adenine phosphoribosyltransferase genes, for use in tk ⁇ and apr ⁇ cells, respectively. (See, e.g., Wigler, M. et al. (1977) Cell 11:223-232; Lowy, I. et al. (1980) Cell 22:817-823.) Also, antimetabolite, antibiotic, or herbicide resistance can be used as the basis for selection.
  • dhfr confers resistance to methotrexate
  • neo confers resistance to the aminoglycosides neomycin and G-418
  • als and pat confer resistance to chlorsulfuron and phosphinotricin acetyltransferase, respectively.
  • Additional selectable genes have been described e.g., trpB and hisD, which alter cellular requirements for metabolites.
  • Visible markers e.g., anthocyanins, green fluorescent proteins (GFP; Clontech), ⁇ glucuronidase and its substrate ⁇ -glucuronide, or luciferase and its substrate luciferin may be used. These markers can be used not only to identify transformants, but also to quantify the amount of transient or stable protein expression attributable to a specific vector system. (See, e.g., Rhodes, C. A. (1995) Methods Mol. Biol. 55:121-131.)
  • marker gene expression suggests that the gene of interest is also present, the presence and expression of the gene may need to be confirmed.
  • sequence encoding PRTS is inserted within a marker gene sequence
  • transformed cells containing sequences encoding PRTS can be identified by the absence of marker gene function.
  • a marker gene can be placed in tandem with a sequence encoding PRTS under the control of a single promoter. Expression of the marker gene in response to induction or selection usually indicates expression of the tandem gene as well.
  • host cells that contain the nucleic acid sequence encoding PRTS and that express PRTS may be identified by a variety of procedures known to those of skill in the art. These procedures include, but are not limited to, DNA-DNA or DNA-RNA hybridizations, PCR amplification, and protein bioassay or immunoassay techniques which include membrane, solution, or chip based technologies for the detection and/or quantification of nucleic acid or protein sequences.
  • Immunological methods for detecting and measuring the expression of PRTS using either specific polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies are known in the art Examples of such techniques include enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs), radioimmunoassays (RIAs), and fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS).
  • ELISAs enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays
  • RIAs radioimmunoassays
  • FACS fluorescence activated cell sorting
  • a two-site, monoclonal-based immunoassay utilizing monoclonal antibodies reactive to two non-interfering epitopes on PRTS is preferred, but a competitive binding assay may be employed.
  • These and other assays are well known in the art (See, e.g., Hampton, R. et al. (1990) Serological Methods, a Laboratory Manual , APS Press, St. Paul Minn., Sect. IV; Coligan, J.
  • Means for producing labeled hybridization or PCR probes for detecting sequences related to polynucleotides encoding PRTS include oligolabeling, nick translation, end-labeling, or PCR amplification using a labeled nucleotide.
  • sequences encoding PRTS, or any fragments thereof may be cloned into a vector for the production of an mRNA probe.
  • RNA polymerase such as T7, T3, or SP6 and labeled nucleotides.
  • T7, T3, or SP6 RNA polymerase
  • reporter molecules or labels which may be used for ease of detection include radionuclides, enzymes, fluorescent, chemiluminescent, or chromogenic agents, as well as substrates, cofactors, inhibitors, magnetic particles, and the like.
  • Host cells transformed with nucleotide sequences encoding PRTS may be cultured under conditions suitable for the expression and recovery of the protein from cell culture.
  • the protein produced by a transformed cell may be secreted or retained intracellularly depending on the sequence and/or the vector used.
  • expression vectors containing polynucleotides which encode PRTS may be designed to contain signal sequences which direct secretion of PRTS through a prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell membrane.
  • a host cell strain may be chosen for its ability to modulate expression of the inserted sequences or to process the expressed protein in the desired fashion.
  • modifications of the polypeptide include, but are not limited to, acetylation, carboxylation, glycosylation, phosphorylation lipidation, and acylation.
  • Post-translational processing which cleaves a “prepro” or “pro” form of the protein may also be used to specify protein targeting, folding, and/or activity.
  • Different host cells which have specific cellular machinery and characteristic mechanisms for post-translational activities (e.g., CHO, HeLa, MDCK, HEK93, and WI38) are available from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC, Manassas Va.) and may be chosen to ensure the correct modification and processing of the foreign protein.
  • ATCC American Type Culture Collection
  • nucleic acid sequences encoding PRTS may be ligated to a heterologous sequence resulting in translation of a fusion protein in any of the aforementioned host systems.
  • a chimeric PRTS protein containing a heterologous moiety that can be recognized by a commercially available antibody may facilitate the screening of peptide libraries for inhibitors of PRTS activity.
  • Heterologous protein and peptide moieties may also facilitate purification of fusion proteins using commercially available affinity matrices.
  • Such moieties include, but are not limited to, glutathione S-transferase (GST), maltose binding protein (MBP), thioredoxin (Trx), calmodulin binding peptide (CBP), 6-His, FLAG, c-myc, and hemagglutinin (HA).
  • GST, MBP, Trx, CBP, and 6-His enable purification of their cognate fusion proteins on immobilized glutathione, maltose, phenylarsine oxide, calmodulin, and metal-chelate resins, respectively.
  • FLAG, c-myc, and hemagglutinin (HA) enable immunoaffinity purification of fusion proteins using commercially available monoclonal and polyclonal antibodies that specifically recognize these epitope tags.
  • a fusion protein may also be engineered to contain a proteolytic cleavage site located between the PRTS encoding sequence and the heterologous protein sequence, so that PRTS may be cleaved away from the heterologous moiety following purification. Methods for fusion protein expression and purification are discussed in Ausubel (1995, supra, ch. 10). A variety of commercially available kits may also be used to facilitate expression and purification of fusion proteins.
  • synthesis of radiolabeled PRTS may be achieved in vitro using the TNT rabbit reticulocyte lysate or wheat germ extract system (Promega). These systems couple transcription and translation of protein-coding sequences operably associated with the T7, T3, or SP6 promoters. Translation takes place in the presence of a radiolabeled amino acid precursor, for example, 35 S-methionine.
  • PRTS of the present invention or fragments thereof may be used to screen for compounds that specifically bind to PRTS.
  • At least one and up to a plurality of test compounds may be screened for specific binding to PRTS.
  • test compounds include antibodies, oligonucleotides, proteins (e.g., receptors), or small molecules.
  • the compound thus identified is closely related to the natural ligand of PRTS, e.g., a ligand or fragment thereof, a natural substrate, a structural or functional mimetic, or a natural binding partner.
  • the compound can be closely related to the natural receptor to which PRTS binds, or to at least a fragment of the receptor, e.g., the ligand binding site.
  • the compound can be rationally designed using known techniques.
  • screening for these compounds involves producing appropriate cells which express PRTS, either as a secreted protein or on the cell membrane.
  • Preferred cells include cells from mammals, yeast, Drosophila , or E. coli .
  • Cells expressing PRTS or cell membrane fractions which contain PRTS are then contacted with a test compound and binding, stimulation, or inhibition of activity of either PRTS or the compound is analyzed.
  • An assay may simply test binding of a test compound to the polypeptide, wherein binding is detected by a fluorophore, radioisotope, enzyme conjugate, or other detectable label.
  • the assay may comprise the steps of combining at least one test compound with PRTS, either in solution or affixed to a solid support, and detecting the binding of PRTS to the compound.
  • the assay may detect or measure binding of a test compound in the presence of a labeled competitor.
  • the assay may be carried out using cell-free preparations, chemical libraries, or natural product mixtures, and the test compound(s) may be free in solution or affixed to a solid support.
  • PRTS of the present invention or fragments thereof may be used to screen for compounds that modulate the activity of PRTS.
  • Such compounds may include agonists, antagonists, or partial or inverse agonists.
  • an assay is performed under conditions permissive for PRTS activity, wherein PRTS is combined with at least one test compound, and the activity of PRTS in the presence of a test compound is compared with the activity of PRTS in the absence of the test compound. A change in the activity of PRTS in the presence of the test compound is indicative of a compound that modulates the activity of PRTS.
  • a test compound is combined with an in vitro or cell-free system comprising PRTS under conditions suitable for PRTS activity, and the assay is performed. In either of these assays, a test compound which modulates the activity of PRTS may do so indirectly and need not come in direct contact with the test compound. At least one and up to a plurality of test compounds may be screened.
  • polynucleotides encoding PRTS or their mammalian homologs may be “knocked out” in an animal model system using homologous recombination in embryonic stem (ES) cells.
  • ES embryonic stem
  • Such techniques are well known in the art and are useful for the generation of animal models of human disease. (See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,175,383 and U.S. Pat. No. 5,767,337.)
  • mouse ES cells such as the mouse 129/SvJ cell line, are derived from the early mouse embryo and grown in culture.
  • the ES cells are transformed with a vector containing the gene of interest disrupted by a marker gene, e.g., the neomycin phosphotransferase gene (neo; Capecchi, M. R. (1989) Science 244:1288-1292).
  • a marker gene e.g., the neomycin phosphotransferase gene (neo; Capecchi, M. R. (1989) Science 244:1288-1292).
  • the vector integrates into the corresponding region of the host genome by homologous recombination.
  • homologous recombination takes place using the Cre-loxP system to knockout a gene of interest in a tissue- or developmental stage-specific manner (Marth, J. D. (1996) Clin. Invest. 97:1999-2002; Wagner, K. U. et al. (1997) Nucleic Acids Res. 25:4323-4330).
  • Transformed ES cells are identified and microinjected into mouse cell blastocysts such as those from the C57BL/6 mouse strain.
  • the blastocysts are surgically transferred to pseudopregnant dams, and the resulting chimeric progeny are genotyped and bred to produce heterozygous or homozygous strains.
  • Transgenic animals thus generated may be tested with potential therapeutic or toxic agents.
  • Polynucleotides encoding PRTS may also be manipulated in vitro in ES cells derived from human blastocysts.
  • Human ES cells have the potential to differentiate into at least eight separate cell lineages including endoderm, mesoderm, and ectodermal cell types. These cell lineages differentiate into, for example, neural cells, hematopoietic lineages, and cardiomyocytes (Thomson, J. A. et al. (1998) Science 282:1145-1147).
  • Polynucleotides encoding PRTS can also be used to create “Knockin” humanized animals (pigs) or transgenic animals (mice or rats) to model human disease. With knockin technology, a region of a polynucleotide encoding PRTS is injected into animal ES cells, and the injected sequence integrates into the animal cell genome. Transformed cells are injected into blastulae, and the blastulae are implanted as described above. Transgenic progeny or inbred lines are studied and treated with potential pharmaceutical agents to obtain information on treatment of a human disease.
  • a mammal inbred to overexpress PRTS e.g., by secreting PRTS in its milk, may also serve as a convenient source of that protein (Janne, J. et al. (1998) Biotechnol. Annu. Rev. 4:55-74).
  • PRTS Chemical and structural similarity, e.g., in the context of sequences and motifs, exists between regions of PRTS and proteases.
  • the expression of PRTS is closely associated with digestive, lung, neurological, gastrointestinal, cardiovascular, urinary, reproductive, fibroblastic, developmental, and endothelial tissues, and also prostate cancer and other tumorous tissue. Therefore, PRTS appears to play a role in gastrointestinal, cardiovascular, autoimmune/inflammatory, cell proliferative, developmental, epithelial, neurological, and reproductive disorders.
  • PRTS In the treatment of disorders associated with decreased PRTS expression or activity, it is desirable to increase the expression or activity of PRTS.
  • PRTS or a fragment or derivative thereof may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with decreased expression or activity of PRTS.
  • disorders include, but are not limited to, a gastrointestinal disorder, such as dysphagia, peptic esophagitis, esophageal spasm, esophageal stricture, esophageal carcinoma, dyspepsia, indigestion, gastritis, gastric carcinoma, anorexia, nausea, emesis, gastroparesis, antral or pyloric edema, abdominal angina, pyrosis, gastroenteritis, intestinal obstruction, infections of the intestinal tract, peptic ulcer, cholelithiasis, cholecystitis, cholestasis, pancreatitis, pancreatic carcinoma, biliary tract disease, hepatitis, hyperbilirubinemia, cirrhosis, passive congestion of the liver, hepatoma,
  • a vector capable of expressing PRTS or a fragment or derivative thereof may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with decreased expression or activity of PRTS including, but not limited to, those described above.
  • composition comprising a substantially purified PRTS in conjunction with a suitable pharmaceutical carrier may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with decreased expression or activity of PRTS including, but not limited to, those provided above.
  • an agonist which modulates the activity of PRTS may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with decreased expression or activity of PRTS including, but not limited to, those listed above.
  • an antagonist of PRTS may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with increased expression or activity of PRTS.
  • disorders include, but are not limited to, those gastrointestinal, cardiovascular, autoimmune/inflammatory, cell proliferative, developmental epithelial, neurological, and reproductive disorders described above.
  • an antibody which specifically binds PRTS may be used directly as an antagonist or indirectly as a targeting or delivery mechanism for bringing a pharmaceutical agent to cells or tissues which express PRTS.
  • a vector expressing the complement of the polynucleotide encoding PRTS may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with increased expression or activity of PRTS including, but not limited to, those described above.
  • any of the proteins, antagonists, antibodies, agonists, complementary sequences, or vectors of the invention may be administered in combination with other appropriate therapeutic agents. Selection of the appropriate agents for use in combination therapy may be made by one of ordinary skill in the art, according to conventional pharmaceutical principles.
  • the combination of therapeutic agents may act synergistically to effect the treatment or prevention of the various disorders described above. Using this approach, one may be able to achieve therapeutic efficacy with lower dosages of each agent, thus reducing the potential for adverse side effects.
  • An antagonist of PRTS may be produced using methods which are generally known in the art.
  • purified PRTS may be used to produce antibodies or to screen libraries of pharmaceutical agents to identify those which specifically bind PRTS.
  • Antibodies to PRTS may also be generated using methods that are well known in the art. Such antibodies may include, but are not limited to, polyclonal, monoclonal, chimeric, and single chain antibodies. Fab fragments, and fragments produced by a Fab expression library. Neutralizing antibodies (i.e., those which inhibit dimer formation) are generally preferred for therapeutic use.
  • various hosts including goats, rabbits, rats, mice, humans, and others may be immunized by injection with PRTS or with any fragment or oligopeptide thereof which has immunogenic properties.
  • various adjuvants may be used to increase immunological response.
  • adjuvants include, but are not limited to, Freund's, mineral gels such as aluminum hydroxide, and surface active substances such as lysolecithin, pluronic polyols, polyanions, peptides, oil emulsions, KLH, and dinitrophenol.
  • BCG Bacilli Calmette-Guerin
  • Corynebacterium parvum are especially preferable.
  • the oligopeptides, peptides, or fragments used to induce antibodies to PRTS have an amino acid sequence consisting of at least about 5 amino acids, and generally will consist of at least about 10 amino acids. It is also preferable that these oligopeptides, peptides, or fragments are identical to a portion of the amino acid sequence of the natural protein. Short stretches of PRTS amino acids may be fused with those of another protein, such as KLH, and antibodies to the chimeric molecule may be produced.
  • Monoclonal antibodies to PRTS may be prepared using any technique which provides for the production of antibody molecules by continuous cell lines in culture. These include, but are not limited to, the hybridoma technique, the human B-cell hybridoma technique, and the EBV-hybridoma technique. (See, e.g., Kohler, G. et al. (1975) Nature 256:495-497; Kozbor, D. et al. (1985) J. Immunol. Methods 81:31-42; Cote, R. J. et al. (1983) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 80:2026-2030; and Cole, S. P. et al. (1984) Mol. Cell Biol. 62:109-120.)
  • chimeric antibodies such as the splicing of mouse antibody genes to human antibody genes to obtain a molecule with appropriate antigen specificity and biological activity.
  • techniques developed for the production of “chimeric antibodies” such as the splicing of mouse antibody genes to human antibody genes to obtain a molecule with appropriate antigen specificity and biological activity, can be used.
  • techniques described for the production of single chain antibodies may be adapted, using methods known in the art, to produce PRTS-specific single chain antibodies.
  • Antibodies with related specificity, but of distinct idiotypic composition may be generated by chain shuffling from random combinatorial immunoglobulin libraries. (See, e.g., Burton, D. R. (1991) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88:10134-10137.)
  • Antibodies may also be produced by inducing in vivo production in the lymphocyte population or by screening immunoglobulin libraries or panels of highly specific binding reagents as disclosed in the literature. (See, e.g., Orlandi, R. et al. (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:3833-3837; Winter, G. et al. (1991) Nature 349:293-299.)
  • Antibody fragments which contain specific binding sites for PRTS may also be generated.
  • fragments include, but are not limited to, F(ab′) 2 fragments produced by pepsin digestion of the antibody molecule and Fab fragments generated by reducing the disulfide bridges of the F(ab′)2 fragments.
  • Fab expression libraries may be constructed to allow rapid and easy identification of monoclonal Fab fragments with the desired specificity. (See, e.g., Huse, W. D. et al. (1989) Science 246:1275-1281.)
  • immunoassays may be used for screening to identify antibodies having the desired specificity.
  • Numerous protocols for competitive binding or immunoradiometric assays using either polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies with established specificities are well known in the art.
  • Such immunoassays typically involve the measurement of complex formation between PRTS and its specific antibody.
  • a two-site, monoclonal-based immunoassay utilizing monoclonal antibodies reactive to two non-interfering PRTS epitopes is generally used, but a competitive binding assay may also be employed (Pound, supra).
  • K a is defined as the molar concentration of PRTS-antibody complex divided by the molar concentrations of free antigen and free antibody under equilibrium conditions.
  • K a association constant
  • the K a determined for a preparation of monoclonal antibodies, which are monospecific for a particular PRTS epitope, represents a true measure of affinity.
  • High-affinity antibody preparations with K a ranging from about 10 9 to 10 12 L/mole are preferred for use in immunoassays in which the PRTS-antibody complex must withstand rigorous manipulations.
  • Low-affinity antibody preparations with K a ranging from about 10 6 to 10 7 L/mole are preferred for use in immunopurification and similar procedures which ultimately require dissociation of PRTS, preferably in active form, from the antibody (Catty, D. (1988) Antibodies, Volume I: A Practical Approach , IRL Press, Washington D.C.; Liddell, J. E. and A. Cryer (1991) A Practical Guide to Monoclonal Antibodies , John Wiley & Sons, New York N.Y.).
  • polyclonal antibody preparations may be further evaluated to determine the quality and suitability of such preparations for certain downstream applications.
  • a polyclonal antibody preparation containing at least 1-2 mg specific antibody/ml, preferably 5-10 mg specific antibody/ml is generally employed in procedures requiring precipitation of PRTS-antibody complexes.
  • Procedures for evaluating antibody specificity, titer, and avidity, and guidelines for antibody quality and usage in various applications, are generally available. (See, e.g., Catty, supra, and Coligan et al. supra.)
  • the polynucleotides encoding PRTS may be used for therapeutic purposes.
  • modifications of gene expression can be achieved by designing complementary sequences or antisense molecules (DNA, RNA, PNA, or modified oligonucleotides) to the coding or regulatory regions of the gene encoding PRTS.
  • complementary sequences or antisense molecules DNA, RNA, PNA, or modified oligonucleotides
  • antisense oligonucleotides or larger fragments can be designed from various locations along the coding or control regions of sequences encoding PRTS. (See, e.g., Agrawal, S., ed. (1996) Antisense Therapeutics , Humana Press Inc., Totawa N.J.)
  • Antisense sequences can be delivered intracellularly in the form of an expression plasmid which, upon transcription, produces a sequence complementary to at least a portion of the cellular sequence encoding the target protein.
  • Antisense sequences can also be introduced intracellularly through the use of viral vectors, such as retrovirus and adeno-associated virus vectors.
  • polynucleotides encoding PRTS may be used for somatic or germline gene therapy.
  • Gene therapy may be performed to (i) correct a genetic deficiency (e.g., in the cases of severe combined immunodeficiency (SCID)-X1 disease characterized by X-linked inheritance (Cavazzana-Calvo, M. et al. (2000) Science 288:669-672), severe combined immunodeficiency syndrome associated with an inherited adenosine deaminase (ADA) deficiency (Blaese, R. M. et al. (1995) Science 270:475-480; Bordignon, C. et al.
  • SCID severe combined immunodeficiency
  • ADA adenosine deaminase
  • hepatitis B or C virus HBV, HCV
  • fungal parasites such as Candida albicans and Paracoccidioides brasiliensis
  • protozoan parasites such as Plasmodium falciparum and Trypanosoma cruzi .
  • the expression of PRTS from an appropriate population of transduced cells may alleviate the clinical manifestations caused by the genetic deficiency.
  • diseases or disorders caused by deficiencies in PRTS are treated by constructing mammalian expression vectors encoding PRTS and introducing these vectors by mechanical means into PRTS-deficient cells.
  • Mechanical transfer technologies for use with cells in vivo or ex vitro include (i) direct DNA microinjection into individual cells, (ii) ballistic gold particle delivery, (iii) liposome-mediated transfection, (iv) receptor-mediated gene transfer, and (v) the use of DNA transposons (Morgan, R. A. and W. F. Anderson (1993) Annu. Rev. Biochem. 62:191-217; Ivics, Z. (1997) Cell 91:501-510; Boulay, J-L. and H. Récipon (1998) Curr. Opin. Biotechnol. 9:445450).
  • Expression vectors that may be effective for the expression of PRTS include, but are not limited to, the PCDNA 3.1, EPITAG, PRCCMV2, PREP, PVAX, PCR2-TOPOTA vectors (Invitrogen, Carlsbad Calif.), PCMV-SCRIPT, PCMV-TAG, PEGSH/PERV (Stratagene, La Jolla Calif.), and PTET-OFF, PTET-ON, PTRE2, PTRE2-LUC, PTK-HYG (Clontech, Palo Alto Calif.).
  • PRTS may be expressed using (i) a constitutively active promoter, (e.g., from cytomegalovirus (CMV), Rous sarcoma virus (RSV), SV40 virus, thymidine kinase (TK), or ⁇ -actin genes), (ii) an inducible promoter (e.g., the tetracycline-regulated promoter (Gossen, M. and H. Bujard (1992) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:5547-5551; Gossen, M. et al. (1995) Science 268:1766-1769; Rossi, F. M. V. and H. M. Blau (1998) Curr. Opin. Biotechnol.
  • a constitutively active promoter e.g., from cytomegalovirus (CMV), Rous sarcoma virus (RSV), SV40 virus, thymidine kinase (TK), or ⁇ -actin genes
  • liposome transformation kits e.g., the PERFECT LIPID TRANSFECTION KIT, available from Invitrogen
  • PERFECT LIPID TRANSFECTION KIT available from Invitrogen
  • transformation is performed using the calcium phosphate method (Graham, P. L. and A. J. Eb (1973) Virology 52:456-467), or by electroporation (Neumann, E. et al. (1982) EMBO J. 1:841-845).
  • the introduction of DNA to primary cells requires modification of these standardized mammalian transfection protocols.
  • diseases or disorders caused by genetic defects with respect to PRTS expression are treated by constructing a retrovirus vector consisting of (i) the polynucleotide encoding PRTS under the control of an independent promoter or the retrovirus long terminal repeat (LTR) promoter, (ii) appropriate RNA packaging signals, and (iii) a Rev-responsive element (RRE) along with additional retrovirus cis-acting RNA sequences and coding sequences required for efficient vector propagation.
  • Retrovirus vectors e.g., PFB and PFBNEO
  • Retrovirus vectors are commercially available (Stratagene) and are based on published data (Riviere, L. et al. (1995) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
  • the vector is propagated in an appropriate vector producing cell line (VPCL) that expresses an envelope gene with a tropism for receptors on the target cells or a promiscuous envelope protein such as VSVg (Armentano, D. et al. (1987) J. Virol. 61:1647-1650; Bender, M. A. et al. (1987) J. Virol. 61:1639-1646; Adam, M. A. and A. D. Miller (1988) J. Virol. 62:3802-3806; Dull, T. et al. (1998) J. Virol. 72:8463-8471; Zufferey, R. et al. (1998) J.
  • VPCL vector producing cell line
  • U.S. Pat. No. 5,910,434 to Rigg (“Method for obtaining retrovirus packaging cell lines producing high transducing efficiency retroviral supernatant”) discloses a method for obtaining retrovirus packaging cell lines and is hereby incorporated by reference. Propagation of retrovirus vectors, transduction of a population of cells (e.g., CD4 + T-cells), and the return of transduced cells to a patient are procedures well known to persons skilled in the art of gene therapy and have been well documented (Ranga, U. et al. (1997) J. Virol. 71:7020-7029; Bauer, G. et al.
  • an adenovirus-based gene therapy delivery system is used to deliver polynucleotides encoding PRTS to cells which have one or more genetic abnormalities with respect to the expression of PRTS.
  • the construction and packaging of adenovirus-based vectors are well known to those with ordinary skill in the art. Replication defective adenovirus vectors have proven to be versatile for importing genes encoding immunoregulatory proteins into intact islets in the pancreas (Csete, M. E. et al. (1995) Transplantation 27:263-268).
  • Potentially useful adenoviral vectors are described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,707,618 to Armentano (“Adenovirus vectors for gene therapy”), hereby incorporated by reference.
  • a herpes-based, gene therapy delivery system is used to deliver polynucleotides encoding PRTS to target cells which have one or more genetic abnormalities with respect to the expression of PRTS.
  • the use of herpes simplex virus (HSV)-based vectors may be especially valuable for introducing PRTS to cells of the central nervous system, for which HSV has a tropism.
  • the construction and packaging of herpes-based vectors are well known to those with ordinary skill in the art.
  • a replication-competent herpes simplex virus (HSV) type 1-based vector has been used to deliver a reporter gene to the eyes of primates (Liu, X. et al. (1999) Exp. Eye Res. 169:385-395).
  • HSV-1 virus vector has also been disclosed in detail in U.S. Pat. No. 5,804,413 to DeLuca (“Herpes simplex virus strains for gene transfer”), which is hereby incorporated by reference.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 5,804,413 teaches the use of recombinant HSV d92 which consists of a genome containing at least one exogenous gene to be transferred to a cell under the control of the appropriate promoter for purposes including human gene therapy. Also taught by this patent are the construction and use of recombinant HSV strains deleted for ICP4, ICP27 and ICP12. For HSV vectors, see also Goins, W. F. et al. (1999) J. Virol.
  • herpesvirus sequences The manipulation of cloned herpesvirus sequences, the generation of recombinant virus following the transfection of multiple plasmids containing different segments of the large herpesvirus genomes, the growth and propagation of herpesvirus, and the infection of cells with herpesvirus are techniques well known to those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • an alphavirus (positive, single-stranded RNA virus) vector is used to deliver polynucleotides encoding PRTS to target cells.
  • SFV Semliki Forest Virus
  • This subgenomic RNA replicates to higher levels than the full length genomic RNA, resulting in the overproduction of capsid proteins relative to the viral proteins with enzymatic activity (e.g., protease and polymerase).
  • inserting the coding sequence for PRTS into the alphavirus genome in place of the capsid-coding region results in the production of a large number of PRTS-coding RNAs and the synthesis of high levels of PRTS in vector transduced cells.
  • alphavirus infection is typically associated with cell lysis within a few days
  • the ability to establish a persistent infection in hamster normal kidney cells (BHK-21) with a variant of Sindbis virus (SIN) indicates that the lytic replication of alphaviruses can be altered to suit the needs of the gene therapy application (Dryga, S. A. et al. (1997) Virology 228:74-83).
  • the wide host range of alphaviruses will allow the introduction of PRTS into a variety of cell types.
  • the specific transduction of a subset of cells in a population may require the sorting of cells prior to transduction.
  • the methods of manipulating infectious cDNA clones of alphaviruses, performing alphavirus cDNA and RNA transfections, and performing alphavirus infections, are well known to those with ordinary skill in the art.
  • Oligonucleotides derived from the transcription initiation site may also be employed to inhibit gene expression. Similarly, inhibition can be achieved using triple helix base-pairing methodology. Triple helix pairing is useful because it causes inhibition of the ability of the double helix to open sufficiently for the binding of polymerases, transcription factors, or regulatory molecules. Recent therapeutic advances using triplex DNA have been described in the literature. (See, e.g., Gee, J. E. et al. (1994) in Huber, B. E. and B. I. Carr, Molecular and Immunologic Approaches , Futura Publishing, Mt. Kisco N.Y., pp. 163-177.) A complementary sequence or antisense molecule may also be designed to block translation of mRNA by preventing the transcript from binding to ribosomes.
  • Ribozymes enzymatic RNA molecules
  • Ribozymes may also be used to catalyze the specific cleavage of RNA.
  • the mechanism of ribozyme action involves sequence-specific hybridization of the ribozyme molecule to complementary target RNA, followed by endonucleolytic cleavage.
  • engineered hammerhead motif ribozyme molecules may specifically and efficiently catalyze endonucleolytic cleavage of sequences encoding PRTS.
  • ribozyme cleavage sites within any potential RNA target are initially identified by scanning the target molecule for ribozyme cleavage sites, including the following sequences: GUA, GUU, and GUC. Once identified, short RNA sequences of between 15 and 20 ribonucleotides, corresponding to the region of the target gene containing the cleavage site, may be evaluated for secondary structural features which may render the oligonucleotide inoperable. The suitability of candidate targets may also be evaluated by testing accessibility to hybridization with complementary oligonucleotides using ribonuclease protection assays.
  • RNA molecules and ribozymes of the invention may be prepared by any method known in the art for the synthesis of nucleic acid molecules. These include techniques for chemically synthesizing oligonucleotides such as solid phase phosphoramidite chemical synthesis. Alternatively, RNA molecules may be generated by in vitro and in vivo transcription of DNA sequences encoding PRTS. Such DNA sequences may be incorporated into a wide variety of vectors with suitable RNA polymerase promoters such as T7 or SP6. Alternatively, these cDNA constructs that synthesize complementary RNA, constitutively or inducibly, can be introduced into cell lines, cells, or tissues.
  • RNA molecules may be modified to increase intracellular stability and half-life. Possible modifications include, but are not limited to, the addition of flanking sequences at the 5′ and/or 3′ ends of the molecule, or the use of phosphorothioate or 2′ O-methyl rather than phosphodiesterase linkages within the backbone of the molecule.
  • An additional embodiment of the invention encompasses a method for screening for a compound which is effective in altering expression of a polynucleotide encoding PRTS.
  • Compounds which may be effective in altering expression of a specific polynucleotide may include, but are not limited to, oligonucleotides, antisense oligonucleotides, triple helix-forming oligonucleotides, transcription factors and other polypeptide transcriptional regulators, and non-macromolecular chemical entities which are capable of interacting with specific polynucleotide sequences. Effective compounds may alter polynucleotide expression by acting as either inhibitors or promoters of polynucleotide expression.
  • a compound which specifically inhibits expression of the polynucleotide encoding PRTS may be therapeutically useful, and in the treatment of disorders associated with decreased PRTS expression or activity, a compound which specifically promotes expression of the polynucleotide encoding PRTS may be therapeutically useful.
  • test compounds may be screened for effectiveness in altering expression of a specific polynucleotide.
  • a test compound may be obtained by any method commonly known in the art, including chemical modification of a compound known to be effective in altering polynucleotide expression; selection from an existing, commercially-available or proprietary library of naturally-occurring or non-natural chemical compounds; rational design of a compound based on chemical and/or structural properties of the target polynucleotide; and selection from a library of chemical compounds created combinatorially or randomly.
  • a sample comprising a polynucleotide encoding PRTS is exposed to at least one test compound thus obtained.
  • the sample may comprise, for example, an intact or permeabilized cell or an in vitro cell-free or reconstituted biochemical system.
  • Alterations in the expression of a polynucleotide encoding PRTS are assayed by any method commonly known in the art.
  • the expression of a specific nucleotide is detected by hybridization with a probe having a nucleotide sequence complementary to the sequence of the polynucleotide encoding PRTS.
  • the amount of hybridization may be quantified, thus forming the basis for a comparison of the expression of the polynucleotide both with and without exposure to one or more test compounds.
  • a screen for a compound effective in altering expression of a specific polynucleotide can be carried out, for example, using a Schizosaccharomyces pombe gene expression system (Atkins, D. et al. (1999) U.S. Pat. No. 5,932,435; Arndt, G. M. et al. (2000) Nucleic Acids Res. 28:E15) or a human cell line such as HeLa cell (Clarke, M. L. et al. (2000) Biochem. Biophys. Res.
  • a particular embodiment of the present invention involves screening a combinatorial library of oligonucleotides (such as deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides, peptide nucleic acids, and modified oligonucleotides) for antisense activity against a specific polynucleotide sequence (Bruice, T. T. et al. (1997) U.S. Pat. No. 5,686,242; Bruice, T. W. et al. (2000) U.S. Pat. No. 6,022,691).
  • oligonucleotides such as deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides, peptide nucleic acids, and modified oligonucleotides
  • vectors may be introduced into stem cells taken from the patient and clonally propagated for autologous transplant back into that same patient. Delivery by transfection, by liposome injections, or by polycationic amino polymers may be achieved using methods which are well known in the art (See, e.g., Goldman, C. K. et al. (1997) Nat. Biotechnol. 15:462-466.)
  • any of the therapeutic methods described above may be applied to any subject in need of such therapy, including, for example, mammals such as humans, dogs, cats, cows, horses, rabbits, and monkeys.
  • An additional embodiment of the invention relates to the administration of a composition which generally comprises an active ingredient formulated with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • Excipients may include, for example, sugars, starches, celluloses, gums, and proteins.
  • Various formulations are commonly known and are thoroughly discussed in the latest edition of Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (Maack Publishing, Easton Pa.).
  • Such compositions may consist of PRTS, antibodies to PRTS, and mimetics, agonists, antagonists, or inhibitors of PRTS.
  • compositions utilized in this invention may be administered by any number of routes including, but not limited to, oral, intravenous, intramuscular, intra-arterial, intramedullary, intrathecal, intraventricular, pulmonary, transdermal, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intranasal, enteral, topical, sublingual, or rectal means.
  • compositions for pulmonary administration may be prepared in liquid or dry powder form. These compositions are generally aerosolized immediately prior to inhalation by the patient.
  • small molecules e.g. traditional low molecular weight organic drugs
  • aerosol delivery of fast-acting formulations is well-known in the art.
  • macromolecules e.g. larger peptides and proteins
  • Pulmonary delivery has the advantage of administration without needle injection, and obviates the need for potentially toxic penetration enhancers.
  • compositions suitable for use in the invention include compositions wherein the active ingredients are contained in an effective amount to achieve the intended purpose.
  • the determination of an effective dose is well within the capability of those skilled in the art.
  • compositions may be prepared for direct intracellular delivery of macromolecules comprising PRTS or fragments thereof.
  • liposome preparations containing a cell-impermeable macromolecule may promote cell fusion and intracellular delivery of the macromolecule.
  • PRTS or a fragment thereof may be joined to a short cationic N-terminal portion from the HIV Tat-1 protein. Fusion proteins thus generated have been found to transduce into the cells of all tissues, including the brain, in a mouse model system (Schwarze, S. R. et al. (1999) Science 285:1569-1572).
  • the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially either in cell culture assays, e.g., of neoplastic cells, or in animal models such as mice, rats, rabbits, dogs, monkeys, or pigs.
  • An animal model may also be used to determine the appropriate concentration range and route of administration. Such information can then be used to determine useful doses and routes for administration in humans.
  • a therapeutically effective dose refers to that amount of active ingredient, for example PRTS or fragments thereof, antibodies of PRTS, and agonists, antagonists or inhibitors of PRTS, which ameliorates the symptoms or condition.
  • Therapeutic efficacy and toxicity may be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or with experimental animals, such as by calculating the ED 50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population) or LD 50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) statistics.
  • the dose ratio of toxic to therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index, which can be expressed as the LD 50 /ED 50 ratio.
  • Compositions which exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferred.
  • the data obtained from cell culture assays and animal studies are used to formulate a range of dosage for human use.
  • the dosage contained in such compositions is preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that includes the ED 50 with little or no toxicity. The dosage varies within this range depending upon the dosage form employed, the sensitivity of the patient, and the route of administration.
  • Dosage and administration are adjusted to provide sufficient levels of the active moiety or to maintain the desired effect. Factors which may be taken into account include the severity of the disease state, the general health of the subject, the age, weight, and gender of the subject, time and frequency of administration, drug combination(s), reaction sensitivities, and response to therapy. Long-acting compositions may be administered every 3 to 4 days, every week, or biweekly depending on the half-life and clearance rate of the particular formulation.
  • Normal dosage amounts may vary from about 0.1 ⁇ g to 100,000 ⁇ g, up to a total dose of about 1 gram, depending upon the route of administration.
  • Guidance as to particular dosages and methods of delivery is provided in the literature and generally available to practitioners in the art Those skilled in the art will employ different formulations for nucleotides than for proteins or their inhibitors. Similarly, delivery of polynucleotides or polypeptides will be specific to particular cells, conditions, locations, etc.
  • antibodies which specifically bind PRTS may be used for the diagnosis of disorders characterized by expression of PRTS, or in assays to monitor patients being treated with PRTS or agonists, antagonists, or inhibitors of PRTS.
  • Antibodies useful for diagnostic purposes may be prepared in the same manner as described above for therapeutics. Diagnostic assays for PRTS include methods which utilize the antibody and a label to detect PRTS in human body fluids or in extracts of cells or tissues.
  • the antibodies may be used with or without modification, and may be labeled by covalent or non-covalent attachment of a reporter molecule.
  • a wide variety of reporter molecules, several of which are described above, are known in the art and may be used.
  • a variety of protocols for measuring PRTS including ELISAs, RIAs, and FACS, are known in the art and provide a basis for diagnosing altered or abnormal levels of PRTS expression.
  • Normal or standard values for PRTS expression are established by combining body fluids or cell extracts taken from normal mammalian subjects, for example, human subjects, with antibodies to PRTS under conditions suitable for complex formation. The amount of standard complex formation may be quantitated by various methods, such as photometric means. Quantities of PRTS expressed in subject, control, and disease samples from biopsied tissues are compared with the standard values. Deviation between standard and subject values establishes the parameters for diagnosing disease.
  • the polynucleotides encoding PRTS may be used for diagnostic purposes.
  • the polynucleotides which may be used include oligonucleotide sequences, complementary RNA and DNA molecules, and PNAs.
  • the polynucleotides may be used to detect and quantify gene expression in biopsied tissues in which expression of PRTS may be correlated with disease.
  • the diagnostic assay may be used to determine absence, presence, and excess expression of PRTS, and to monitor regulation of PRTS levels during therapeutic intervention.
  • hybridization with PCR probes which are capable of detecting polynucleotide sequences, including genomic sequences, encoding PRTS or closely related molecules may be used to identify nucleic acid sequences which encode PRTS.
  • the specificity of the probe whether it is made from a highly specific region, e.g., the 5′ regulatory region, or from a less specific region, e.g., a conserved motif, and the stringency of the hybridization or amplification will determine whether the probe identifies only naturally occurring sequences encoding PRTS, allelic variants, or related sequences.
  • Probes may also be used for the detection of related sequences, and may have at least 50% sequence identity to any of the PRTS encoding sequences.
  • the hybridization probes of the subject invention may be DNA or RNA and may be derived from the sequence of SEQ ID NO:18-34 or from genomic sequences including promoters, enhancers, and introns of the PRTS gene.
  • Means for producing specific hybridization probes for DNAs encoding PRTS include the cloning of polynucleotide sequences encoding PRTS or PRTS derivatives into vectors for the production of mRNA probes.
  • vectors are known in the art, are commercially available, and may be used to synthesize RNA probes in vitro by means of the addition of the appropriate RNA polymerases and the appropriate labeled nucleotides.
  • Hybridization probes may be labeled by a variety of reporter groups, for example, by radionuclides such as 32 P or 35 S, or by enzymatic labels, such as alkaline phosphatase coupled to the probe via avidin/biotin coupling systems, and the like.
  • Polynucleotide sequences encoding PRTS may be used for the diagnosis of disorders associated with expression of PRTS.
  • disorders include, but are not limited to, a gastrointestinal disorder, such as dysphagia, peptic esophagitis, esophageal spasm, esophageal stricture, esophageal carcinoma, dyspepsia, indigestion, gastritis, gastric carcinoma, anorexia, nausea, emesis, gastroparesis, antral or pyloric edema, abdominal angina, pyrosis, gastroenteritis, intestinal obstruction, infections of the intestinal tract, peptic ulcer, cholelithiasis, cholecystitis, cholestasis, pancreatitis, pancreatic carcinoma, biliary tract disease, hepatitis, hyperbilirubinemia, cirrhosis, passive congestion of the liver, hepatoma, infectious colitis, ulcerative colitis, ulcer
  • PRTS Peyronie's disease, impotence, carcinoma of the male breast, and gynecomastia.
  • the polynucleotide sequences encoding PRTS may be used in Southern or northern analysis, dot blot, or other membrane-based technologies; in PCR technologies; in dipstick, pin, and multiformat ELISA-like assays; and in microarrays utilizing fluids or tissues from patients to detect altered PRTS expression. Such qualitative or quantitative methods are well known in the art.
  • the nucleotide sequences encoding PRTS may be useful in assays that detect the presence of associated disorders, particularly those mentioned above.
  • the nucleotide sequences encoding PRTS may be labeled by standard methods and added to a fluid or tissue sample from a patient under conditions suitable for the formation of hybridization complexes. After a suitable incubation period, the sample is washed and the signal is quantified and compared with a standard value. If the amount of signal in the patient sample is significantly altered in comparison to a control sample then the presence of altered levels of nucleotide sequences encoding PRTS in the sample indicates the presence of the associated disorder.
  • Such assays may also be used to evaluate the efficacy of a particular therapeutic treatment regimen in animal studies, in clinical trials, or to monitor the treatment of an individual patient.
  • a normal or standard profile for expression is established. This may be accomplished by combining body fluids or cell extracts taken from normal subjects, either animal or human, with a sequence, or a fragment thereof, encoding PRTS, under conditions suitable for hybridization or amplification. Standard hybridization may be quantified by comparing the values obtained from normal subjects with values from an experiment in which a known amount of a substantially purified polynucleotide is used. Standard values obtained in this manner may be compared with values obtained from samples from patients who are symptomatic for a disorder. Deviation from standard values is used to establish the presence of a disorder.
  • hybridization assays may be repeated on a regular basis to determine if the level of expression in the patient begins to approximate that which is observed in the normal subject.
  • the results obtained from successive assays may be used to show the efficacy of treatment over a period ranging from several days to months.
  • the presence of an abnormal amount of transcript (either under- or overexpressed) in biopsied tissue from an individual may indicate a predisposition for the development of the disease, or may provide a means for detecting the disease prior to the appearance of actual clinical symptoms.
  • a more definitive diagnosis of this type may allow health professionals to employ preventative measures or aggressive treatment earlier thereby preventing the development or further progression of the cancer.
  • oligonucleotides designed from the sequences encoding PRTS may involve the use of PCR. These oligomers may be chemically synthesized, generated enzymatically, or produced in vitro. Oligomers will preferably contain a fragment of a polynucleotide encoding PRTS, or a fragment of a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide encoding PRTS, and will be employed under optimized conditions for identification of a specific gene or condition. Oligomers may also be employed under less stringent conditions for detection or quantification of closely related DNA or RNA sequences.
  • oligonucleotide primers derived from the polynucleotide sequences encoding PRTS may be used to detect single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs).
  • SNPs are substitutions, insertions and deletions that are a frequent cause of inherited or acquired genetic disease in humans.
  • Methods of SNP detection include, but are not limited to, single-stranded conformation polymorphism (SSCP) and fluorescent SSCP (fSSCP) methods.
  • SSCP single-stranded conformation polymorphism
  • fSSCP fluorescent SSCP
  • oligonucleotide primers derived from the polynucleotide sequences encoding PRTS are used to amplify DNA using the polymerase chain reaction (PCR).
  • the DNA may be derived, for example, from diseased or normal tissue, biopsy samples, bodily fluids, and the like.
  • SNPs in the DNA cause differences in the secondary and tertiary structures of PCR products in single-stranded form, and these differences are detectable using gel electrophoresis in non-denaturing gels.
  • the oligonucleotide primers are fluorescently labeled, which allows detection of the amplimers in high-throughput equipment such as DNA sequencing machines.
  • sequence database analysis methods termed in silico SNP (isSNP) are capable of identifying polymorphisms by comparing the sequence of individual overlapping DNA fragments which assemble into a common consensus sequence.
  • SNPs may be detected and characterized by mass spectrometry using, for example, the high throughput MASSARRAY system (Sequenom, Inc., San Diego Calif.).
  • Methods which may also be used to quantify the expression of PRTS include radiolabeling or biotinylating nucleotides, coamplification of a control nucleic acid, and interpolating results from standard curves.
  • radiolabeling or biotinylating nucleotides See, e.g., Melby, P. C. et al. (1993) J. Immunol. Methods 159:235-244; Duplaa, C. et al. (1993) Anal. Biochem.
  • the speed of quantitation of multiple samples may be accelerated by running the assay in a high-throughput format where the oligomer or polynucleotide of interest is presented in various dilutions and a spectrophotometric or colorimetric response gives rapid quantitation.
  • oligonucleotides or longer fragments derived from any of the polynucleotide sequences described herein may be used as elements on a microarray.
  • the microarray can be used in transcript imaging techniques which monitor the relative expression levels of large numbers of genes simultaneously as described below.
  • the microarray may also be used to identify genetic variants, mutations, and polymorphisms. This information may be used to determine gene function, to understand the genetic basis of a disorder, to diagnose a disorder, to monitor progression/regression of disease as a function of gene expression, and to develop and monitor the activities of therapeutic agents in the treatment of disease.
  • this information may be used to develop a pharmacogenomic profile of a patient in order to select the most appropriate and effective treatment regimen for that patient.
  • therapeutic agents which are highly effective and display the fewest side effects may be selected for a patient based on his/her pharmacogenomic profile.
  • PRTS fragments of PRTS, or antibodies specific for PRTS may be used as elements on a microarray.
  • the microarray may be used to monitor or measure protein-protein interactions, drug-target interactions, and gene expression profiles, as described above.
  • a particular embodiment relates to the use of the polynucleotides of the present invention to generate a transcript image of a tissue or cell type.
  • a transcript image represents the global pattern of gene expression by a particular tissue or cell type. Global gene expression patterns are analyzed by quantifying the number of expressed genes and their relative abundance under given conditions, and at a given time. (See Seilhamer et al., “Comparative Gene Transcript Analysis,” U.S. Pat. No. 5,840,484, expressly incorporated by reference herein.)
  • a transcript image may be generated by hybridizing the polynucleotides of the present invention or their complements to the totality of transcripts or reverse transcripts of a particular tissue or cell type.
  • the hybridization takes place in high-throughput format, wherein the polynucleotides of the present invention or their complements comprise a subset of a plurality of elements on a microarray.
  • the resultant transcript image would provide a profile of gene activity.
  • Transcript images may be generated using transcripts isolated from tissues, cell lines, biopsies, or other biological samples.
  • the transcript image may thus reflect gene expression in vivo, as in the case of a tissue or biopsy sample, or in vitro, as in the case of a cell line.
  • Transcript images which profile the expression of the polynucleotides of the present invention may also be used in conjunction with in vitro model systems and preclinical evaluation of pharmaceuticals, as well as toxicological testing of industrial and naturally-occurring environmental compounds. All compounds induce characteristic gene expression patterns, frequently termed molecular fingerprints or toxicant signatures, which are indicative of mechanisms of action and toxicity (Nuwaysir, E. F. et al. (1999) Mol. Carcinog. 24:153-159; Steiner, S. and N. L. Anderson (2000) Toxicol. Lett. 112-113:467-471, expressly incorporated by reference herein). If a test compound has a signature similar to that of a compound with known toxicity, it is likely to share those toxic properties.
  • the toxicity of a test compound is assessed by treating a biological sample containing nucleic acids with the test compound.
  • Nucleic acids that are expressed in the treated biological sample are hybridized with one or more probes specific to the polynucleotides of the present invention, so that transcript levels corresponding to the polynucleotides of the present invention may be quantified.
  • the transcript levels in the treated biological sample are compared with levels in an untreated biological sample. Differences in the transcript levels between the two samples are indicative of a toxic response caused by the test compound in the treated sample.
  • proteome refers to the global pattern of protein expression in a particular tissue or cell type.
  • proteome expression patterns, or profiles are analyzed by quantifying the number of expressed proteins and their relative abundance under given conditions and at a given time.
  • a profile of a cell's proteome may thus be generated by separating and analyzing the polypeptides of a particular tissue or cell type.
  • the separation is achieved using two dimensional gel electrophoresis, in which proteins from a sample are separated by isoelectric focusing in the first dimension, and then according to molecular weight by sodium dodecyl sulfate slab gel electrophoresis in the second dimension (Steiner and Anderson, supra).
  • the proteins are visualized in the gel as discrete and uniquely positioned spots, typically by sting the gel with an agent such as Coomassie Blue or silver or fluorescent stains.
  • the optical density of each protein spot is generally proportional to the level of the protein in the sample.
  • the optical densities of equivalently positioned protein spots from different samples for example, from biological samples either treated or untreated with a test compound or therapeutic agent, are compared to identify any changes in protein spot density related to the treatment.
  • the proteins in the spots are partially sequenced using, for example, standard methods employing chemical or enzymatic cleavage followed by mass spectrometry.
  • the identity of the protein in a spot may be determined by comparing its partial sequence, preferably of at least 5 contiguous amino acid residues, to the polypeptide sequences of the present invention. In some cases, further sequence data may be obtained for definitive protein identification.
  • a proteomic profile may also be generated using antibodies specific for PRTS to quantify the levels of PRTS expression.
  • the antibodies are used as elements on a microarray, and protein expression levels are quantified by exposing the microarray to the sample and detecting the levels of protein bound to each array element (Lueking, A. et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 270:103-111; Mendoze, L. G. et al. (1999) Biotechniques 27:778-788). Detection may be performed by a variety of methods known in the art, for example, by reacting the proteins in the sample with a thiol- or amino-reactive fluorescent compound and detecting the amount of fluorescence bound at each array element.
  • Toxicant signatures at the proteome level are also useful for toxicological screening, and should be analyzed in parallel with toxicant signatures at the transcript level.
  • There is a poor correlation between transcript and protein abundances for some proteins in some tissues (Anderson, N. L. and J. Seilhamer (1997) Electrophoresis 18:533-537), so proteome toxicant signatures may be useful in the analysis of compounds which do not significantly affect the transcript image, but which alter the proteomic profile.
  • the analysis of transcripts in body fluids is difficult, due to rapid degradation of mRNA, so proteomic profiling may be more reliable and informative in such cases.
  • the toxicity of a test compound is assessed by treating a biological sample containing proteins with the test compound. Proteins that are expressed in the treated biological sample are separated so that the amount of each protein can be quantified. The amount of each protein is compared to the amount of the corresponding protein in an untreated biological sample. A difference in the amount of protein between the two samples is indicative of a toxic response to the test compound in the treated sample. Individual proteins are identified by sequencing the amino acid residues of the individual proteins and comparing these partial sequences to the polypeptides of the present invention.
  • the toxicity of a test compound is assessed by treating a biological sample containing proteins with the test compound. Proteins from the biological sample are incubated with antibodies specific to the polypeptides of the present invention. The amount of protein recognized by the antibodies is quantified. The amount of protein in the treated biological sample is compared with the amount in an untreated biological sample. A difference in the amount of protein between the two samples is indicative of a toxic response to the test compound in the treated sample.
  • Microarrays may be prepared, used, and analyzed using methods mown in the art (See, e.g., Brennan, T. M. et al. (1995) U.S. Pat. No. 5,474,796; Schena, M. et al. (1996) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93:10614-10619; Baldeschweiler et al. (1995) PCT application WO95/251116; Shalon, D. et al. (1995) PCT application WO95/35505; Heller, R. A. et al. (1997) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 94:2150-2155; and Heller, M. J. et al.
  • nucleic acid sequences encoding PRTS may be used to generate hybridization probes useful in mapping the naturally occurring genomic sequence. Either coding or noncoding sequences may be used, and in some instances, noncoding sequences may be preferable over coding sequences. For example, conservation of a coding sequence among members of a multi-gene family may potentially cause undesired cross hybridization during chromosomal mapping.
  • sequences may be mapped to a particular chromosome, to a specific region of a chromosome, or to artificial chromosome constructions, e.g., human artificial chromosomes (HACs), yeast artificial chromosomes (YACs), bacterial artificial chromosomes (BACs), bacterial P1 constructions, or single chromosome cDNA libraries.
  • HACs human artificial chromosomes
  • YACs yeast artificial chromosomes
  • BACs bacterial artificial chromosomes
  • bacterial P1 constructions or single chromosome cDNA libraries.
  • nucleic acid sequences of the invention may be used to develop genetic linkage maps, for example, which correlate the inheritance of a disease state with the inheritance of a particular chromosome region or restriction fragment length polymorphism (RFLP).
  • RFLP restriction fragment length polymorphism
  • Fluorescent in situ hybridization may be correlated with other physical and genetic map data.
  • FISH Fluorescent in situ hybridization
  • Examples of genetic map data can be found in various scientific journals or at the Online Mendelian Inheritance in Man (OMIM) World Wide Web site. Correlation between the location of the gene encoding PRTS on a physical map and a specific disorder, or a predisposition to a specific disorder, may help define the region of DNA associated with that disorder and thus may further positional cloning efforts.
  • In situ hybridization of chromosomal preparations and physical mapping techniques may be used for extending genetic maps. Often the placement of a gene on the chromosome of another mammalian species, such as mouse, may reveal associated markers even if the exact chromosomal locus is not known. This information is valuable to investigators searching for disease genes using positional cloning or other gene discovery techniques. Once the gene or genes responsible for a disease or syndrome have been crudely localized by genetic linkage to a particular genomic region, e.g., ataxia-telangiectasia to 11q22-23, any sequences mapping to that area may represent associated or regulatory genes for further investigation.
  • nucleotide sequence of the instant invention may also be used to detect differences in the chromosomal location due to translocation, inversion, etc., among normal, carrier, or affected individuals.
  • PRTS in another embodiment, PRTS, its catalytic or immunogenic fragments, or oligopeptides thereof can be used for screening libraries of compounds in any of a variety of drug screening techniques.
  • the fragment employed in such screening may be free in solution, affixed to a solid support, borne on a cell surface, or located intracellularly. The formation of binding complexes between PRTS and the agent being tested may be measured.
  • Another technique for drug screening provides for high throughput screening of compounds having suitable binding affinity to the protein of interest.
  • This method large numbers of different small test compounds are synthesized on a solid substrate. The test compounds are reacted with PRTS, or fragments thereof, and washed. Bound PRTS is then detected by methods well known in the art. Purified PRTS can also be coated directly onto plates for use in the aforementioned drug screening techniques. Alternatively, non-neutralizing antibodies can be used to capture the peptide and immobilize it on a solid support.
  • nucleotide sequences which encode PRTS may be used in any molecular biology techniques that have yet to be developed, provided the new techniques rely on properties of nucleotide sequences that are currently known, including, but not limited to, such properties as the triplet genetic code and specific base pair interactions.
  • Incyte cDNAs were derived from cDNA libraries described in the LIFESEQ GOLD database (Incyte Genomics, Palo Alto Calif.) and shown in Table 4, column 5. Some tissues were homogenized and lysed in guanidinium isothiocyanate, while others were homogenized and lysed in phenol or in a suitable mixture of denaturants, such as TRIZOL (Life Technologies), a monophasic solution of phenol and guanidine isothiocyanate. The resulting lysates were centrifuged over CsCl cushions or extracted with chloroform. RNA was precipitated from the lysates with either isopropanol or sodium acetate and ethanol, or by other routine methods.
  • poly(A)+ RNA was isolated using oligo d(T)-coupled paramagnetic particles (Promega), OLIGOTEX latex particles (QIAGEN, Chatsworth Calif.), or an OLIGOTEX mRNA purification kit (QIAGEN).
  • RNA was provided with RNA and constructed the corresponding cDNA libraries.
  • cDNA was synthesized and cDNA libraries were constructed with the UNIZAP vector system (Stratagene) or SUPERSCRIPT plasmid system (Life Technologies), using the recommended procedures or similar methods known in the art. (See, e.g., Ausubel 1997, supra, units 5.1-6.6.) Reverse transcription was initiated using oligo d(T) or random primers. Synthetic oligonucleotide adapters were ligated to double stranded cDNA, and the cDNA was digested with the appropriate restriction enzyme or enzymes.
  • the cDNA was size-selected (300-1000 bp) using SEPHACRYL S1000, SEPHAROSE CL2B, or SEPHAROSE CL4B column chromatography (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech) or preparative agarose gel electrophoresis.
  • cDNAs were ligated into compatible restriction enzyme sites of the polylinker of a suitable plasmid, e.g., PBLUESCRIPT plasmid (Stratagene), PSPORT1 plasmid (Life Technologies), PCDNA2.1 paid (Invitrogen, Carlsbad Calif.), PBK-CMV plasmid (Stratagene), PCR2-TOPOTA (Invitrogen), PCMV-ICIS (Stratagene), or pINCY (Incyte Genomics, Palo Alto Calif.), or derivatives thereof.
  • Recombinant plasmids were transformed into competent E. coli cells including XL1-Blue. XL1-BlueMRP, or SOLR from Stratagene or DH5 ⁇ , DH10B, or ElectroMAX DH10B from Life Technologies.
  • Plasmids obtained as described in Example I were recovered from host cells by in vivo excision using the UNIZAP vector system (Stratagene) or by cell lysis. Plasmids were purified using at least one of the following: a Magic or WIZARD Minipreps DNA purification system (Promega); an AGTC Miniprep purification kit (Edge Biosystems, Gaithersburg Md.); and QIAWELL 8 Plasmid, QIAWEIL 8 Plus Plasmid, QIAWEIL 8 Ultra Plasmid purification systems or the R.E.A.L. PREP 96 plasmid purification kit from QIAGEN. Following precipitation, plasmids were resuspended in 0.1 ml of distilled water and stored, with or without lyophilization, at 4° C.
  • plasmid DNA was amplified from host cell lysates using direct link PCR in a high-throughput format (Rao, V. B. (1994) Anal. Biochem. 216:1-14). Host cell lysis and thermal cycling steps were carried out in a single reaction mire. Samples were processed and stored in 384-well plates, and the concentration of amplified plasmid DNA was quantified fluorometrically using PICOGREEN dye (Molecular Probes, Eugene Oreg.) and a FLUOROSKAN II fluorescence scanner (Labsystems Oy, Helsinki, Finland).
  • PICOGREEN dye Molecular Probes, Eugene Oreg.
  • FLUOROSKAN II fluorescence scanner Labsystems Oy, Helsinki, Finland.
  • Incyte cDNA recovered in plasmids as described in Example II were sequenced as follows. Sequencing reactions were processed using standard methods or high-throughput instrumentation such as the ABI CATALYST 800 (Applied Biosystems) thermal cycler or the PTC-200 thermal cycler (MJ Research) in conjunction with the HYDRA microdispenser (Robbins Scientific) or the MICROLAB 2200 (Hamilton) liquid transfer system. cDNA sequencing reactions were prepared using reagents provided by Amersham Pharmacia Biotech or supplied in ABI sequencing kits such as the ABI PRISM BIGDYE Terminator cycle sequencing ready reaction kit (Applied Biosystems).
  • Electrophoretic separation of cDNA sequencing reactions and detection of labeled polynucleotides were carried out using the MEGABACE 1000 DNA sequencing system (Molecular Dynamics); the ABI PRISM 373 or 377 sequencing system (Applied Biosystems) in conjunction with standard ABI protocols and base calling software; or other sequence analysis systems known in the art. Reading frames within the cDNA sequences were identified using standard methods (reviewed in Ausubel, 1997, supra, unit 7.7). Some of the cDNA sequences were selected for extension using the techniques disclosed in Example VIII.
  • the polynucleotide sequences derived from Incyte cDNAs were validated by removing vector, linker, and poly(A) sequences and by masking ambiguous bases, using algorithms and programs based on BLAST, dynamic programming, and dinucleotide nearest neighbor analysis.
  • the Incyte cDNA sequences or translations thereof were then queried against a selection of public databases such as the GenBank primate, rodent, mammalian, vertebrate, and eukaryote databases, and BLOCKS, PRINTS, DOMO, PRODOM, and hidden Markov model (HMM)-based protein family databases such as PFAM.
  • HMM hidden Markov model
  • Incyte cDNA sequences were assembled to produce full length polynucleotide sequences.
  • GenBank cDNAs, GenBank ESTs, stitched sequences, stretched sequences, or Genscan-predicted coding sequences were used to extend Incyte cDNA assemblages to full length.
  • MACDNASIS PRO Hitachi Software Engineering, South San Francisco Calif.
  • LASERGENE software DNASTAR
  • Polynucleotide and polypeptide sequence alignments are generated using default parameters specified by the CLUSTAL algorithm as incorporated into the MEGALIGN multisequence alignment program (DNASTAR), which also calculates the percent identity between aligned sequences.
  • Table 7 summarizes the tools, programs, and algorithms used for the analysis and assembly of Incyte cDNA and full length sequences and provides applicable descriptions, references, and threshold parameters.
  • the first column of Table 7 shows the tools, programs, and algorithms used, the second column provides brief descriptions thereof, the third column presents appropriate references, all of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety, and the fourth column presents, where applicable, the scores, probability values, and other parameters used to evaluate the strength of a match between two sequences (the higher the score or the lower the probability value, the greater the identity between two sequences).
  • Genscan is a general-purpose gene identification program which analyzes genomic DNA sequences from a variety of organisms (See Burge, C. and S. Karlin (1997) J. Mol. Biol. 268:78-94, and Burge, C. and S. Karlin (1998) Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol. 8:346-354).
  • the program concatenates predicted exons to form an assembled cDNA sequence extending from a methionine to a stop codon.
  • the output of Genscan is a FASTA database of polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences.
  • the magnum range of sequence for Genscan to analyze at once was set to 30 kb.
  • the encoded polypeptides were analyzed by querying against PFAM models for proteases. Potential proteases were also identified by homology to Incyte cDNA sequences that had been annotated as proteases.
  • These selected Genscan-predicted sequences were then compared by BLAST analysis to the genpept and gbpri public databases. Where necessary, the Genscan-predicted sequences were then edited by comparison to the top BLAST hit from genpept to correct errors in the sequence predicted by Genscan, such as extra or omitted exons.
  • BLAST analysis was also used to find any Incyte cDNA or public cDNA coverage of the Genscan-predicted sequences, thus providing evidence for transcription. When Incyte cDNA coverage was available, this information was used to correct or confirm the Genscan predicted sequence.
  • Full length polynucleotide sequences were obtained by assembling Genscan-predicted coding sequences with Incyte cDNA sequences and/or public cDNA sequences using the assembly process described in Example III. Alternatively, full length polynucleotide sequences were derived entirely from edited or unedited Genscan-predicted coding sequences.
  • Partial cDNA sequences were extended with exons predicted by the Genscan gene identification program described in Example IV. Partial cDNAs assembled as described in Example III were mapped to genomic DNA and parsed into clusters containing related cDNAs and Genscan exon predictions from one or more genomic sequences. Each cluster was analyzed using an algorithm based on graph theory and dynamic programming to integrate cDNA and genomic information, generating possible splice variants that were subsequently confirmed, edited, or extended to create a full length sequence. Sequence intervals in which the entire length of the interval was present on more than one sequence in the cluster were identified, and intervals thus identified were considered to be equivalent by transitivity.
  • Partial DNA sequences were extended to full length with an algorithm based on BLAST analysis.
  • GenBank primate a registered trademark for GenBank protein sequences
  • GenScan exon predicted sequences a sequence of Incyte cDNA sequences or GenScan exon predicted sequences described in Example IV.
  • a chimeric protein was generated by using the resultant high-scoring segment pairs (HSPs) to map the translated sequences onto the GenBank protein homolog. Insertions or deletions may occur in the chimeric protein with respect to the original GenBank protein homolog.
  • HSPs high-scoring segment pairs
  • GenBank protein homolog The GenBank protein homolog, the chimeric protein, or both were used as probes to search for homologous genomic sequences from the public human genome databases. Partial DNA sequences were therefore “stretched” or extended by the addition of homologous genomic sequences. The resultant stretched sequences were examined to determine whether it contained a complete gene.
  • sequences which were used to assemble SEQ ID NO:18-34 were compared with sequences from the Incyte LIFESEQ database and public domain databases using BLAST and other implementations of the Smith-Waterman algorithm. Sequences from these databases that matched SEQ ED NO:18-34 were assembled into clusters of contiguous and overlapping sequences using assembly algorithms such as Phrap (Table 7). Radiation hybrid and genetic mapping data available from public resources such as the Stanford Human Genome Center (SHGC), Whitehead Institute for Genome Research (WIGR), and Généthon were used to determine if any of the clustered sequences had been previously mapped. Inclusion of a mapped sequence in a cluster resulted in the assignment of all sequences of that cluster, including its particular SEQ ID NO:, to that map location.
  • SHGC Stanford Human Genome Center
  • WIGR Whitehead Institute for Genome Research
  • Généthon were used to determine if any of the clustered sequences had been previously mapped. Inclusion of a mapped sequence in a cluster result
  • Map locations are represented by ranges, or intervals, of human chromosomes.
  • the map position of an interval, in centiMorgans, is measured relative to the terminus of the chromosome's p-arm.
  • centiMorgan cM
  • centiMorgan is a unit of measurement based on recombination frequencies between chromosomal markers. On average, 1 cM is roughly equivalent to 1 megabase (Mb) of DNA in humans, although this can vary widely due to hot and cold spots of recombination.
  • the cM distances are based on genetic markers mapped by Généthon which provide boundaries for radiation hybrid markers whose sequences were included in each of the clusters.
  • SEQ ID NO:1B was mapped to chromosome 16 within the interval from 33.4 to 42.7 centiMorgans.
  • SEQ ID NO:22 was mapped to chromosome 1 within the interval from 219.2 to 222.7 centiMorgans.
  • Northern analysis is a laboratory technique used to detect the presence of a transcript of a gene and involves the hybridization of a labeled nucleotide sequence to a membrane on which RNAs from a particular cell type or tissue have been bound. (See, e.g., Sambrook, supra, ch. 7; Ausubel (1995) supra, ch. 4 and 16.)
  • BLAST ⁇ ⁇ Score ⁇ Percent ⁇ ⁇ Identity 5 ⁇ minimum ⁇ ⁇ length ⁇ ( Seq . ⁇ 1 ) , length ⁇ ( Seq . ⁇ 2 ) ⁇
  • the product score takes into account both the degree of similarity between two sequences and the length of the sequence match.
  • the product score is a normalized value between 0 and 100, and is calculated as follows: the BLAST score is multiplied by the percent nucleotide identity and the product is divided by (5 times the length of the shorter of the two sequences). The BLAST score is calculated by assigning a score of +5 for every base that matches in a high-scoring segment pair (HSP), and ⁇ 4 for every mismatch. Two sequences may share more than one HSP (separated by gaps). If there is more than one HSP, then the pair with the highest BLAST score is used to calculate the product score. The product score represents a balance between fractional overlap and quality in a BLAST alignment.
  • a product score of 100 is produced only for 100% identity over the entire length of the shorter of the two sequences being compared.
  • a product score of 70 is produced either by 100% identity and 70% overlap at one end, or by 88% identity and 100% overlap at the other.
  • a product score of 50 is produced either by 100% identity and 50% overlap at one end, or 79% identity and 100% overlap.
  • polynucleotide sequences encoding PRTS are analyzed with respect to the tissue sources from which they were derived. For example, some full length sequences are assembled, at least in part with overlapping Incyte cDNA sequences (see Example III). Each cDNA sequence is derived from a cDNA library constructed from a human tissue.
  • Each human tissue is classified into one of the following organ/tissue categories: cardiovascular system; connective tissue; digestive system; embryonic structures; endocrine system; exocrine glands; genitalia, female; genitalia, male; germ cells; hemic and immune system; liver, musculoskeletal system; nervous system; pancreas; respiratory system; sense organs; skin; stomatognathic system; unclassified/mixed; or urinary tract.
  • the number of libraries in each category is counted and divided by the total number of libraries across all categories.
  • each human tissue is classified into one of the following disease/condition categories: cancer, cell line, developmental, inflammations neurological, trauma, cardiovascular, pooled, and other, and the number of libraries in each category is counted and divided by the total number of libraries across all categories. The resulting percentages reflect the tissue- and disease-specific expression of cDNA encoding PRTS.
  • cDNA sequences and cDNA library/tissue information are found in the LIFESEQ GOLD database (Incyte Genomics, Palo Alto Calif.).
  • Full length polynucleotide sequences were also produced by extension of an appropriate fragment of the full length molecule using oligonucleotide primers designed from this fragment.
  • One primer was synthesized to initiate 5′ extension of the known fragment, and the other primer was synthesized to initiate 3′ extension of the known fragment.
  • the initial primers were designed using OLIGO 4.06 software (National Biosciences), or another appropriate program, to be about 22 to 30 nucleotides in length, to have a GC content of about 50% or more, and to anneal to the target sequence at temperatures of about 68° C. to about 72° C. Any stretch of nucleotides which would result in hairpin structures and primer-primer dimerizations was avoided.
  • the parameters for primer pair T7 and SK+ were as follows: Step 1: 94° C., 3 min; Step 2: 94° C., 15 sec; Step 3: 57° C., 1 min; Step 4: 68° C., 2 min; Step 5: Steps 2, 3, and 4 repeated 20 times; Step 6: 68° C., 5 min; Step 7: storage at 4° C.
  • the concentration of DNA in each well was determined by dispensing 100 ⁇ l PICOGREEN quantitation reagent (0.25% (v/v) PICOGREEN; Molecular Probes, Eugene Oreg.) dissolved in 1 ⁇ TE and 0.5 ⁇ l of undiluted PCR product into each well of an opaque fluorimeter plate (Corning Costar, Acton Mass.), allowing the DNA to bind to the reagent.
  • the plate was scanned in a Fluoroskan II (Labsystems Oy, Helsinki, Finland) to measure the fluorescence of the sample and to quantify the concentration of DNA.
  • a 5 ⁇ l to 10 ⁇ l aliquot of the reaction mix was analyzed by electrophoresis on a 1% agarose gel to determine which reactions were successful in extending the sequence.
  • the extended nucleotides were desalted and concentrated, transferred to 384-well plates, digested with CviJI cholera virus endonuclease (Molecular Biology Research. Madison Wis.), and sonicated or sheared prior to religation into pUC 18 vector (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech).
  • CviJI cholera virus endonuclease Molecular Biology Research. Madison Wis.
  • sonicated or sheared prior to religation into pUC 18 vector
  • the digested nucleotides were separated on low concentration (0.6 to 0.8%) agarose gels, fragments were excised, and agar digested with Agar ACE (Promega).
  • Extended clones were religated using T4 ligase (New England Biolabs, Beverly Mass.) into pUC 18 vector (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech), treated with Pfu DNA polymerase (Stratagene) to fill-in restriction site overhangs, and transfected into competent E. coli cells. Transformed cells were selected on antibiotic-containing media, and individual colonies were picked and cultured overnight at 37° C. in 384-well plates in LB/2 ⁇ carb liquid media.
  • the cells were lysed, and DNA was amplified by PCR using Taq DNA polymerase (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech) and Pfu DNA polymerase (Stratagene) with the following parameters: Step 1: 94° C., 3 min; Step 2: 94° C., 15 sec; Step 3: 60° C., 1 min; Step 4: 72° C., 2 min; Step 5: steps 2, 3, and 4 repeated 29 times; Step 6: 72° C., 5 min; Step 7: storage at 4° C. DNA was quantified by PICOGREEN reagent (Molecular Probes) as described above. Samples with low DNA recoveries were reamplified using the same conditions as described above.
  • full length polynucleotide sequences are verified using the above procedure or are used to obtain 5′ regulatory sequences using the above procedure along with oligonucleotides designed for such extension, and an appropriate genomic library.
  • Hybridization probes derived from SEQ ID NO:18-34 are employed to screen cDNAs, genomic DNAs, or mRNAs. Although the labeling of oligonucleotides, consisting of about 20 base pairs, is specifically described, essentially the same procedure is used with larger nucleotide fragments. Oligonucleotides are designed using state-of-the-art software such as OLIGO 4.06 software (National Biosciences) and labeled by combining 50 pmol of each oligomer, 250 ⁇ Ci of [ ⁇ - 32 P] adenosine triphosphate (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech), and T4 polynucleotide kinase (DuPont NEN, Boston Mass.).
  • the labeled oligonucleotides are substantially purified using a SEPHADEX G-25 superfine size exclusion dextran bead column (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech). An aliquot containing 10 7 counts per minute of the labeled probe is used in a typical membrane-based hybridization analysis of human genomic DNA digested with one of the following endonucleases: Ase I, Bgl II, Eco RI, Pst I, Xba I, or Pvu II (DuPont NEN).
  • the DNA from each digest is fractionated on a 0.7% agarose gel and transferred to nylon membranes (Nytran Plus, Schleicher & Schuell, Durham N.H.). Hybridization is carried out for 16 hours at 40° C. To remove nonspecific signals, blots are sequentially washed at room temperature under conditions of up to, for example, 0.1 ⁇ saline sodium citrate and 0.5% sodium dodecyl sulfate. Hybridization patterns are visualized using autoradiography or an alternative imaging means and compared.
  • the linkage or synthesis of array elements upon a microarray can be achieved utilizing photolithography, piezoelectric printing (ink-jet printing, See, e.g., Baldeschweiler, supra.), mechanical microspotting technologies, and derivatives thereof.
  • the substrate in each of the aforementioned technologies should be uniform and solid with a non-porous surface (Schena (1999), supra). Suggested substrates include silicon, silica, glass slides, glass chips, and silicon wafers. Alternatively, a procedure analogous to a dot or slot blot may also be used to arrange and link elements to the surface of a substrate using thermal, UV, chemical, or mechanical bonding procedures.
  • a typical array may be produced using available methods and machines well known to those of ordinary skill in the art and may contain any appropriate number of elements. (See, e.g. Schena. M. et al. (1995) Science 270:467-470; Shalon, D. et al. (1996) Genome Res. 6:639-645; Marshall, A. and J. Hodgson (1998) Nat. Biotechnol. 16:27-31.)
  • Full length cDNAs, Expressed Sequence Tags (ESTs), or fragments or oligomers thereof may comprise the elements of the microarray. Fragments or oligomers suitable for hybridization can be selected using software well known in the art such as LASERGENE software (DNASTAR).
  • the array elements are hybridized with polynucleotides in a biological sample.
  • the polynucleotides in the biological sample are conjugated to a fluorescent label or other molecular tag for ease of detection.
  • a fluorescence scanner is used to detect hybridization at each array element.
  • laser desorbtion and mass spectrometry may be used for detection of hybridization.
  • the degree of complementarity and the relative abundance of each polynucleotide which hybridizes to an element on the microarray may be assessed.
  • microarray preparation and usage is described in detail below.
  • Total RNA is isolated from tissue samples using the guanidinium thiocyanate method and poly(A) + RNA is purified using the oligo-(dT) cellulose method.
  • Each poly(A) + RNA sample is reverse transcribed using MMLV reverse-transcriptase, 0.05 pg/ ⁇ l oligo-(dT) primer (21mer), 1 ⁇ first strand buffer, 0.03 units/ ⁇ l RNase inhibitor, 500 ⁇ M dATP, 500 ⁇ M dGTP, 500 ⁇ M dTTP, 40 ⁇ M dCTP, 40 ⁇ M dCTP-Cy3 (BDS) or dCTP-Cy5 (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech).
  • the reverse transcription reaction is performed in a 25 ml volume containing 200 ng poly(A) + RNA with GEMBRIGHT kits (Incyte).
  • Specific control poly(A) + RNAs are synthesized by in vitro transcription from non-coding yeast genomic DNA. After incubation at 37° C. for 2 hr, each reaction sample (one with Cy3 and another with Cy5 labeling) is treated with 2.5 ml of 0.5M sodium hydroxide and incubated for 20 minutes at 85° C. to the stop the reaction and degrade the RNA. Samples are purified using two successive CHROMA SPIN 30 gel filtration spin columns (CLONTECH Laboratories, Inc.
  • reaction samples are ethanol precipitated using 1 ml of glycogen (1 mg/ml), 60 ml sodium acetate, and 300 ml of 100% ethanol.
  • the sample is then dried to completion using a SpeedVAC (Savant Instruments Inc., Holbrook N.Y.) and resuspended in 14 ⁇ l 5 ⁇ SSC/0.2% SDS.
  • Sequences of the present invention are used to generate array elements.
  • Each array element is amplified from bacterial cells containing vectors with cloned cDNA inserts.
  • PCR amplification uses primers complementary to the vector sequences flanking the cDNA insert.
  • Array elements are amplified in thirty cycles of PCR from an initial quantity of 1-2 ng to a final quantity greater than 5 ⁇ g. Amplified array elements are then purified using SEPHACRYL-400 (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech).
  • Purified array elements are immobilized on polymer-coated glass slides.
  • Glass microscope slides (Corning) are cleaned by ultrasound in 0.1% SDS and acetone, with extensive distilled water washes between and after treatments.
  • Glass slides are etched in 4% hydrofluoric acid (VWR Scientific Products Corporation (VWR), West Chester Pa.), washed extensively in distilled water, and coated with 0.05% aminopropyl silane (Sigma) in 95% ethanol. Coated slides are cured in a 110° C. oven.
  • Array elements are applied to the coated glass substrate using a procedure described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,807,522, incorporated herein by reference.
  • 1 ⁇ l of the array element DNA, at an average concentration of 100 ng/ ⁇ l, is loaded into the open capillary printing element by a high-speed robotic apparatus. The apparatus then deposits about 5 nl of array element sample per slide.
  • Microarrays are UV-crosslinked using a STRATA NER UV-crosslinker (Stratagene). Microarrays are washed at room temperature once in 0.2% SDS and three times in distilled water. Non-specific binding sites are blocked by incubation of microarrays in 0.2% casein in phosphate buffered saline (PBS) (Tropix, Inc., Bedford Mass.) for 30 minutes at 60° C. followed by washes in 0.2% SDS and distilled water as before.
  • PBS phosphate buffered saline
  • Hybridization reactions contain 9 ⁇ l of sample mixture consisting of 0.2 ⁇ g each of Cy3 and Cy5 labeled cDNA synthesis products in 5 ⁇ SSC, 0.2% SDS hybridization buffer.
  • the sample mixture is heated to 65° C. for 5 minutes and is aliquoted onto the microarray surface and covered with an 1.8 cm 2 coverslip.
  • the arrays are transferred to a waterproof chamber having a cavity just slightly larger than a microscope slide.
  • the chamber is kept at 100% humidity internally by the addition of 140 ⁇ l of 5 ⁇ SSC in a corner of the chamber.
  • the chamber containing the arrays is incubated for about 6.5 hours at 60° C.
  • the arrays are washed for 10 min at 45° C. in a first wash buffer (1 ⁇ SSC, 0.1% SDS), three times for 10 minutes each at 45° C. in a second wash buffer (0.1 ⁇ SSC), and dried.
  • Reporter-labeled hybridization complexes are detected with a microscope equipped with an Innova 70 mixed gas 10 W laser (Coherent, Inc., Santa Clara Calif.) capable of generating spectral lines at 488 nm for excitation of Cy3 and at 632 nm for excitation of Cy5.
  • the excitation laser light is focused on the array using a 20 ⁇ microscope objective (Nikon, Inc., Melville N.Y.).
  • the slide containing the array is placed on a computer-controlled X-Y stage on the microscope and raster-scanned past the objective.
  • the 1.8 cm ⁇ 1.8 cm array used in the present example is scanned with a resolution of 20 micrometers.
  • a mixed gas multiline laser excites the two fluorophores sequentially. Emitted light is split, based on wavelength, into two photomultiplier tube detectors (PMT R1477, Hamamatsu Photonics Systems, Bridgewater N.J.) corresponding to the two fluorophores. Appropriate filters positioned between the array and the photomultiplier tubes are used to filter the signals.
  • the emission maxima of the fluorophores used are 565 nm for Cy3 and 650 nm for Cy5.
  • Each array is typically scanned twice, one scan per fluorophore using the appropriate filters at the laser source, although the apparatus is capable of recording the spectra from both fluorophores simultaneously.
  • the sensitivity of the scans is typically calibrated using the signal intensity generated by a cDNA control species added to the sample mixture at a known concentration.
  • a specific location on the array contains a complementary DNA sequence, allowing the intensity of the signal at that location to be correlated with a weight ratio of hybridizing species of 1:100,000.
  • the calibration is done by labeling samples of the calibrating cDNA with the two fluorophores and adding identical amounts of each to the hybridization mixture.
  • the output of the photomultiplier tube is digitized using a 12-bit RTI-835H analog-to-digital (A/D) conversion board (Analog Devices, Inc. Norwood Mass.) installed in an IBM-compatible PC computer.
  • the digitized data are displayed as an image where the signal intensity is mapped using a linear 20-color transformation to a pseudocolor scale ranging from blue (low signal) to red (high signal).
  • the data is also analyzed quantitatively. Where two different fluorophores are excited and measured simultaneously, the data are first corrected for optical crosstalk (due to overlapping emission spectra) between the fluorophores using each fluorophore's emission spectrum.
  • a grid is superimposed over the fluorescence signal image such that the signal from each spot is centered in each element of the grid.
  • the fluorescence signal within each element is then integrated to obtain a numerical value corresponding to the average intensity of the signal.
  • the software used for signal analysis is the GEMTOOLS gene expression analysis program (Incyte).
  • Sequences complementary to the PRTS-encoding sequences, or any parts thereof, are used to detect, decrease, or inhibit expression of naturally occurring PRTS. Although use of oligonucleotides comprising from about 15 to 30 base pairs is described, essentially the same procedure is used with smaller or with larger sequence fragments. Appropriate oligonucleotides are designed using OLIGO 4.06 software (National Biosciences) and the coding sequence of PRTS. To inhibit transition, a complementary oligonucleotide is designed from the most unique 5′ sequence and used to prevent promoter binding to the coding sequence. To inhibit translation, a complementary oligonucleotide is designed to prevent ribosomal binding to the PRTS-encoding transcript
  • PRTS expression and purification of PRTS is achieved using bacterial or virus-based expression systems.
  • cDNA is subcloned into an appropriate vector containing an antibiotic resistance gene and an inducible promoter that directs high levels of cDNA transcription.
  • promoters include, but are not limited to, the trp-lac (tac) hybrid promoter and the T5 or T7 bacteriophage promoter in conjunction with the lac operator regulatory element.
  • Recombinant vectors are transformed into suitable bacterial hosts, e.g., BL21 (DE3).
  • Antibiotic resistant bacteria express PRTS upon induction with isopropyl beta-D-thiogalactopyranoside (IPTG).
  • PRTS in eukaryotic cells
  • baculovirus recombinant Autographica californica nuclear polyhedrosis virus
  • AcMNPV Autographica californica nuclear polyhedrosis virus
  • the nonessential polyhedrin gene of baculovirus is replaced with cDNA encoding PRTS by either homologous recombination or bacterial-mediated transposition involving transfer plasmid intermediates. Viral infectivity is maintained and the strong polyhedrin promoter drives high levels of cDNA transcription.
  • Recombinant baculovirus is used to infect Spodoptera frugiperda (Sf9) insect cells in most cases, or human hepatocytes, in some cases.
  • PRTS is synthesized as a fusion protein with, e.g., glutathione S-transferase (GST) or a peptide epitope tag, such as FLAG or 6-His, permitting rapid, single-step, affinity-based purification of recombinant fusion protein from crude cell lysates.
  • GST glutathione S-transferase
  • a peptide epitope tag such as FLAG or 6-His
  • FLAG an 8-amino acid peptide
  • 6-His a stretch of six consecutive histidine residues, enables purification on metal-chelate resins (QIAGEN). Methods for protein expression and purification are discussed in Ausubel (1995, supra, ch. 10 and 16). Purified PRTS obtained by these methods can be used directly in the assays shown in Examples XVI, XVIII, and XIX where applicable.
  • PRTS function is assessed by expressing the sequences encoding PRTS at physiologically elevated levels in mammalian cell culture systems.
  • cDNA is subcloned into a mammalian expression vector containing a strong promoter that drives high levels of cDNA expression.
  • Vectors of choice include PCMV SPORT (Life Technologies) and PCR3.1 (Invitrogen, Carlsbad Calif.), both of which contain the cytomegalovirus promoter. 5-10 ⁇ g of recombinant vector are transiently transfected into a human cell line, for example, an endothelial or hematopoietic cell line, using either liposome formulations or electroporation.
  • 1-2 ⁇ g of an additional plasmid containing sequences encoding a marker protein are co-transfected.
  • Expression of a marker protein provides a means to distinguish transfected cells from nontransfected cells and is a reliable predictor of cDNA expression from the recombinant vector.
  • Marker proteins of choice include, e.g., Green Fluorescent Protein (GFP; Clontech), CD64, or a CD64-GFP fusion protein.
  • FCM Flow cytometry
  • FCM detects and quantifies the uptake of fluorescent molecules that diagnose events preceding or coincident with cell death. These events include changes in nuclear DNA content as measured by staining of DNA with propidium iodide; changes in cell size and granularity as measured by forward light scatter and 90 degree side light scatter; down-regulation of DNA synthesis as measured by decrease in bromodeoxyuridine uptake; alterations in expression of cell surface and intracellular proteins as measured by reactivity with specific antibodies; and alterations in plasma membrane composition as measured by the binding of fluorescein-conjugated Annexin V protein to the cell surface. Methods in flow cytometry are discussed in Ormerod, M. G. (1994) Flow Cytometry , Oxford, New York N.Y.
  • the influence of PRTS on gene expression can be assessed using highly purified populations of cells transfected with sequences encoding PRTS and either CD64 or CD64-GFP.
  • CD64 and CD64-GFP are expressed on the surface of transfected cells and bind to conserved regions of human immunoglobulin G (IgG).
  • Transfected cells are efficiently separated from nontransfected cells using magnetic beads coated with either human IgG or antibody against CD64 (DYNAL, Lake Success N.Y.).
  • mRNA can be purified from the cells using methods well known by those of skill in the art. Expression of mRNA encoding PRTS and other genes of interest can be analyzed by northern analysis or microarray techniques.
  • PRTS substantially purified using polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (PAGE; see, e.g., Harrington, M. G. (1990) Methods Enzymol. 182:488-495), or other purification techniques, is used to immunize rabbits and to produce antibodies using standard protocols.
  • PAGE polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis
  • the PRTS amino acid sequence is analyzed using LASERGENE software (DNASTAR) to determine regions of high immunogenicity, and a corresponding oligopeptide is synthesized and used to raise antibodies by means known to those of skill in the art.
  • LASERGENE software DNASTAR
  • Methods for selection of appropriate epitopes, such as those near the C-terminus or in hydrophilic regions are well described in the art. (See, e.g., Ausubel, 1995, supra, ch. 11.)
  • oligopeptides of about 15 residues in length are synthesized using an ABI 431A peptide synthesizer (Applied Biosystems) using FMOC chemistry and coupled to KLH (Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis Mo.) by reaction with N-maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (MBS) to increase immunogenicity.
  • ABI 431A peptide synthesizer Applied Biosystems
  • KLH Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis Mo.
  • MBS N-maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester
  • Rabbits are immunized with the oligopeptide-KLH complex in complete Freund's adjuvant.
  • Resulting antisera are tested for antipeptide and anti-PRTS activity by, for example, binding the peptide or PRTS to a substrate, blocking with 1% BSA, reacting with rabbit antisera, washing, and reacting with radio-iodinated goat anti-rabbit IgG.
  • Naturally occurring or recombinant PRTS is substantially purified by immunoaffinity chromatography using antibodies specific for PRTS.
  • An immunoaffinity column is constructed by covalently coupling anti-PRTS antibody to an activated chromatographic resin, such as CNBr-activated SEPHAROSE (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech). After the coupling, the resin is blocked and washed according to the manufacturer's instructions.
  • Media containing PRTS are passed over the immunoaffinity column, and the column is washed under conditions that allow the preferential absorbance of PRTS (e.g., high ionic strength buffers in the presence of detergent).
  • the column is eluted under conditions that disrupt antibody/PRTS binding (e.g., a buffer of pH 2 to pH 3, or a high concentration of a chaotrope, such as urea or thiocyanate ion), and PRTS is collected.
  • PRTS or biologically active fragments thereof, are labeled with 125 I Bolton-Hunter reagent.
  • Bolton-Hunter reagent See, e.g., Bolton A. E. and W. M. Hunter (1973) Biochem. J. 133:529-539.
  • Candidate molecules previously arrayed in the wells of a multi-well plate are incubated with the labeled PRTS, washed, and any wells with labeled PRTS complex are assayed. Data obtained using different concentrations of PRTS are used to calculate values for the number, affinity, and association of PRTS with the candidate molecules.
  • molecules interacting with PRTS are analyzed using the yeast two-hybrid system as described in Fields, S. and O. Song, (1989) Nature 340:245-246, or using commercially available kits based on the two-hybrid system, such as the MATCHMAKER system (Clontech).
  • PRTS may also be used in the PATHCALLING process (CuraGen Corp., New Haven Conn.) which employs the yeast two-hybrid system in a high-throughput manner to determine all interactions between the proteins encoded by two large libraries of genes (Nandabalan, K. et al. (2000) U.S. Pat. No. 6,057,101).
  • Protease activity is measured by the hydrolysis of appropriate synthetic peptide substrates conjugated with various chromogenic molecules in which the degree of hydrolysis is quantified by spectrophotometric (or fluorometric) absorption of the released chromophore (Beynon, R. J. and J. S. Bond (1994) Proteolytic Enzymes: A Practical Approach , Oxford University Press, New York N.Y., pp. 25-55).
  • Peptide substrates are designed according to the category of protease activity as endopeptidase (serine, cysteine, aspartic proteases, or metalloproteases), aminopeptidase (leucine aminopeptidase), or carboxypeptidase (carboxypeptidases A and B, procollagen C-proteinase).
  • Commonly used chromogens are 2-naphthylamine, 4-nitroaniline, and furylacrylic acid.
  • Assays are performed at ambient temperature and contain an aliquot of the enzyme and the appropriate substrate in a suitable buffer. Reactions are carried out in an optical cuvette, and the increase/decrease in absorbance of the chromogen released during hydrolysis of the peptide substrate is measured. The change in absorbance is proportional to the enzyme activity in the assay.
  • An alternate assay for ubiquitin hydrolase activity measures the hydrolysis of a ubiquitin precursor.
  • the assay is performed at ambient temperature and contains an aliquot of PRTS and the appropriate substrate in a suitable buffer. Chemically synthesized human ubiquitin-valine may be used as substrate. Cleavage of the C-terminal valine residue from the substrate is monitored by capillary electrophoresis (Franklin, K. et al. (1997) Anal. Biochem. 247:305-309).
  • an assay for protease activity takes advantage of fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET) that occurs when one donor and one acceptor fluorophore with an appropriate spectral overlap are in close proximity.
  • FRET fluorescence resonance energy transfer
  • a flexible peptide linker containing a cleavage site specific for PRTS is fused between a red-shifted variant (RSGFP4) and a blue variant (BFP5) of Green Fluorescent Protein.
  • RGFP4 red-shifted variant
  • BFP5 blue variant
  • This fusion protein has spectral properties that suggest energy transfer is occurring from BFP5 to RSGFP4.
  • Phage display libraries can be used to identify optimal substrate sequences for PRTS.
  • a random hexamer followed by a linker and a known antibody epitope is cloned as an N-terminal extension of gene III in a filamentous phage library.
  • Gene III codes for a coat protein, and the epitope will be displayed on the surface of each phage particle.
  • the library is incubated with PRTS under proteolytic conditions so that the epitope will be removed if the hexamer codes for a PRTS cleavage site.
  • An antibody that recognizes the epitope is added along with immobilized protein A. Uncleaved phage, which still bear the epitope, are removed by centrifugation.
  • Phage in the supernatant are then amplified and undergo several more rounds of screening. Individual phage clones are then isolated and sequenced. Reaction kinetics for these peptide substrates can be studied using an assay in Example XVII, and an optimal cleavage sequence can be derived (Ke, S. H. et al. (1997) J. Biol. Chem. 272:16603-16609).
  • this method can be expanded to screen a cDNA expression library displayed on the surface of phage particles (T7SELECT 10-3 Phage display vector, Novagen, Madison Wis.) or yeast cells (pYD1 yeast display vector kit, Invitrogen, Carlsbad Calif.). In this case, entire cDNAs are fused between Gene III and the appropriate epitope.
  • Compounds to be tested are arrayed in the wells of a multi-well plate in varying concentrations along with an appropriate buffer and substrate, as described in the assays in Example XVII.
  • PRTS activity is measured for each well and the ability of each compound to inhibit PRTS activity can be determined, as well as the dose-response kinetics. This assay could also be used to identify molecules which enhance PRTS activity.
  • phage display libraries can be used to screen for peptide PRTS inhibitors.
  • Candidates are found among peptides which bind tightly to a protease.
  • multi-well plate wells are coated with PRTS and incubated with a random peptide phage display library or a cyclic peptide library (Koivunen, E. et al. (1999) Nat. Biotechnol. 17:768-774). Unbound phage are washed away and selected phage amplified and rescreened for several more rounds. Candidates are tested for PRTS inhibitory activity using an assay described in Example XVII.
  • BRAINOT22 pINCY Library was constructed using RNA isolated from right temporal lobe tissue removed from a 45-year-old Black male during a brain lobectomy. Pathology for the associated tumor tissue indicated dysembryoplastic neuroepithelial tumor of the right temporal lobe. The right temporal region dura was consistent with calcifying pseudotumor of the neuraxis. Family history included obesity, benign hypertension, cirrhosis of the liver, obesity, hyperlipidemia, cerebrovascular disease, and type II diabetes. BRSTNOT05 PSPORT1 Library was constructed using RNA isolated from breast tissue removed from a 58- year-old Caucasian female during a unilateral extended simple mastectomy.
  • Pathology for the associated tumor tissue indicated multicentric invasive grade 4 lobular carcinoma. Patient history included skin cancer, rheumatic heart disease, osteoarthritis, and tuberculosis. Family history included cerebrovascular and cardiovascular disease, breast and prostate cancer, and type I diabetes. COLITUT02 pINCY Library was constructed using RNA isolated from colon tumor tissue of the ileocecal valve removed from a 29-year-old female. Pathology indicated malignant lymphoma, small cell, non-cleaved (Burkitt's lymphoma, B-cell phenotype), forming a polypoid mass in the region of the ileocecal valve, associated with intussusception and obstruction clinically.
  • CONFNOT03 pINCY Library was constructed using RNA isolated from mesenteric fat tissue removed from a 71-year-old Caucasian male during a partial colectomy and permanent colostomy. Pathology indicated mesenteric fat tissue associated with diverticulosis and diverticulitis with abscess formation. Approximately 50 diverticula were noted, one of which was perforated and associated with abscess formation in adjacent mesenteric fat. The patient presented with atrialfibrillation. Patient history included viral hepatitis, a hemangioma, and diverticulitis of colon.
  • ENDMUNE01 pINCY This 5′ biased random primed library was constructed using RNA isolated from untreated umbilical artery endothelial cell tissue removed from a Caucasian male (Clonetics) newborn.
  • ESOGTUE01 pINCY This 5′ biased random primed library was constructed using RNA isolated from esophageal tumor tissue removed from a 61-year-old Caucasian male during a partial esophagectomy, proximal gastrectomy, pyloromyotomy, and regional lymph node excision.
  • Pathology indicated an invasive grade 3 adenocarcinoma in the esophagus, extending distally to involve the gastroesophageal junction.
  • the tumor extended through the muscularis to involve periesophageal and perigastric soft tissues.
  • One perigastric and two periesophageal lymph nodes were positive for tumor.
  • a previous bone marrow aspiration found the marrow to be hypercellular for age and had a cellularity-to-fat ratio of 95:5.
  • the marrow was focally densely fibrotic.
  • Granulocytic precursors were slightly increased with normal maturation. The estimate of blast cells was greater than 5%.
  • Megakaryocytes were increased and appeared atypical in clusters. Storage cells and granulomata were absent.
  • KIDEUNE02 pINCY This 5′ biased random primed library was constructed using RNA isolated from an untreated transformed embryonal cell line (293-EBNA) derived from kidney epithelial tissue (Invitrogen). The cells were transformed with adenovirus 5 DNA.
  • KIDNNOT25 pINCY Library was constructed using RNA isolated from kidney tissue removed from the left lower kidney pole of a 42-year-old Caucasian female during nephroureterectomy. Pathology indicated slight hydronephrosis and nephrolithiasis. Patient history included calculus of the kidney.
  • LUNGNOT03 PSPORT1 Library was constructed using RNA isolated from lung tissue of a 79-year-old Caucasian male. Pathology for the associated tumor tissue indicated grade 4 carcinoma. Patient history included a benign prostate neoplasm and atherosclerosis. PLACFER06 pINCY This random primed library was constructed using RNA isolated from placental tissue removed from a Caucasian fetus who died after 16 weeks' gestation from fetal demise and hydrocephalus. Patient history included umbilical cord wrapped around the head (3 times) and the shoulders (1 time). Serology was positive for anti-CMV. Family history included multiple pregnancies and live births, and an abortion.
  • PROSTUS23 pINCY This subtracted prostate tumor library was constructed using 10 million clones from a pooled prostate tumor library that was subjected to 2 rounds of subtractive hybridization with 10 million clones from a pooled prostate tissue library.
  • the starting library for subtraction was constructed by pooling equal numbers of clones from 4 prostate tumor libraries using mRNA isolated from prostate tumor removed from Caucasian males at ages 58 (A), 61 (B), 66 (C), and 68 (D) during prostatectomy with lymph node excision. Pathology indicated adenocarcinoma in all donors.
  • the hybridization probe for subtraction was constructed by pooling equal numbers of cDNA clones from 3 prostate tissue libraries derived from prostate tissue, prostate epithelial cells, and fibroblasts from prostate stroma from 3 different donors.
  • SKIRNOR01 PCDNA2.1 This random primed library was constructed using RNA isolated from skin tissue removed from the breast of a 17-year-old Caucasian female during bilateral reduction mammoplasty. Patient history included breast hypertrophy. Family history included benign hypertension. UTRSTME01 PCDNA2.1 This 5′ biased random primed library was constructed using RNA isolated from uterus tissue removed from a 49-year-old Caucasian female during vaginal hysterectomy and bilateral salpingo-oophorectomy.
  • Pathology for the matched tumor tissue indicated multiple (6) intramural leiomyomata.
  • Family history included alcohol abuse, atherosclerotic coronary artery disease, upper lobe lung cancer, and carotid endarterectomy in the father; breast fibroadenosis in the sibling(s); and acute myocardial infarction, liver cancer, acute leukemia, and breast cancer (central) in the grandparent(s).
  • BLIMPS A BLocks IMProved Searcher Henikoff, S. and J. G.
  • TMAP A program that uses weight Persson, B. and P. Argos (1994) J. Mol. Biol. matrices to delineate 237: 182-192; Persson, B. and P. Argos (1996) transmembrane segments Protein Sci. 5: 363-371. on protein sequences and determine orientation.
  • TMHMMER A program that uses a Sonnhammer, E.L. et al. (1998) Proc. Sixth Intl. hidden Markov model (HMM) Conf. on Intelligent Systems for Mol. Biol., to delineate transmembrane Glasgow et al., eds., The Am. Assoc.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pathology (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)

Abstract

The invention provides human proteases (PRTS) and polynucleotides which identify and encode PRTS. The invention also provides expression vectors, host cells, antibodies, agonists, and antagonists. The invention also provides methods for diagnosing, treating, or preventing disorders associated with aberrant expression of PRTS.

Description

    TECHNICAL FIELD
  • This invention relates to nucleic acid and amino acid sequences of proteases and to the use of these sequences in the diagnosis, treatment, and prevention of gastrointestinal, cardiovascular, autoimmune/inflammatory, cell proliferative, developmental, epithelial, neurological, and reproductive disorders, and in the assessment of the effects of exogenous compounds on the expression of nucleic acid and amino acid sequences of proteases.
  • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • Proteases cleave proteins and peptides at the peptide bond that forms the backbone of the protein or peptide chain. Proteolysis is one of the most important and frequent enzymatic reactions that occurs both within and outside of cells. Proteolysis is responsible for the activation and maturation of nascent polypeptides, the degradation of misfolded and damaged proteins, and the controlled turnover of peptides within the cell. Proteases participate in digestion, endocrine function, and tissue remodeling during embryonic development, wound healing, and normal growth. Proteases can play a role in regulatory processes by affecting the half life of regulatory proteins. Proteases are involved in the etiology or progression of disease states such as inflammation, angiogenesis, tumor dispersion and metastasis, cardiovascular disease, neurological disease, and bacterial, parasitic, and viral infections.
  • Proteases can be categorized on the basis of where they cleave their substrates. Exopeptidases, which include aminopeptidases, dipeptidyl peptidases, tripeptidases, carboxypeptidases, peptidyl-di-peptidases, dipeptidases, and omega peptidases, cleave residues at the termini of their substrates. Endopeptidases, including serine proteases, cysteine proteases, and metalloproteases, cleave at residues within the peptide. Four principal categories of mammalian proteases have been identified based on active site structure, mechanism of action, and overall three-dimensional structure. (See Beynon, R. J. and J. S. Bond (1994) Proteolytic Enzymes: A Practical Approach, Oxford University Press, New York N.Y., pp. 1-5.)
  • Serine Proteases
  • The serine proteases (SPs) are a large, widespread family of proteolytic enzymes that include the digestive enzymes trypsin and chymotrypsin, components of the complement and blood-clotting cascades, and enzymes that control the degradation and turnover of macromolecules within the cell and in the extracellular matrix. Most of the more than 20 subfamilies can be grouped into six clans, each with a common ancestor. These six clans are hypothesized to have descended from at least four evolutionarily distinct ancestors. SPs are named for the presence of a serine residue found in the active catalytic site of most families. The active site is defined by the catalytic triad, a set of conserved asparagine, histidine, and serine residues critical for catalysis. These residues form a charge relay network that facilitates substrate binding. Other residues outside the active site form an oxyanion hole that stabilizes the tetrahedral transition intermediate formed during catalysis. SPs have a wide range of substrates and can be subdivided into subfamilies on the basis of their substrate specificity. The main subfamilies are named for the residue(s) after which they cleave: trypases (after arginine or lysine), aspases (after aspartate), chymases (after phenylalanine or leucine), metases (methionine), and serases (after serine) (Rawlings, N. D. and A. J. Barrett (1994) Methods Enzymol. 244:19-61).
  • Most mammalian serine proteases are synthesized as zymogens, inactive precursors that are activated by proteolysis. For example, trypsinogen is converted to its active form, trypsin, by enteropeptidase. Enteropeptidase is an intestinal protease that removes an N-terminal fragment from trypsinogen. The remaining active fragment is trypsin, which in turn activates the precursors of the other pancreatic enzymes. Likewise, proteolysis of prothrombin, the precursor of thrombin, generates three separate polypeptide fragments. The N-terminal fragment is released while the other two fragments, which comprise active thrombin, remain associated through disulfide bonds.
  • The two largest SP subfamilies are the chymotrypsin (S1) and subtilisin (S8) families. Some members of the chymotrypsin family contain two structural domains unique to this family. Kringle domains are triple-looped, disulfide cross-linked domains found in varying copy number. Kringles are thought to play a role in binding mediators such as membranes, other proteins or phospholipids, and in the regulation of proteolytic activity (PROSITE PDOC00020). Apple domains are 90 amino-acid repeated domains, each containing six conserved cysteines. Three disulfide bonds link the first and sixth, second and fifth, and third and fourth cysteines (PROSITE PDOC00376). Apple domains are involved in protein-protein interactions. S1 family members include trypsin, chymotrypsin, coagulation factors IX-XII, complement factors B, C, and D, granzymes, kallikrein, and tissue- and urokinase-plasminogen activators. The subtilisin family has members found in the eubacteria, archaebacteria, eukaryotes, and viruses. Subtilisins include the proprotein-processing endopeptidases kexin and furin and the pituitary prohormone convertases PC1, PC2, PC3, PC6, and PACE4 (Rawlings and Barrett, supra).
  • SPs have functions in many normal processes and some have been implicated in the etiology or treatment of disease. Enterokinase, the initiator of intestinal digestion, is found in the intestinal brush border, where it cleaves the acidic propeptide from trypsinogen to yield active trypsin (Kitamoto, Y. et al. (1994) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91:7588-7592). Prolylcarboxypeptidase, a lysosomal serine peptidase that cleaves peptides such as angiotensin II and III and [des-Arg9] bradykinin, shares sequence homology with members of both the serine carboxypeptidase and prolylendopeptidase families (Tan, F. et al. (1993) J. Biol. Chem. 268:16631-16638). The protease neuropsin may influence synapse formation and neuronal connectivity in the hippocampus in response to neural signaling (Chen, Z.-L. et al. (1995) J. Neurosci. 15:5088-5097). Tissue plasminogen activator is useful for acute management of stroke (Zivin, J. A. (1999) Neurology 53:14-19) and myocardial infarction (Ross, A. M. (1999) Clin. Cardiol. 22:165-171). Some receptors (PAR, for proteinase-activated receptor), highly expressed throughout the digestive tract, are activated by proteolytic cleavage of an extracellular domain. The major agonists for PARs, thrombin, trypsin, and mast cell tryptase, are released in allergy and inflammatory conditions. Control of PAR activation by proteases has been suggested as a promising therapeutic target (Vergnolle, N. (2000) Aliment. Pharmacol. Ther. 14-257-266; Price, K. D. et al. (1998) Curr. Pharm. Des. 4:381-396). Prostate-specific antigen (PSA) is a kallikrein-like serine protease synthesized and secreted exclusively by epithelial cells in the prostate gland. Serum PSA is elevated in prostate cancer and is the most sensitive physiological marker for monitoring cancer progression and response to therapy. PSA can also identify the prostate as the origin of a metastatic tumor (Brawer, M. K and P. H. Lange (1989) Urology 33:11-16).
  • The signal peptidase is a specialized class of SP found in all prokaryotic and eukaryotic cell types that serves in the processing of signal peptides from certain proteins. Signal peptides are amino-terminal domains of a protein which direct the protein from its ribosomal assembly site to a particular cellular or extracellular location. Once the protein has been exported, removal of the signal sequence by a signal peptidase and posttranslational processing, e.g., glycosylation or phosphorylation, activate the protein. Signal peptidases exist as multi-subunit complexes in both yeast and mammals. The canine signal peptidase complex is composed of five subunits, all associated with the microsomal membrane and containing hydrophobic regions that span the membrane one or more times (Shelness, G. S. and G. Blobel (1990) J. Biol. Chem. 265:9512-9519). Some of these subunits serve to fix the complex in its proper position on the membrane while others contain the actual catalytic activity.
  • Another family of proteases which have a serine in their active site are dependent on the hydrolysis of ATP for their activity. These proteases contain proteolytic core domains and regulatory ATPase domains which can be identified by the presence of the P-loop, an ATP/GTP-binding motif (PROSITE PDOC00803). Members of this family include the eukaryotic mitochondrial matrix proteases, Clp protease and the proteasome. Clp protease was originally found in plant chloroplasts but is believed to be widespread in both prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells. The gene for early-onset torsion dystonia encodes a protein related to Clp protease (Ozelius, L. J. et al. (1998) Adv. Neurol. 78:93-105).
  • The proteasome is an intracellular protease complex found in some bacteria and in all eukaryotic cells, and plays an important role in cellular physiology. Proteasomes are associated with the ubiquitin conjugation system (UCS), a major pathway for the degradation of cellular proteins of all types, including proteins that function to activate or repress cellular processes such as transcription and cell cycle progression (Ciechanover, A. (1994) Cell 79:13-21). In the UCS pathway, proteins targeted for degradation are conjugated to ubiquitin, a small heat stable protein. The ubiquitinated protein is then recognized and degraded by the proteasome. The resultant ubiquitin-peptide complex is hydrolyzed by a ubiquitin carboxyl terminal hydrolase, and free ubiquitin is released for reutilization by the UCS. Ubiquitin-proteasome systems are implicated in the degradation of mitotic cyclic kinases, oncoproteins, tumor suppressor genes (p53), cell surface receptors associated with signal transduction, transcriptional regulators, and mutated or damaged proteins (Ciechanover, supra). This pathway has been implicated in a number of diseases, including cystic fibrosis, Angelman's syndrome, and Liddle syndrome (reviewed in Schwartz, A. L. and A. Ciechanover (1999) Annu. Rev. Med. 50:57-74). A murine proto-oncogene, Unp, encodes a nuclear ubiquitin protease whose overexpression leads to oncogenic transformation of NIH3T3 cells. The human homologue of this gene is consistently elevated in small cell tumors and adenocarcinomas of the lung (Gray, D. A. (1995) Oncogene 10:2179-2183). Ubiquitin carboxyl terminal hydrolase is involved in the differentiation of a lymphoblastic leukemia cell line to a non-dividing mature state (Mali, A. et al., (1996) Differentiation 60:59-66). In neurons, ubiquitin carboxyl terminal hydrolase (PGP 9.5) expression is strong in the abnormal structures that occur in human neurodegenerative diseases (Lowe, J. et al. (1990) J. Pathol. 161:153-160). The proteasome is a large (−2000 kDa) multisubunit complex composed of a central catalytic core containing a variety of proteases arranged in four seven-membered rings with the active sites facing inwards into the central cavity, and terminal ATPase subunits covering the outer port of the cavity and regulating substrate entry (for review, see Schmidt, M. et al. (1999) Curr. Opin. Chem. Biol. 3:584-591).
  • Cysteine Proteases
  • Cysteine proteases (CPs) are involved in diverse cellular processes ranging from the processing of precursor proteins to intracellular degradation. Nearly half of the CPs known are present only in viruses. CPs have a cysteine as the major catalytic residue at the active site where catalysis proceeds via a thioester intermediate and is facilitated by nearby histidine and asparagine residues. A glutamine residue is also important, as it helps to form an oxyanion hole. Two important CP families include the papain-like enzymes (C1) and the calpains (C2). Papain-like family members are generally lysosomal or secreted and therefore are synthesized with signal peptides as well as propeptides. Most members bear a conserved motif in the propeptide that may have structural significance (Karrer, K. M. et al. (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:3063-3067). Three-dimensional structures of papain family members show a bilobed molecule with the catalytic site located between the two lobes. Papains include cathepsins B, C, H, L, and S, certain plant allergens and dipeptidyl peptidase (for a review, see Rawlings, N. D. and A. J. Barrett (1994) Methods Enzymol. 244:461-486).
  • Some CPs are expressed ubiquitously, while others are produced only by cells of the immune system. Of particular note, CPs are produced by monocytes, macrophages and other cells which migrate to sites of inflammation and secrete molecules involved in tissue repair. Overabundance of these repair molecules plays a role in certain disorders. In autoimmune diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis, secretion of the cysteine peptidase cathepsin C degrades collagen, laminin, elastin and other structural proteins found in the extracellular matrix of bones. Bone weakened by such degradation is also more susceptible to tumor invasion and metastasis. Cathepsin L expression may also contribute to the influx of mononuclear cells which exacerbates the destruction of the rheumatoid synovium (Keyszer, G. M. (1995) Arthritis Rheum. 38:976-984).
  • Calpains are calcium-dependent cytosolic endopeptidases which contain both an N-terminal catalytic domain and a C-terminal calcium-binding domain. Calpain is expressed as a proenzyme heterodimer consisting of a catalytic subunit unique to each isoform and a regulatory subunit common to different isoforms. Each subunit bears a calcium-binding EF-hand domain. The regulatory subunit also contains a hydrophobic glycine-rich domain that allows the enzyme to associate with cell membranes. Calpains are activated by increased intracellular calcium concentration, which induces a change in conformation and limited autolysis. The resultant active molecule requires a lower calcium concentration for its activity (Chan, S. L. and M. P. Mattson (1999) J. Neurosci. Res. 58:167-190). Calpain expression is predominantly neuronal, although it is present in other tissues. Several chronic neurodegenerative disorders, including ALS, Parkinson's disease and Alzheimer's disease are associated with increased calpain expression (Chan and Mattson, supra). Calpain-mediated breakdown of the cytoskeleton has been proposed to contribute to brain damage resulting from head injury (McCracken, E. et al. (1999) J. Neurotrauma 16:749-761). Calpain-3 is predominantly expressed in skeletal muscle, and is responsible for linib-girdle muscular dystrophy type 2A (Minami, N. et al. (1999) J. Neurol. Sci. 171:31-37).
  • Another family of thiol proteases is the caspases, which are involved in the initiation and execution phases of apoptosis. A pro-apoptotic signal can activate initiator caspases that trigger a proteolytic caspase cascade, leading to the hydrolysis of target proteins and the classic apoptotic death of the cell. Two active site residues, a cysteine and a histidine, have been implicated in the catalytic mechanism. Caspases are among the most specific endopeptidases, cleaving after aspartate residues. Caspases are synthesized as inactive zymogens consisting of one large (p20) and one small (p10) subunit separated by a small spacer region, and a variable N-terminal prodomain. This prodomain interacts with cofactors that can positively or negatively affect apoptosis. An activating signal causes autoproteolytic cleavage of a specific aspartate residue (D297 in the caspase-1 numbering convention) and removal of the spacer and prodomain, leaving a p10/p20 heterodimer. Two of these heterodimers interact via their small subunits to form the catalytically active tetramer. The long prodomains of some caspase family members have been shown to promote dimerization and auto-processing of procaspases. Some caspases contain a “death effector domain” in their prodomain by which they can be recruited into self-activating complexes with other caspases and FADD protein associated death receptors or the TNF receptor complex. In addition, two dimers from different caspase family members can associate, changing the substrate specificity of the resultant tetramer. Endogenous caspase inhibitors (inhibitor of apoptosis proteins, or IAPs) also exist. All these interactions have clear effects on the control of apoptosis (reviewed in Chan and Mattson, supra; Salveson, G. S. and V. M. Dixit (1999) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 96:10964-10967).
  • Caspases have been implicated in a number of diseases. Mice lacking some caspases have severe nervous system defects due to failed apoptosis in the neuroepithelium and suffer early lethality. Others show severe defects in the inflammatory response, as caspases are responsible for processing IL-1b and possibly other inflammatory cytokines (Chan and Mattson, supra). Cowpox virus and baculoviruses target caspases to avoid the death of their host cell and promote successful infection. In addition, increases, in inappropriate apoptosis have been reported in AIDS, neurodegenerative diseases and ischemic injury, while a decrease in cell death is associated with cancer (Salveson and Dixit, supra; Thompson, C. B. (1995) Science 267:1456-1462).
  • Aspartyl Proteases
  • Aspartyl proteases (APs) include the lysosomal proteases cathepsins D and E, as well as chymosin, renin, and the gastric pepsins. Most retroviruses encode an AP, usually as part of the pol polyprotein. APs, also called acid proteases, are monomeric enzymes consisting of two domains, each domain containing one half of the active site with its own catalytic aspartic acid residue. APs are most active in the range of pH 2-3, at which one of the aspartate residues is ionized and the other neutral. The pepsin family of APs contains many secreted enzymes, and all are likely to be synthesized with signal peptides and propeptides. Most family members have three disulfide loops, the first ˜5 residue loop following the first aspartate, the second 5-6 residue loop preceding the second aspartate, and the third and largest loop occurring toward the C terminus. Retropepsins, on the other hand, are analogous to a single domain of pepsin, and become active as homodimers with each retropepsin monomer contributing one half of the active site. Retropepsins are required for processing the viral polyproteins.
  • APs have roles in various tissues, and some have been associated with disease. Renin mediates the first step in processing the hormone angiotensin, which is responsible for regulating electrolyte balance and blood pressure (reviewed in Crews, D. E. and S. R. Williams (1999) Hum. Biol. 71:475-503). Abnormal regulation and expression of cathepsins are evident in various inflammatory disease states. Expression of cathepsin D is elevated in synovial tissues from patients with rheumatoid arthritis and osteoarthritis. The increased expression and differential regulation of the cathepsins are linked to the metastatic potential of a variety of cancers (Chambers, A. F. et al. (1993) Crit. Rev. Oncol. 4:95-114).
  • Metalloproteases
  • Metalloproteases require a metal ion for activity, usually manganese or zinc. Examples of manganese metalloenzymes include aminopeptidase P and human proline dipeptidase (PEPD). Aminopeptidase P can degrade bradykinin, a nonapeptide activated in a variety of inflammatory responses. Aminopeptidase P has been implicated in coronary ischemia/reperfusion injury. Administration of aminopeptidase P inhibitors has been shown to have a cardioprotective effect in rats (Ersahin, C. et al (1999) J. Cardiovasc. Pharmacol. 34:604-611).
  • Most zinc-dependent metalloproteases share a common sequence in the zinc-binding domain. The active site is made up of two histidines which act as zinc ligands and a catalytic glutamic acid C-terminal to the first histidine. Proteins containing this signature sequence are known as the metzincins and include aminopeptidase N, angiotensin-converting enzyme, neurolysin, the matrix metalloproteases and the adamalysins (ADAMS). An alternate sequence is found in the zinc carboxypeptidases, in which all three conserved residues—two histidines and a glutamic acid—are involved in zinc binding.
  • A number of the neutral metalloendopeptidases, including angiotensin converting enzyme and the aminopeptidases, are involved in the metabolism of peptide hormones. High aminopeptidase B activity, for example, is found in the adrenal glands and neurohypophyses of hypertensive rats (Prieto, I. et al. (1998) Horm. Metab. Res. 30:246-248). Oligopeptidase M/neurolysin can hydrolyze bradykinin as well as neurotensin (Serizawa, A. et al. (1995) J. Biol. Chem 270:2092-2098). Neurotensin is a vasoactive peptide that can act as a neurotransmitter in the brain, where it has been implicated in limiting food intake (Tritos, N. A. et al. (1999) Neuropeptides 33:339-349).
  • The matrix metalloproteases (MMPs) are a family of at least 23 enzymes that can degrade components of the extracellular matrix (ECM). They are Zn+2 endopeptidases with an N-terminal catalytic domain. Nearly all members of the family have a hinge peptide and C-terminal domain which can bind to substrate molecules in the ECM or to inhibitors produced by the tissue (TIMPs, for tissue inhibitor of metalloprotease; Campbell, I. L. et al. (1999) Trends Neurosci. 22:285). The presence of fibronectin-like repeats, transmembrane domains, or C-terminal hemopexinase-like domains can be used to separate MMPs into collagenase, gelatinase, stromelysin and membrane-type MMP subfamilies. In the inactive form, the Zn+2 ion in the active site interacts with a cysteine in the pro-sequence. Activating factors disrupt the Zn+2-cysteine interaction, or “cysteine switch,” exposing the active site. This partially activates the enzyme, which then cleaves off its propeptide and becomes fully active. MMPs are often activated by the serine proteases plasmin and fib MMPs are often regulated by stoichiometric, noncovalent interactions with inhibitors; the balance of protease to inhibitor, then, is very important in tissue homeostasis (reviewed in Yong, V. W. et al. (1998) Trends Neurosci. 21:75).
  • MMPs are implicated in a number of diseases including osteoarthritis (Mitchell, P. et al. (1996) J. Clin. Invest. 97:761), atherosclerotic plaque rupture (Sukhova, G. K. et al. (1999) Circulation 99:2503), aortic aneurysm (Schneiderman, J. et al. (1998) Am. J. Path. 152:703), non-healing wounds (Saarialho-Kere, U. K. et al. (1994) J. Cin. Invest. 94:79), bone resorption (Blavier, L. and J. M. Delaisse (1995) J. Cell Sci. 108:3649), age-related macular degeneration (Steen, B. et al. (1998) Invest. Ophthalmol. Vis. Sci. 39:2194), emphysema (Finlay, G. A. et al. (1997) Thorax 52:502), myocardial infarction (Rohde, L. E. et al. (1999) Circulation 99:3063) and dilated cardiomyopathy (Thomas, C. V. et al. (1998) Circulation 97:1708). MMP inhibitors prevent metastasis of mammary carcinoma and experimental tumors in rat, and Lewis lung carcinoma, hemangioma, and human ovarian carcinoma xenografts in mice (Eccles, S. A. et al. (1996) Cancer Res. 56:2815; Anderson et al. (1996) Cancer Res. 56:715-718; Volpert, O. V. et al. (1996) J. Clin. Invest. 98:671; Taraboletti, G. et al. (1995) J. NCI 87:293; Davies, B. et al. (1993) Cancer Res. 53:2087). MMPs may be active in Alzheimer's disease. A number of MMPs are implicated in multiple sclerosis, and administration of MMP inhibitors can relieve some of its, symptoms (reviewed in Yong, supra).
  • Another family of metalloproteases is the ADAMs, for A Disintegrin and Metalloprotease Domain, which they share with their close relatives the adamalysins, snake venom metalloproteases (SVMPs). ADAMs combine features of both cell surface adhesion molecules and proteases, containing a prodomain, a protease domain, a disintegrin domain, a cysteine rich domain, an epidermal growth factor repeat, a transmembrane domain, and a cytoplasmic tail. The first three domains listed above are also found in the SVMPs. The ADAMs possess four potential functions: proteolysis, adhesion, signaling and fusion. The ADAMs share the metzincin zinc binding sequence and are inhibited by some MMP antagonists such as TIMP-1.
  • ADAMs are implicated in such processes as sperm-egg binding and fusion, myoblast fusion, and protein-ectodomain processing or shedding of cytokines, cytokine receptors, adhesion proteins and other extracellular protein domains (Schlöndorff, J. and C. P. Blobel (1999) J. Cell. Sci. 112:3603-3617). The Kuzbanian protein cleaves a substrate in the NOTCH pathway (possibly NOTCH itself), activating the program for lateral inhibition in Drosophila neural development. Two ADAMs, TACE (ADAM 17) and ADAM 10, are proposed to have analogous roles in the processing of amyloid precursor protein in the brain (Schlöndorff and Blobel, supra). TACE has also been identified as the TNF activating enzyme (Black, R. A. et al. (1997) Nature 385:729). TNF is a pleiotropic cytokine that is important in mobilizing host defenses in response to infection or trauma, but can cause severe damage in excess and is often overproduced in autoimmune disease. TACE cleaves membrane-bound pro-TNF to release a soluble form. Other ADAMs may be involved in a similar type of processing of other membrane-bound molecules.
  • The ADAMTS sub-family has all of the features of ADAM family metalloproteases and contain an additional thrombospondin domain (TS). The prototypic ADAMTS was identified in mouse, found to be expressed in heart and kidney and upregulated by proinflammatory stimuli (Kuno, K. et al. (1997) J. Biol. chem. 272:556-562). To date eleven members are recognized by the Human Genome Organization (HUGO; http://www.gene.ucl.ac.uk/users/tester/adamts.html#Approved). Members of this family have the ability to degrade aggrecan, a high molecular weight proteoglycan which provides cartilage with important mechanical properties including compressibility, and which is lost during the development of arthritis. Enzymes which degrade aggrecan are thus considered attractive targets to prevent and slow the degradation of articular cartilage (See, e.g., Tortorella, M. D. (1999) Science 294:1664; Abbaszade, I. (1999) J. Biol. Chem. 274:23443). Other members are reported to have antiangiogenic potential (Kuno et al., supra) and/or procollagen processing (Colige, A. et al. (1997) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 94:2374).
  • The discovery of new proteases, and the polynucleotides encoding them, satisfies a need in the art by providing new compositions which are useful in the diagnosis, prevention, and treatment of gastrointestinal, cardiovascular, autoimmune/inflammatory, cell proliferative, developmental, epithelial, neurological, and reproductive disorders, and in the assessment of the effects of exogenous compounds on the expression of nucleic acid and amino acid sequences of proteases.
  • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • The invention features purified polypeptides, proteases, referred to collectively as “PRTS” and individually as “PRTS-1,” “PRTS-2,” “PRTS-3,” “PRTS-4,” “PRTS-5,” “PRTS-6,” “PRTS-7,” “PRTS-8,” “PRTS-9,” “PRTS-10,” “PRTS-1, “PRTS-12,” “PRTS-13,” “PRTS-14,” “PRTS-15,” “PRTS-16,” and “PRTS-17.” In one aspect, the invention provides an isolated polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17. In one alternative, the invention provides an isolated polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:1-17.
  • The invention further provides an isolated polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17. In one alternative, the polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17. In another alternative, the polynucleotide is selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:18-34.
  • Additionally, the invention provides a recombinant polynucleotide comprising a promoter sequence operably linked to a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17. In one alternative, the invention provides a cell transformed with the recombinant polynucleotide. In another alternative, the invention provides a transgenic organism comprising the recombinant polynucleotide.
  • The invention also provides a method for producing a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17. The method comprises a) culturing a cell under conditions suitable for expression of the polypeptide, wherein said cell is transformed with a recombinant polynucleotide comprising a promoter sequence operably linked to a polynucleotide encoding the polypeptide, and b) recovering the polypeptide so expressed.
  • Additionally, the invention provides an isolated antibody which specifically binds to a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17.
  • The invention further provides an isolated polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of a) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:18-34, b) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:18-34, c) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of a), d) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of b), and e) an RNA equivalent of a)-d). In one alternative, the polynucleotide comprises at least 60 contiguous nucleotides.
  • Additionally, the intention provides a method for detecting a target polynucleotide in a sample, said target polynucleotide having a sequence of a polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of a) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:18-34, b) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:18-34, c) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of a), d) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of b), and e) an RNA equivalent of a)-d). The method comprises a) hybridizing the sample with a probe comprising at least 20 contiguous nucleotides comprising a sequence complementary to said target polynucleotide in the sample, and which probe specifically hybridizes to said target polynucleotide, under conditions whereby a hybridization complex is formed between said probe and said target polynucleotide or fragments thereof, and b) detecting the presence or absence of said hybridization complex, and optionally, if present, the amount thereof. In one alternative, the probe comprises at least 60 contiguous nucleotides.
  • The invention further provides a method for detecting a target polynucleotide in a sample, said target polynucleotide having a sequence of a polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of a) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:18-34, b) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:18-34, c) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of a), d) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of b), and e) an RNA equivalent of a)-d). The method comprises a) amplifying said target polynucleotide or fragment thereof using polymerase chain reaction amplification, and b) detecting the presence or absence of said amplified target polynucleotide or fragment thereof, and, optionally, if present, the amount thereof.
  • The invention further provides a composition comprising an effective amount of a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. In one embodiment, the composition comprises an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17. The invention additionally provides a method of treating a disease or condition associated with decreased expression of functional PRTS, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment the composition.
  • The invention also provides a method for screening a compound for effectiveness as an agonist of a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17. The method comprises a) exposing a sample comprising the polypeptide to a compound, and b) detecting agonist activity in the sample. In one alternative, the invention provides a composition comprising an agonist compound identified by the method and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. In another alternative, the invention provides a method of treating a disease or condition associated with decreased expression of functional PRTS, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment the composition.
  • Additionally, the invention provides a method for screening a compound for effectiveness as an antagonist of a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17. The method comprises a) exposing a sample comprising the polypeptide to a compound, and b) detecting antagonist activity in the sample. In one alternative, the invention provides a composition comprising an antagonist compound identified by the method and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. In another alternative, the invention provides a method of treating a disease or condition associated with overexpression of functional PRTS, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment the composition.
  • The invention further provides a method of screening for a compound that specifically binds to a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17. The method comprises a) combining the polypeptide with at least one test compound under suitable conditions, and b) detecting binding of the polypeptide to the test compound, thereby identifying a compound that specifically binds to the polypeptide.
  • The invention further provides a method of screening for a compound that modulates the activity of a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:1-17. The method comprises a) combining the polypeptide with at least one test compound under conditions permissive for the activity of the polypeptide, b) assessing the activity of the polypeptide in the presence of the test compound, and c) comparing the activity of the polypeptide in the presence of the test compound with the activity of the polypeptide in the absence of the test compound, wherein a change in the activity of the polypeptide in the presence of the test compound is indicative of a compound that modulates the activity of the polypeptide.
  • The invention further provides a method for screening a compound for effectiveness in altering expression of a target polynucleotide, wherein said target polynucleotide comprises a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:18-34, the method comprising a) exposing a sample comprising the target polynucleotide to a compound, and b) detecting altered expression of the target polynucleotide.
  • The invention further provides a method for assessing toxicity of a test compound, said method comprising a) treating a biological sample containing nucleic acids with the test compound; b) hybridizing the nucleic acids of the treated biological sample with a probe comprising at least 20 contiguous nucleotides of a polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of i) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:18-34, ii) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:18-34, iii) a polynucleotide having a sequence complementary to i), iv) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of ii), and v) an RNA equivalent of i)-iv). Hybridization occurs under conditions whereby a specific hybridization complex is formed between said probe and a target polynucleotide in the biological sample, said target polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of i) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:18-34, ii) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:18-34, iii) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of i), iv) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of ii), and v) an RNA equivalent of i)-iv). Alternatively, the target polynucleotide comprises a fragment of a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of i)-v) above; c) quantifying the amount of hybridization complex; and d) comparing the amount of hybridization complex in the treated biological sample with the amount of hybridization complex in an untreated biological sample, wherein a difference in the amount of hybridization complex in the treated biological sample is indicative of toxicity of the test compound.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE TABLES
  • Table 1 summarizes the nomenclature for the full length polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences of the present invention.
  • Table 2 shows the GenBank identification number and annotation of the nearest GenBank homolog for polypeptides of the invention. The probability score for the match between each polypeptide and its GenBank homolog is also shown.
  • Table 3 shows structural features of polypeptide sequences of the invention, including predicted motifs and domains, along with the methods, algorithms, and searchable databases used for analysis of the polypeptides.
  • Table 4 lists the cDNA and/or genomic DNA fragments which were used to assemble polynucleotide sequences of the invention, along with selected fragments of the polynucleotide sequences.
  • Table 5 shows the representative cDNA library for polynucleotides of the invention.
  • Table 6 provides an appendix which describes the tissues and vectors used for construction of the cDNA libraries shown in Table 5.
  • Table 7 shows the tools, programs, and algorithms used to analyze the polynucleotides and polypeptides of the invention, along with applicable descriptions, references, and threshold parameters.
  • DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • Before the present proteins, nucleotide sequences, and methods are described, it is understood that this invention is not limited to the particular machines, materials and methods described, as these may vary. It is also to be understood that the terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only, and is not intended to limit the scope of the present invention which will be limited only by the appended claims.
  • It must be noted that as used herein and in the appended claims, the singular forms “a,” “an,” and “the” include plural reference unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, for example, a reference to “a host cell” includes a plurality of such host cells, and a reference to “an antibody” is a reference to one or more antibodies and equivalents thereof known to those skilled in the art, and so forth.
  • Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meanings as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs. Although any machines, materials, and methods similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used to practice or test the present invention, the preferred machines, materials and methods are now described. All publications mentioned herein are cited for the purpose of describing and disclosing the cell lines, protocols, reagents and vectors which are reported in the publications and which might be used in connection with the invention. Nothing herein is to be construed as an admission that the invention is not entitled to antedate such disclosure by virtue of prior invention.
  • Definitions
  • “PRTS” refers to the amino acid sequences of substantially purified PRTS obtained from any species, particularly a mammalian species, including bovine, ovine, porcine, murine, equine, and human and from any source, whether natural, synthetic, semi-synthetic, or recombinant.
  • The term “agonist” refers to a molecule which intensifies or mimics the biological activity of PRTS. Agonists may include proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, small molecules, or any other compound or composition which modulates the activity of PRTS either by directly interacting with PRTS or by acting on components of the biological pathway in which PRTS participates.
  • An “allelic variant” is an alternative form of the gene encoding PRTS. Allelic variants may result from at least one mutation in the nucleic acid sequence and may result in altered mRNAs or in polypeptides whose structure or function may or may not be altered. A gene may have none, one, or many allelic variants of its naturally occurring form. Common mutational changes which give rise to allelic variants are generally ascribed to natural deletions, additions, or substitutions of nucleotides. Each of these types of changes may occur alone, or in combination with the others, one or more times in a given sequence.
  • “Altered” nucleic acid sequences encoding PRTS include those sequences with deletions, insertions, or substitutions of different nucleotides, resulting in a polypeptide the same as PRTS or a polypeptide with at least one functional characteristic of PRTS. Included within this definition are polymorphisms which may or may not be readily detectable using a particular oligonucleotide probe of the polynucleotide encoding PRTS, and improper or unexpected hybridization to allelic variants, with a locus other than the normal chromosomal locus for the polynucleotide sequence encoding PRTS. The encoded protein may also be “altered,” and may contain deletions, insertions, or substitutions of amino acid residues which produce a silent change and result in a functionally equivalent PRTS. Deliberate amino acid substitutions may be made on the basis of similarity in polarity, charge, solubility, hydrophobicity, hydrophilicity, and/or the amphipathic nature of the residues, as long as the biological or immunological activity of PRTS is retained. For example, negatively charged amino acids may include aspartic acid and glutamic acid, and positively charged amino acids may include lysine and arginine. Amino acids with uncharged polar side chains having similar hydrophilicity values may include: asparagine and glutamine; and serine and threonine. Amino acids with uncharged side chains having similar hydrophilicity values may include: leucine, isoleucine, and valine; glycine and alanine; and phenylalanine and tyrosine.
  • The terms “amino acid” and “amino acid sequence” refer to an oligopeptide, peptide, polypeptide, or protein sequence, or a fragment of any of these, and to naturally occurring or synthetic molecules. Where “amino acid sequence” is recited to refer to a sequence of a naturally occurring protein molecule, “amino acid sequence” and like terms are not meant to limit the amino acid sequence to the complete native amino acid sequence associated with the recited protein molecule.
  • “Amplification” relates to the production of additional copies of a nucleic acid sequence. Amplification is generally carried out using polymerase chain reaction (PCR) technologies well known in the art.
  • The term “antagonist” refers to a molecule which inhibits or attenuates the biological activity of PRTS. Antagonists may include proteins such as antibodies, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, small molecules, or any other compound or composition which modulates the activity of PRTS either by directly interacting with PRTS or by acting on components of the biological pathway in which PRTS participates.
  • The term “antibody” refers to intact immunoglobulin molecules as well as to fragments thereof, such as Fab, F(ab′)2, and Fv fragments, which are capable of binding an epitopic determinant. Antibodies that bind PRTS polypeptides can be prepared using intact polypeptides or using fragments containing small peptides of interest as the immunizing antigen. The polypeptide or oligopeptide used to immunize an animal (e.g., a mouse, a rat, or a rabbit) can be derived from the translation of RNA, or synthesized chemically, and can be conjugated to a carrier protein if desired. Commonly used carriers that are chemically coupled to peptides include bovine serum albumin, thyroglobulin, and keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH). The coupled peptide is then used to immunize the animal.
  • The term “antigenic determinant” refers to that region of a molecule (i.e., an epitope) that makes contact with a particular antibody. When a protein or a fragment of a protein is used to immunize a host animal, numerous regions of the protein may induce the production of antibodies which bind specifically to antigenic determinants (particular regions or three dimensional structures on the protein). An antigenic determinant may compete with the intact antigen (i.e., the immunogen used to elicit the immune response) for binding to an antibody.
  • The term “antisense” refers to any composition capable of base-pairing with the “sense” (coding) strand of a specific nucleic acid sequence. Antisense compositions may include DNA; RNA; peptide nucleic acid (PNA); oligonucleotides having modified backbone linkages such as phosphorothioates, methylphosphonates, or benzylphosphonates; oligonucleotides having modified sugar groups such as 2′-methoxyethyl sugars or 2′-methoxyethoxy sugars; or oligonucleotides having modified bases such as 5-methyl cytosine, 2′-deoxyuracil, or 7-deaza-2′-deoxyguanosine. Antisense molecules may be produced by any method including chemical synthesis or transcription. Once introduced into a cell, the complementary antisense molecule base-pairs with a naturally occurring nucleic acid sequence produced by the cell to form duplexes which block either transcription or translation. The designation “negative” or “minus” can refer to the antisense strand, and the designation “positive” or “plus” can refer to the sense strand of a reference DNA molecule.
  • The term “biologically active” refers to a protein having structural, regulatory, or biochemical functions of a naturally occurring molecule. Likewise, “immunologically active” or “immunogenic” refers to the capability of the natural, recombinant, or synthetic PRTS, or of any oligopeptide thereof, to induce a specific immune response in appropriate animals or cells and to bind with specific antibodies.
  • “Complementary” describes the relationship between two single-stranded nucleic acid sequences that anneal by base-pairing. For example, 5′-AGT-3′ pairs with its complement, 3′-TCA-5′.
  • A “composition comprising a given polynucleotide sequence” and a “composition comprising a given amino acid sequence” refer broadly to any composition containing the given polynucleotide or amino acid sequence. The composition may comprise a dry formulation or an aqueous solution. Compositions comprising polynucleotide sequences encoding PRTS or fragments of PRTS may be employed as hybridization probes. The probes may be stored in freeze-dried form and may be associated with a stabilizing agent such as a carbohydrate. In hybridizations, the probe may be deployed in an aqueous solution containing salts (e.g., NaCl), detergents (e.g., sodium dodecyl sulfate; SDS), and other components (e.g., Denhardt's solution, dry milk salmon sperm DNA, etc.).
  • “Consensus sequence” refers to a nucleic acid sequence which has been subjected to repeated DNA sequence analysis to resolve uncalled bases, extended using the XL-PCR kit (Applied Biosystems, Foster City Calif.) in the 5′ and/or the 3′ direction, and resequenced, or which has been assembled from one or more overlapping cDNA, EST, or genomic DNA fragments using a computer program for fragment assembly, such as the GELVIEW fragment assembly system (GCG, Madison Wis.) or Phrap (University of Washington, Seattle Wash.). Some sequences have been both extended and assembled to produce the consensus sequence.
  • “Conservative amino acid substitutions” are those substitutions that are predicted to least interfere with the properties of the original protein, i.e., the structure and especially the function of the protein is conserved and not significantly changed by such substitutions. The table below shows amino acids which may be substituted for an original amino acid in a protein and which are regarded as conservative amino acid substitutions.
    Original Residue Conservative Substitution
    Ala Gly, Ser
    Arg His, Lys
    Asn Asp, Gln, His
    Asp Asn, Glu
    Cys Ala, Ser
    Gln Asn, Glu, His
    Glu Asp, Gln, His
    Gly Ala
    His Asn, Arg, Gln, Glu
    Ile Leu, Val
    Leu Ile, Val
    Lys Arg, Gln, Glu
    Met Leu, Ile
    Phe His, Met, Leu, Trp, Tyr
    Ser Cys, Thr
    Thr Ser, Val
    Trp Phe, Tyr
    Tyr His, Phe, Trp
    Val Ile, Leu, Thr
  • Conservative amino acid substitutions generally maintain (a) the structure of the polypeptide backbone in the area of the substitution for example, as a beta sheet or alpha helical conformation, (b) the charge or hydrophobicity of the molecule at the site of the substitution, and/or (c) the bulk of the side chain.
  • A “deletion” refers to a change in the amino acid or nucleotide sequence that results in the absence of one or more amino acid residues or nucleotides.
  • The term “derivative” refers to a chemically modified polynucleotide or polypeptide. Chemical modifications of a polynucleotide can include, for example, replacement of hydrogen by an alkyl, acyl, hydroxyl, or amino group. A derivative polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide which retains at least one biological or immunological function of the natural molecule. A derivative polypeptide is one modified by glycosylation, pegylation, or any similar process that retains at least one biological or immunological function of the polypeptide from which it was derived.
  • A “detectable label” refers to a reporter molecule or enzyme that is capable of generating a measurable signal and is covalently or noncovalently joined to a polynucleotide or polypeptide.
  • “Differential expression” refers to increased or upregulated; or decreased, downregulated, or absent gene or protein expression, determined by comparing at least two different samples. Such comparisons may be carried out between, for example, a treated and an untreated sample, or a diseased and a normal sample.
  • “Exon shuffling” refers to the recombination of different coding regions (exons). Since an exon may represent a structural or functional domain of the encoded protein, new proteins may be assembled through the novel reassortment of stable substructures, thus allowing acceleration of the evolution of new protein functions.
  • A “fragment” is a unique portion of PRTS or the polynucleotide encoding PRTS which is identical in sequence to but shorter in length than the parent sequence. A fragment may comprise up to the entire length of the defined sequence, minus one nucleotide/amino acid residue. For example, a fragment may comprise from 5 to 1000 contiguous nucleotides or amino acid residues. A fragment used as a probe, primer, antigen, therapeutic molecule, or for other purposes, may be at least 5, 10, 15, 16, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 75, 100, 150, 250 or at least 500 contiguous nucleotides or amino acid residues in length. Fragments may be preferentially selected from certain regions of a molecule. For example, a polypeptide fragment may comprise a certain length of contiguous amino acids selected from the first 250 or 500 amino acids (or first 25% or 50%) of a polypeptide as shown in a certain defined sequence. Clearly these lengths are exemplary, and any length that is supported by the specification, including the Sequence Listing, tables, and figures, may be encompassed by the present embodiments.
  • A fragment of SEQ ID NO:18-34 comprises a region of unique polynucleotide sequence that specifically identifies SEQ ID NO:18-34, for example, as distinct from any other sequence in the genome from which the fragment was obtained. A fragment of SEQ ID NO:18-34 is useful, for example, in hybridization and amplification technologies and in analogous methods that distinguish SEC ID NO:18-34 from related polynucleotide sequences. The precise length of a fragment of SEQ ID NO:18-34 and the region of SEQ ID NO:18-34 to which the fragment corresponds are routinely determinable by one of ordinary skill in the art based on the intended purpose for the fragment.
  • A fragment of SEQ ID NO:1-17 is encoded by a fragment of SEQ ID NO:18-34. A fragment of SEQ ID NO:1-17 comprises a region of unique amino acid sequence that specifically identifies SEQ ID NO:1-17. For example, a fragment of SEQ ID NO:1-17 is useful as an immunogenic peptide for the development of antibodies that specifically recognize SEQ ID NO:1-17. The precise length of a fragment of SEQ ID NO:1-17 and the region of SEQ ID NO:1-17 to which the fragment corresponds are routinely determinable by one of ordinary slain in the art based on the intended purpose for the fragment.
  • A “full length” polynucleotide sequence is one containing at least a translation initiation codon (e.g., methionine) followed by an open reading frame and a translation termination codon. A “full length” polynucleotide sequence encodes a “full length” polypeptide sequence.
  • “Homology” refers to sequence similarity or, interchangeably, sequence identity, between two or more polynucleotide sequences or two or more polypeptide sequences.
  • The terms “percent identity” and “% identity,” as applied to polynucleotide sequences, refer to the percentage of residue matches between at least two polynucleotide sequences aligned using a standardized algorithm. Such an algorithm may insert, in a standardized and reproducible way, gaps in the sequences being compared in order to optimize alignment between two sequences, and therefore achieve a more meaningful comparison of the two sequences.
  • Percent identity between polynucleotide sequences may be determined using the default parameters of the CLUSTAL V algorithm as incorporated into the MEGALIGN version 3.12e sequence alignment program. This program is part of the LASERGENE software package, a suite of molecular biological analysis programs (DNASTAR, Madison Wis.). CLUSTAL V is described in Higgins, D. G. and P. M. Sharp (1989) CABIOS 5:151-153 and in Higgins, D. G. et al. (1992) CABIOS 8:189-191. For pairwise alignments of polynucleotide sequences, the default parameters are set as follows: Ktuple=2, gap penalty=5, window=4, and “diagonals saved”=4. The “weighted” residue weight table is selected as the default. Percent identity is reported by CLUSTAL V as the “percent similarity” between aligned polynucleotide, sequences.
  • Alternatively, a suite of commonly used and freely available sequence comparison algorithms is provided by the National Center for Biotechnology Information (NCBI) Basic Local Alignment Search Tool (BLAST) (Altschul, S. F. et al. (1990) J. Mol. Biol. 215:403-410), which is available from several sources, including the NCBI, Bethesda, Md., and on the Internet at http://www.ncbi.nlm.nhi.gov/BLAST/. The BLAST software suite includes various sequence analysis programs including “blastn,” that is used to align a known polynucleotide sequence with other polynucleotide sequences from a variety of databases. Also available is a tool called “BLAST 2 Sequences” that is used for direct pairwise comparison of two nucleotide sequences. “BLAST 2 Sequences” can be accessed and used interactively at http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/gorf/b12.html. The “BLAST 2 Sequences” tool can be used for both blastn and blastp (discussed below). BLAST programs are commonly used with gap and other parameters set to default settings. For example, to compare two nucleotide sequences, one may use blastn with the “BLAST 2 Sequences” tool Version 2.0.12 (Apr. 21, 2000) set at default parameters. Such default parameters may be, for example:
      • Matrix: BLOSUM62
      • Reward for match: 1
      • Penalty for mismatch: −2
      • Open Gap: 5 and Extension Gap: 2 penalties
      • Gap×drop-off: 50
      • Expect: 10
      • Word Size: 11
      • Filter: on
  • Percent identity may be measured over the length of an entire defined sequence, for example, as defined by a particular SEQ ED number, or may be measured over a shorter length, for example, over the length of a fragment taken from a larger, defined sequence, for instance, a fragment of at least 20, at least 30, at least 40, at least 50, at least 70, at least 100, or at least 200 contiguous nucleotides. Such lengths are exemplary only, and it is understood that any fragment length supported by the sequences shown herein, in the tables, figures, or Sequence Listing, may be used to describe a length over which percentage identity may be measured.
  • Nucleic acid sequences that do not show a high degree of identity may nevertheless encode similar amino acid sequences due to the degeneracy of the genetic code. It is understood that changes in a nucleic acid sequence can be made using this degeneracy to produce multiple nucleic acid sequences that all encode substantially the same protein.
  • The phrases “percent identity” and “% identity,” as applied to polypeptide sequences, refer to the percentage of residue matches between at least two polypeptide sequences aligned using a standardized algorithm. Methods of polypeptide sequence alignment are well-known. Some alignment methods take into account conservative amino acid substitutions. Such conservative substitutions, explained in more detail above, generally preserve the charge and hydrophobicity at the site of substitution, thus preserving the structure (and therefore function) of the polypeptide.
  • Percent identity between polypeptide sequences may be determined using the default parameters of the CLUSTAL V algorithm as incorporated into the MEGALIGN version 3.12e sequence alignment program (described and referenced above). For pairwise alignments of polypeptide sequences using CLUSTAL V, the default parameters are set as follows: Ktuple=1, gap penalty=3, window=5, and “diagonals saved”=5. The PAM250 matrix is selected as the default residue weight table. As with polynucleotide alignments, the percent identity is reported by CLUSTAL V as the “percent similarity” between aligned polypeptide sequence pairs.
  • Alternatively the NCBI BLAST software suite may be used. For example, for a pairwise comparison of two polypeptide sequences, one may use the “BLAST 2 Sequences” tool Version 2.0.12 (Apr. 21, 2000) with blastp set at default parameters. Such default parameters may be, for example:
      • Matrix: BLOSUM62
      • Open Gap: 11 and Extension Gap: 1 penalties
      • Gap×drop-off: 50
      • Expect: 10
      • Word Size: 3
      • Filter: on
  • Percent identity may be measured over the length of an entire defined polypeptide sequence, for example, as defined by a particular SEQ ID number, or may be measured over a shorter length, for example, over the length of a fragment taken from a larger, defined polypeptide sequencer, for instance, a fragment of at least 15, at least 20, at least 30, at least 40, at least 50, at least 70 or at least 150 contiguous residues. Such lengths are exemplary only, and it is understood that any fragment length supported by the sequences shown herein, in the tables, figures or Sequence Listing, may be used to describe a length over which percentage identity may be measured.
  • “Human artificial chromosomes” (HACs) are linear microchromosomes which may contain DNA sequences of about 6 kb to 10 Mb in size and which contain all of the elements required for chromosome replication, segregation and maintenance.
  • The term “humanized antibody” refers to an antibody molecule in which the amino acid sequence in the non-antigen binding regions has been altered so that the antibody more closely resembles a human antibody, and still retains its original binding ability.
  • Hybridization” refers to the process by which a polynucleotide strand anneals with a complementary strand through base pairing under defined hybridization conditions. Specific hybridization is an indication that two nucleic acid sequences share a high degree of complementarity. Specific hybridization complexes form under permissive annealing conditions and remain hybridized after the “washing” step(s). The washing step(s) is particularly important in determining the stringency of the hybridization process, with more stringent conditions allowing less non-specific binding, i.e., binding between pairs of nucleic acid strands that are not perfectly matched. Permissive conditions for annealing of nucleic acid sequences are routinely determinable by one of ordinary skill in the art and may be consistent among hybridization experiments, whereas wash conditions may be varied among experiments to achieve the desired stringency, and therefore hybridization specificity. Permissive annealing conditions occur, for example, at 68° C. in the presence of about 6×SSC, about 1% (w/v) SDS, and about 100 μg/ml sheared, denatured salmon sperm DNA.
  • Generally, stringency of hybridization is expressed, in part, with reference to the temperature under which the wash step is carried out. Such wash temperatures are typically selected to be about 5° C. to 20° C. lower than the thermal melting point (Tm) for the specific sequence at a defined ionic strength and pH. The Tm is the temperature (under defined ionic strength and pH) at which 50% of the target sequence hybridizes to a perfectly matched probe. An equation for calculating Tm and conditions for nucleic acid hybridization are well known and can be found in Sambrook, J. et al. (1989) Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2nd ed., vol. 1-3, Cold Spring Harbor Press, Plainview N.Y.; specifically see volume 2, chapter 9.
  • High stringency conditions for hybridization between polynucleotides of the present invention include wash conditions of 68° C. in the presence of about 0.2×SSC and about 0.1% SDS, for 1 hour. Alternatively, temperatures of about 65° C., 60° C., 55° C., or 42° C. may be used. SSC concentration may be varied from about 0.1 to 2×SSC, with SDS being present at about 0.1%. Typically, blocking reagents are used to block non-specific hybridization. Such blocking reagents include, for instance, sheared and denatured salmon sperm DNA at about 100-200 μg/ml. Organic solvent, such as formamide at a concentration of about 35-50% v/v, may also be used under particular circumstances, such as for RNA:DNA hybridizations. Useful variations on these wash conditions will be readily apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art. Hybridization, particularly under high stringency conditions, may be suggestive of evolutionary similarity between the nucleotides. Such similarity is strongly indicative of a similar role for the nucleotides and their encoded polypeptides.
  • The term “hybridization complex” refers to a complex formed between two nucleic acid sequences by virtue of the formation of hydrogen bonds between complementary bases. A hybridization complex may be formed in solution (e.g., C0t or R0t analysis) or formed between one nucleic acid sequence present in solution and another nucleic acid sequence immobilized on a solid support (e.g., paper, membranes, filters, chips, pins or glass slides, or any other appropriate substrate to which cells or their nucleic acids have been fixed).
  • The words “insertion” and “addition” refer to changes in an amino acid or nucleotide sequence resulting in the addition of one or more amino acid residues or nucleotides, respectively.
  • “Immune response” can refer to conditions associated with inflammation, trauma, immune disorders, or infectious or genetic disease, etc. These conditions can be characterized by expression of various factors, e.g., cytokines, chemokines, and other signaling molecules, which may affect cellular and systemic defense systems.
  • An “immunogenic fragment” is a polypeptide or oligopeptide fragment of PRTS which is capable of eliciting an immune response when introduced into a living organism, for example, a mammal. The term “immunogenic fragment” also includes any polypeptide or oligopeptide fragment of PRTS which is useful in any of the antibody production methods disclosed herein or known in the art.
  • The term “microarray” refers to an arrangement of a plurality of polynucleotides, polypeptides, or other chemical compounds on a substrate.
  • The terms “element” and “array element” refer to a polynucleotide, polypeptide, or other chemical compound having a unique and defined position on a microarray.
  • The term “modulate” refers to a change in the activity of PRTS. For example, modulation may cause an increase or a decrease in protein activity, binding characteristics, or any other biological, functional, or immunological properties of PRTS.
  • The phrases “nucleic acid” and “nucleic acid sequence” refer to a nucleotide, oligonucleotide, polynucleotide, or any fragment thereof. These phrases also refer to DNA or RNA of genomic or synthetic origin which may be single-stranded or double-stranded and may represent the sense or the antisense strand, to peptide nucleic acid (PNA), or to any DNA-like or RNA-like material.
  • “Operably linked” refers to the situation in which a first nucleic acid sequence is placed in a functional relationship with a second nucleic acid sequence. For instance, a promoter is operably linked to a coding sequence if the promoter affects the transcription or expression of the coding sequence. Operably linked DNA sequences may be in close proximity or contiguous and, where necessary to join two protein coding regions, in the same reading frame.
  • “Peptide nucleic acid” (PNA) refers to an antisense molecule or anti-gene agent which comprises an oligonucleotide of at least about 5 nucleotides in length linked to a peptide backbone of amino acid residues ending in lysine. The terminal lysine confers solubility to the composition. PNAs preferentially bind complementary single stranded DNA or RNA and stop transcript elongation, and may be pegylated to extend their lifespan in the cell.
  • “Post-translational modification” of an PRTS may involve lipidation, glycosylation, phosphorylation, acetylation, racemization, proteolytic cleavage, and other modifications known in the art. These processes may occur synthetically or biochemically. Biochemical modifications will vary by cell type depending on the enzymatic milieu of PRTS.
  • “Probe” refers to nucleic acid sequences encoding PRTS, their complements, or fragments thereof, which are used to detect identical, allelic or related nucleic acid sequences. Probes are isolated oligonucleotides or polynucleotides attached to a detectable label or reporter molecule. Typical labels include radioactive isotopes, ligands, chemiluminescent agents, and enzymes. “Primers” are short nucleic acids, usually DNA oligonucleotides, which may be annealed to a target polynucleotide by complementary base-pairing. The primer may then be extended along the target DNA strand by a DNA polymerase enzyme. Primer pairs can be used for amplification (and identification) of a nucleic acid sequence, e.g., by the polymerase chain reaction (PCR).
  • Probes and primers as used in the present invention typically comprise at least 15 contiguous nucleotides of a known sequence. In order to enhance specificity, longer probes and primers may also be employed, such as probes and primers that comprise at least 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, or at least 150 consecutive nucleotides of the disclosed nucleic acid sequences. Probes and primers may be considerably longer than these examples, and it is understood that any length supported by the specification, including the tables, figures, and Sequence Listing, may be used.
  • Methods for preparing and using probes and primers are described in the references, for example Sambrook, J. et al. (1989) Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2nd ed., vol. 1-3, Cold Spring Harbor Press, Plainview N.Y.; Ausubel, F. M. et al. (1987) Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Greene Publ. Assoc. & Wiley-Intersciences, New York N.Y.; Innis, M. et al. (1990) PCR Protocols, A Guide to Methods and Applications, Academic Press, San Diego Calif. PCR primer pairs can be derived from a known sequence, for example, by using computer programs intended for that purpose such as Primer (Version 0.5, 1991, Whitehead Institute for Biomedical Research, Cambridge Mass.).
  • Oligonucleotides for use as primers are selected using software known in the art for such purpose. For example, OLIGO 4.06 software is useful for the selection of PCR primer pairs of up to 100 nucleotides each, and for the analysis of oligonucleotides and larger polynucleotides of up to 5,000 nucleotides from an input polynucleotide sequence of up to 32 kilobases. Similar primer selection programs have incorporated additional features for expanded capabilities. For example, the PrimOU primer selection program (available to the public from the Genome Center at University of Texas South West Medical Center, Dallas Tex.) is capable of choosing specific primers from megabase sequences and is thus useful for designing primers on a genome-wide scope. The Primer3 primer selection program (available to the public from the Whitehead Institute/MIT Center for Genome Research, Cambridge Mass.) allows the user to input a “mispriming library,” in which sequences to avoid as primer binding sites are user-specified. Primer3 is useful, in particular, for the selection of oligonucleotides for microarrays. (The source code for the latter two primer selection programs may also be obtained from their respective sources and modified to meet the user's specific needs.) The PrimeGen program (available to the public from the UK Human Genome Mapping Project Resource Centre, Cambridge UK) designs primers based on multiple sequence alignments, thereby allowing selection of primers that hybridize to either the most conserved or least conserved regions of aligned nucleic acid sequences. Hence, this program is useful for identification of both unique and conserved oligonucleotides and polynucleotide fragments. The oligonucleotides and polynucleotide fragments identified by any of the above selection methods are useful in hybridization technologies, for example, as PCR or sequencing primers, microarray elements, or specific probes to identify fully or partially complementary polynucleotides in a sample of nucleic acids. Methods of oligonucleotide selection are not limited to those described above.
  • A “recombinant nucleic acid” is a sequence that is not naturally occurring or has a sequence that is made by an artificial combination of two or more otherwise separated segments of sequence. This artificial combination is often accomplished by chemical synthesis or, more commonly, by the artificial manipulation of isolated segments of nucleic acids, e.g., by genetic engineering techniques such as those described in Sambrook, supra. The term recombinant includes nucleic acids that have been altered solely by addition, substitution, or deletion of a portion of the nucleic acid. Frequently, a recombinant nucleic acid may include a nucleic acid sequence operably linked to a promoter sequence. Such a recombinant nucleic acid may be part of a vector that is used, for example, to transform a cell.
  • Alternatively, such recombinant nucleic acids may be part of a viral vector, e.g., based on a vaccinia virus, that could be use to vaccinate a mammal wherein the recombinant nucleic acid is expressed, inducing a protective immunological response in the mammal.
  • A “regulatory element” refers to a nucleic acid sequence usually derived from untranslated regions of a gene and includes enhancers, promoters, introns, and 5′ and 3′ untranslated regions (UTRs). Regulatory elements interact with host or viral proteins which control transcription, translation, or RNA stability.
  • “Reporter molecules” are chemical or biochemical moieties used for labeling a nucleic acid, amino acid, or antibody. Reporter molecules include radionuclides; enzymes; fluorescent, chemiluminescent, or chromogenic agents; substrates; cofactors; inhibitors; magnetic particles; and other moieties known in the art.
  • An “RNA equivalent,” in reference to a DNA sequence, is composed of the same linear sequence of nucleotides as the reference DNA sequence with the exception that all occurrences of the nitrogenous base thymine are replaced with uracil, and the sugar backbone is composed of ribose instead of deoxyribose.
  • The term “sample” is used in its broadest sense. A sample suspected of containing PRTS, nucleic acids encoding PRTS, or fragments thereof may comprise a bodily fluid; an extract from a cell, chromosome, organelle, or membrane isolated from a cell; a cell; genomic DNA, RNA, or cDNA, in solution or bound to a substrate; a tissue; a tissue print; etc.
  • The terms “specific binding” and “specifically binding” refer to that interaction between a protein or peptide and an agonist, an antibody, an antagonist, a small molecule, or any natural or synthetic binding composition. The interaction is dependent upon the presence of a particular structure of the protein, e.g., the antigenic determinant or epitope, recognized by the binding molecule. For example, if an antibody is specific for epitope “A,” the presence of a polypeptide comprising the epitope A, or the presence of free unlabeled A, in a reaction containing free labeled A and the antibody will reduce the amount of labeled A that binds to the antibody.
  • The term “substantially purified” refers to nucleic acid or amino acid sequences that are removed from their natural environment and are isolated or separated, and are at least 60% free, preferably at least 75% free, and most preferably at least 90% free from other components with which they are naturally associated.
  • A “substitution” refers, to the replacement of one or more amino acid residues or nucleotides by different amino acid residues or nucleotides, respectively.
  • “Substrate” refers to any suitable rigid or semi-rigid support including membranes, filters, chips, slides, wafers, fibers, magnetic or nonmagnetic beads, gels, tubing, plates, polymers, microparticles and capillaries. The substrate can have a variety of surface forms, such as wells, trenches, pins, channels and pores, to which polynucleotides or polypeptides are bound.
  • A “transcript image” refers to the collective pattern of gene expression by a particular cell type or tissue under given conditions at a given time.
  • “Transformation” describes a process by which exogenous DNA is introduced into a recipient cell. Transformation may occur under natural or artificial conditions according to various methods well known in the art, and may rely on any known method for the insertion of foreign nucleic acid sequences into a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cell. The method for transformation is selected based on the type of host cell being transformed and may include, but is not limited to, bacteriophage or viral infection, electroporation, heat shock, lipofection, and particle bombardment. The term “transformed cells” includes stably transformed cells in which the inserted DNA is capable of replication either as an autonomously replicating plasmid or as part of the host chromosome, as well as transiently transformed cells which express the inserted DNA or RNA for limited periods of time.
  • A “transgenic organism,” as used herein, is any organism, including but not limited to animals and plants, in which one or more of the cells of the organism contains heterologous nucleic acid introduced by way of human intervention, such as by transgenic techniques well known in the art. The nucleic acid is introduced into the cell, directly or indirectly by introduction into a precursor of the cell by way of deliberate genetic manipulation, such as by microinjection or by infection with a recombinant virus. The term genetic manipulation does not include classical cross-breeding, or in vitro fertilization, but rather is directed to the introduction of a recombinant DNA molecule. The transgenic organisms contemplated in accordance with the present invention include bacteria, cyanobacteria, fungi, plants and animals. The isolated DNA of the present invention can be introduced into the host by methods known in the art, for example infection, transfection, transformation or transconjugation. Techniques for transferring the DNA of the present invention into such organisms are widely known and provided in references such as Sambrook et al. (1989), supra.
  • A “variant” of a particular nucleic acid sequence is defined as a nucleic acid sequence having at least 40% sequence identity to the particular nucleic acid sequence over a certain length of one of the nucleic acid sequences using blast with the “BLAST 2 Sequences” tool Version 2.0.9 (May 7, 1999) set at default parameters. Such a pair of nucleic acids may show, for example, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% or greater sequence identity over a certain defined length. A variant may be described as, for example, an “allelic” (as defined above), “splice,” “species,” or “polymorphic” variant. A splice variant may have significant identity to a reference molecule, but will generally have a greater or lesser number of polynucleotides due to alternate splicing of exons during mRNA processing. The corresponding polypeptide may possess additional functional domains or lack domains that are present in the reference molecule. Species variants are polynucleotide sequences that vary from one species to another. The resulting polypeptides will generally have significant amino acid identity relative to each other. A polymorphic variant is a variation in the polynucleotide sequence of a particular gene between individuals of a given species. Polymorphic variants also may encompass “single nucleotide polymorphisms” (SNPs) in which the polynucleotide sequence varies by one nucleotide base. The presence of SNPs may be indicative of, for example, a certain population, a disease state, or a propensity for a disease state.
  • A “variant” of a particular polypeptide sequence is defined as a polypeptide sequence having at least 40% sequence identity to the particular polypeptide sequence over a certain length of one of the polypeptide sequences using blastp with the “BLAST 2 Sequences” tool Version 2.0.9 (May 7, 1999) set at default parameters. Such a pair of polypeptides may show, for example, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% or greater sequence identity over a certain defined length of one of the polypeptides.
  • The Invention
  • The invention is based on the discovery of new human proteases (PRTS), the polynucleotides encoding PRTS, and the use of these compositions for the diagnosis, treatment, or prevention of gastrointestinal, cardiovascular, autoimmune/inflammatory, cell proliferative, developmental, epithelial, neurological, and reproductive disorders.
  • Table 1 summarizes the nomenclature for the full length polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences of the invention. Each polynucleotide and its corresponding polypeptide are correlated to a single Incyte project identification number (Incyte Project ID). Each polypeptide sequence is denoted by both a polypeptide sequence identification number (Polypeptide SEQ ID NO:) and an Incyte polypeptide sequence number (Incyte Polypeptide ID) as shown. Each polynucleotide sequence is denoted by both a polynucleotide sequence identification number (Polynucleotide SEQ ID NO:) and an Incyte polynucleotide consensus sequence number (Incyte Polynucleotide ID) as shown.
  • Table 2 shows sequences with homology to the polypeptides of the invention as identified by BLAST analysis against the GenBank protein (genpept) database. Columns 1 and 2 show the polypeptide sequence identification number (Polypeptide SEQ ID NO:) and the corresponding Incyte polypeptide sequence number (Incyte Polypeptide ID) for polypeptides of the invention Column 3 shows the GenBank: identification number (Genbank ID NO:) of the nearest GenBank homolog. Column 4 shows the probability score for the match between each polypeptide and its GenBank homolog. Column 5 shows the annotation of the GenBank homolog along with relevant citations where applicable, all of which are expressly incorporated by reference herein.
  • Table 3 shows various structural features of the polypeptides of the invention. Columns 1 and 2 show the polypeptide sequence identification number (SEQ ID NO:) and the corresponding Incyte polypeptide sequence number (Incyte Polypeptide ID) for each polypeptide of the invention. Column 3 shows the number of amino acid residues in each polypeptide. Column 4 shows potential phosphorylation sites, and column 5 shows potential glycosylation sites, as determined by the MOTIFS program of the GCG sequence analysis software package (Genetics Computer Group, Madison Wis.). Column 6 shows amino acid residues comprising signature sequences, domains, and motifs. Column 7 shows analytical methods for protein structure/function analysis and in some cases, searchable databases to which the analytical methods were applied.
  • Together, Tables 2 and 3 summarize the properties of polypeptides of the invention, and these properties establish that the claimed polypeptides are proteases. For example, SEQ ID NO:1 is 89% identical to a human preprocathepsin L precursor (GenBank ID g190418) as determined by the Basic Local Alignment Search Tool (BLAST). (See Table 2.) The BLAST probability score is 4.5e-169, which indicates the probability of obtaining the observed polypeptide sequence alignment by chance. SEQ ID NO:1 also contains a papain family cysteine protease active site domain as determined by searching for statistically significant matches in the hidden Markov model-based PFAM database of conserved protein family domains. (See Table 3.) The presence of this motif is confirmed by BLIPS, MOTIFS, and PROFILESCAN analyses, providing further corroborative evidence that SEQ ID NO:1 is a cysteine protease of the papain family. In an alternative example, SEQ ID NO:6 has 44% local identity to Xenopus ovochymase, a polyprotease of the trypsin family (GenBank ID g2981641), as determined by the Basic Local Alignment Search Tool (BLAST). (See Table 2.) The BLAST probability score is 6.4e-201, which indicates the probability of obtaining the observed polypeptide sequence alignment by chance. SEQ ID NO:6 contains a number of protease active site domains as determined by searching for statistically significant matches in the bidden Markov model (HMM)-based PFAM database of conserved protein family domains. (See Table 3.) The presence of these motifs is confirmed by BLIMPS, MOTIFS, and PROFILESCAN analyses. These analyses also reveal the presence of kringle and CUB domains, as well as a signal peptide. Together, these data provide further corroborative evidence that SEQ ID NO:6 is a serine protease of the trypsin family. In an alternative example, SEQ ID NO:10 is 50% identical to a human ubiquitin-specific processing protease (GenBank ID g6941888) as determined by the Basic Local Alignment Search Tool (BLAST). (See Table 2.) The BLAST probability score is 7.5e-273, which indicates the probability of obtaining the observed polypeptide sequence alignment by chance. SEQ ID NO:10 is also 51% identical to a murine ubiquitin-specific processing protease (GenBank ID g6941890) as determined by the BLAST analysis with a probability score of 4.0e-271. SEQ ID NO:10 also contains ubiquitin carboxyl-terminal hydrolase (i.e., ubiquitin-specific protease) domains as determined by searching for statistically significant matches in the hidden Markov model (HMM)-based PFAM database of conserved protein family domains. (See Table 3.) Data from BUMPS and MOTIFS analyses provide further corroborative evidence that SEQ ID NO:10 is a ubiquitin-specific protease. In an alternative example, SEQ ID NO:16 has 52% local identity to Xenopus ADAM13 (GenBank ID g1916617) as determined by the Basic Local Alignment Search Tool (BLAST). (See Table 2.) The BLAST probability score is 1.4e-198, which indicates the probability of obtaining the observed polypeptide sequence alignment by chance. SEQ ID NO:16 contains a reprolysin family neutral zinc protease active site domain, a reprolysin family propeptide, and a disintegrin domain signature as determined by searching for statistically significant matches in the hidden Markov model (HMM)-based PFAM database of conserved protein family domains. (See Table 3.) The presence of these domains is confirmed by BLIMPS, MOTIFS, and PROFILESCAN analyses, providing further corroborative evidence that SEQ ID NO:16 is a metalloprotease of the ADAM family. In an alternative example, SEQ ID NO:17 is 30% identical to the human zinc metalloprotease ADAMTS6 (GenBank ID g5923796) as determined by CLUSTAL V analysis, and 44% local identity, as determined by the Basic Local Alignment Search Tool (BLAST). (See Table 2.) The BLAST probability score is 9.1e-164, which indicates the probability of obtaining the observed polypeptide sequence alignment by chance. SEQ ID NO:17 also contains a zinc metalloprotease active site domain, a reprolysin family metalloprotease propeptide, and a type I thrombospondin domain as determined by searching for statistically significant matches in the hidden Markov model (HMM)-based PFAM database of conserved protein family domains. (See Table 3.) Data from BLIMPS analysis provide further corroborative evidence that SEQ ID NO:17 is a metalloprotease of the ADAMTS family. SEQ ID NO:2-5, SEQ ID NO:7-9, and SEQ ID NO: 11-15 were analyzed and annotated in a similar manner. The algorithms and parameters for the analysis of SEQ ID NO:1-17 are described in Table 7.
  • As shown in Table 4, the full length polynucleotide sequences of the present invention were assembled using cDNA sequences or coding (exon) sequences derived from genomic DNA, or any combination of these two types of sequences. Columns 1 and 2 list the polynucleotide sequence identification number (Polynucleotide SEQ ID NO:) and the corresponding Incyte polynucleotide consensus sequence number (Incyte Polynucleotide ID) for each polynucleotide of the invention. Column 3 shows the length of each polynucleotide sequence in basepairs. Column 4 lists fragments of the polynucleotide sequences which are useful for example, in hybridization or amplification technologies that identify SEQ ID NO:18-34 or that distinguish between SEQ ID NO:1-34 and related polynucleotide sequences. Column 5 shows identification numbers corresponding to cDNA sequences, coding sequences (exons) predicted from genomic DNA, and/or sequence assemblages comprised of both cDNA and genomic DNA. These sequences were used to assemble the full length polynucleotide sequences of the invention. Columns 6 and 7 of Table 4 show the nucleotide start (5′) and stop (3′) positions of the cDNA and/or genomic sequences in column 5 relative to their respective full length sequences.
  • The identification numbers in Column 5 of Table 4 may refer specifically, for example, to Incyte cDNAs along with their corresponding cDNA libraries. For example, 6917460H1 is the identification number of an Incyte cDNA sequence, and PLACFER06 is the cDNA library from which it is derived. Incyte cDNAs for which cDNA libraries are not indicated were derived from pooled cDNA libraries (e.g., 72004319V1). Alternatively, the identification numbers in column 5 may refer to GenBank cDNAs or ESTs (e.g., g1365166) which contributed to the assembly of the full length polynucleotide sequences. In addition, the identification numbers in column 5 may identify sequences derived from the ENSEMBL (The Sanger Centre, Cambridge, UK) database (Le., those sequences including the designation “ENST”). Alternatively, the identification numbers in column 5 may be derived from the NCBI RefSeq Nucleotide Sequence Records Database (i.e., those sequences including the designation “NM” or “NT”) or the NCBI RefSeq Protein Sequence Records (i.e., those sequences including the designation “NP”). Alternatively, the identification numbers in column 5 may refer to assemblages of both cDNA and Genscan-predicted exons brought together by an “exon stitching” algorithm. For example, FL_XXXXXX_N1—N2—YYYYY_N3—N4 represents a “stitched” sequence in which XXXXXX is the identification number of the cluster of sequences to which the algorithm was applied, and YYYYY is the number of the prediction generated by the algorithm, and N1, 2, 3, . . . , if present, represent specific exons that may have been manually edited during analysis (See Example V). Alternatively, the identification numbers in column 5 may refer to assemblages of exons brought together by an “exon-stretching” algorithm. For example, FLXXXXXX_gAAAAA_gBBBBB1_N is the identification number of a “stretched” sequence, with XXXXXX being the Incyte project identification number, gAAAAA being the GenBank identification number of the human genomic sequence to which the “exon-stretching” algorithm was applied, gBBBBB being the GenBank identification number or NCBI RefSeq identification number of the nearest GenBank protein homolog, and N referring to specific exons (See Example V). In instances where a RefSeq sequence was used as a protein homolog for the “exon-stretching” algorithm, a RefSeq identifier (denoted by “NM,” “NP,” or “NT”) may be used in place of the GenBank identifier (i.e., gBBBBB).
  • Alternatively, a prefix identifies component sequences that were hand-edited, predicted from genomic DNA sequences, or derived from a combination of sequence analysis methods. The following Table lists examples of component sequence prefixes and corresponding sequence analysis methods associated with the prefixes (see Example IV and Example V).
    Prefix Type of analysis and/or examples of programs
    GNN, Exon prediction from genomic sequences using, for example,
    GFG, GENSCAN (Stanford University, CA, USA) or FGENES
    ENST (Computer Genomics Group, The Sanger Centre, Cambridge,
    UK)
    GBI Hand-edited analysis of genomic sequences.
    FL Stitched or stretched genomic sequences (see Example V).
    INCY Full length transcript and exon prediction from mapping of EST
    sequences to the genome. Genomic location and EST
    composition data are combined to predict the exons and
    resulting transcript.
  • In some cases, Incyte cDNA coverage redundant with the sequence coverage shown in column 5 was obtained to confirm the final consensus polynucleotide sequence, but the relevant Incyte cDNA identification numbers are not shown.
  • Table 5 shows the representative cDNA libraries for those full length polynucleotide sequences which were assembled using Incyte cDNA sequences. The representative cDNA library is the Incyte cDNA library which is most frequently represented by the Incyte cDNA sequences which were used to assemble and confirm the above polynucleotide sequences. The tissues and vectors which were used to construct the cDNA libraries shown in Table 5 are described in Table 6.
  • The invention also encompasses PRTS variants. A preferred PRTS variant is one which has at least about 80%, or alternatively at least about 90%, or even at least about 95% amino acid sequence identity to the PRTS amino acid sequence, and which contains at least one functional or structural characteristic of PRTS.
  • The invention also encompasses polynucleotides which encode PRTS. In a particular embodiment, the invention encompasses a polynucleotide sequence comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:18-34, which encodes PRTS. The polynucleotide sequences of SEQ ID NO:18-34, as presented in the Sequence Listing, embrace the equivalent RNA sequences, wherein occurrences of the nitrogenous base thymine are replaced with uracil and the sugar backbone is composed of ribose instead of deoxyribose.
  • The invention also encompasses a variant of a polynucleotide sequence encoding PRTS. In particular, such a variant polynucleotide sequence will have at least about 70%, or alternatively at least about 85%, or even at least about 95% polynucleotide sequence identity to the polynucleotide sequence encoding PRTS. A particular aspect of the invention encompasses a variant of a polynucleotide sequence comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:18-34 which has at least about 70%, or alternatively at least about 85%, or even at least about 95% polynucleotide sequence identity to a nucleic acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:18-34. Any one of the polynucleotide variants described above can encode an amino acid sequence which contains at least one functional or structural characteristic of PRTS.
  • It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that as a result of the degeneracy of the genetic code, a multitude of polynucleotide sequences encoding PRTS, some bearing minimal similarity to the polynucleotide sequences of any known and naturally occurring gene, may be produced. Thus, the invention contemplates each and every possible variation of polynucleotide sequence that could be made by selecting combinations based on possible codon choices. These combinations are made in accordance with the standard triplet genetic code as applied to the polynucleotide sequence of naturally occurring PRTS, and all such variations are to be considered as being specifically disclosed.
  • Although nucleotide sequences which encode PRTS and its variants are generally capable of hybridizing to the nucleotide sequence of the naturally occurring PRTS under appropriately selected conditions of stringency, it may be advantageous to produce nucleotide sequences encoding PRTS or its derivatives possessing a substantially different codon usage, e.g., inclusion of non-naturally occurring codons. Codons may be selected to increase the rate at which expression of the peptide occurs in a particular prokaryotic or eukaryotic host in accordance with the frequency with which particular codons are utilized by the host. Other reasons for substantially altering the nucleotide sequence encoding PRTS and its derivatives without altering the encoded amino acid sequences include the production of RNA transcripts having more desirable properties, such as a greater half-life, than transcripts produced from the naturally occurring sequence.
  • The invention also encompasses production of DNA sequences which encode PRTS and PRTS derivatives, or fragments thereof, entirely by synthetic chemistry. After production, the synthetic sequence may be inserted into any of the many available expression vectors and cell systems using reagents well known in the art. Moreover, synthetic chemistry may be used to introduce mutations into a sequence encoding PRTS or any fragment thereof.
  • Also encompassed by the invention are polynucleotide sequences that are capable of hybridizing to the claimed polynucleotide sequences, and, in particular, to those shown in SEQ ID NO:18-34 and fragments thereof under various conditions of stringency. (See, e.g., Wabl, G. M. and S. L. Berger (1987) Methods Enzymol. 152:399407; Kimmel, A. R. (1987) Methods Enzymol. 152:507-511.) Hybridization conditions, including annealing and wash conditions, are described in “Definitions.”
  • Methods for DNA sequencing are well known in the art and may be used to practice any of the embodiments of the invention. The methods may employ such enzymes as the Klenow fragment of DNA polymerase I, SEQUENASE (US Biochemical, Cleveland Ohio), Taq polymerase (Applied Biosystems), thermostable T7 polymerase (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech, Piscataway N.J.), or combinations of polymerases and proofreading exonucleases such as those found in the ELONGASE amplification system Life Technologies, Gaithersburg Md.). Preferably, sequence preparation is automated with machines such as the MICROLAB 2200 liquid transfer system (Hamilton, Reno Nev.), PTC200 thermal cycler (MJ Research, Watertown Mass.) and ABI CATALYST 800 thermal cycler (Applied Biosystems). Sequencing is then carried out using either the ABI 373 or 377 DNA sequencing system (Applied Biosystems), the MEGABACE 1000 DNA sequencing system (Molecular Dynamics, Sunnyvale Calif.), or other systems known in the art. The resulting sequences are analyzed using a variety of algorithms which are well known in the art (See, e.g., Ausubel, F. M. (1997) Short Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons, New York N.Y., unit 7.7; Meyers, R. A. (1995) Molecular Biology and Biotechnology, Wiley V C H, New York N.Y., pp. 856-853.)
  • The nucleic acid sequences encoding PRTS may be extended utilizing a partial nucleotide sequence and employing various PCR-based methods known in the art to detect upstream sequences, such as promoters and regulatory elements. For example, one method which may be employed, restriction-site PCR, uses universal and nested primers to amplify unknown sequence from genomic DNA within a cloning vector. (See, e.g., Sarkar, G. (1993) PCR Methods Applic. 2:318-322.) Another method, inverse PCR, uses primers that extend in divergent directions to amplify unknown sequence from a circularized template. The template is derived from restriction fragments comprising a known genomic locus and surrounding sequences. (See, e.g., Triglia, T. et al. (1988) Nucleic Acids Res. 16:8186.) A third method, capture PCR, involves PCR amplification of DNA fragments adjacent to known sequences in human and yeast artificial chromosome DNA. (See, e.g., Lagerstrom, M. et al. (1991) PCR Methods Applic. 1:111-119.) In this method, multiple restriction enzyme digestions and ligations may be used to insert an engineered double-stranded sequence into a region of unknown sequence before performing PCR. Other methods which may be used to retrieve unknown sequences are known in the art (See, e.g., Parker, J. D. et al. (1991) Nucleic Acids Res. 19-3055-3060). Additionally, one may use PCR, nested primers, and PROMOTERFINDER libraries (Clontech, Palo Alto Calif.) to walk genomic DNA. This procedure avoids the need to screen libraries and is useful in finding intron/exon junctions. For all PCR-based methods, primers may be designed using commercially available software, such as OLIGO 4.06 primer analysis software (National Biosciences, Plymouth Minn.) or another appropriate program, to be about 22 to 30 nucleotides in length, to have a GC content of about 50% or more, and to anneal to the template at temperatures of about 68° C. to 72° C.
  • When screening for full length cDNAs, it is preferable to use libraries that have been size-selected to include larger cDNAs. In addition, random-primed libraries, which often include sequences containing the 5′ regions of genes, are preferable for situations in which an oligo d(T) library does not yield a full-length cDNA. Genomic libraries may be useful for extension of sequence into 5′ non-transcribed regulatory regions.
  • Capillary electrophoresis systems which are commercially available may be used to analyze the size or confirm the nucleotide sequence of sequencing or PCR products. In particular, capillary sequencing may employ flowable polymers for electrophoretic separation, four different nucleotide-specific, laser-stimulated fluorescent dyes, and a charge coupled device camera for detection of the emitted wavelengths. Output/light intensity may be converted to electrical signal using appropriate software (e.g., GENOTYPER and SEQUENCE NAVIGATOR, Applied Biosystems), and the entire process from loading of samples to computer analysis and electronic data display may be computer controlled. Capillary electrophoresis is especially preferable for sequencing small DNA fragments which may be present in limited amounts in a particular sample.
  • In another embodiment of the invention, polynucleotide sequences or fragments thereof which encode PRTS may be cloned in recombinant DNA molecules that direct expression of PRTS, or fragments or functional equivalents thereof, in appropriate host cells. Due to the inherent degeneracy of the genetic code, other DNA sequences which encode substantially the same or a functionally equivalent amino acid sequence may be produced and used to express PRTS.
  • The nucleotide sequences of the present invention can be engineered using methods generally known in the art in order to alter PRTS-encoding sequences for a variety of purposes including, but not limited to, modification of the cloning, processing, and/or expression of the gene product DNA shuffling by random fragmentation and PCR reassembly of gene fragments and synthetic oligonucleotides may be used to engineer the nucleotide sequences. For example, oligonucleotide-mediated site-directed mutagenesis may be used to introduce mutations that create new restriction sites, alter glycosylation patterns, change codon preference, produce splice variants, and so forth.
  • The nucleotides of the present invention may be subjected to DNA shuffling techniques such as MOLECULARBREEDING (Maygen Inc., Santa Clara Calif.; described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,837,458; Chang, C.-C. et al. (1999) Nat. Biotechnol. 17:793-797; Christians, F. C. et al. (1999) Nat. Biotechnol. 17:259-264; and Crameri, A. et al. (1996) Nat. Biotechnol. 14:315-319) to alter or improve the biological properties of PRTS, such as its biological or enzymatic activity or its ability to bind to other molecules or compounds. DNA shuffling is a process by which a library of gene variants is produced using PCR-mediated recombination of gene fragments. The library is then subjected to selection or screening procedures that identify those gene variants with the desired properties. These preferred variants may then be pooled and further subjected to recursive rounds of DNA shuffling and selection/screening. Thus, genetic diversity is created through “artificial” breeding and rapid molecular evolution. For example, fragments of a single gene containing random point mutations may be recombined, screened, and then reshuffled until the desired properties are optimized. Alternatively, fragments of a given gene may be recombined with fragments of homologous genes in the same gene family, either from the same or different species, thereby maximizing the genetic diversity of multiple naturally occurring genes in a directed and controllable manner.
  • In another embodiment, sequences encoding PRTS may be synthesized, in whole or in part, using chemical methods well known in the arts (See, e.g., Caruthers, M. H. et al. (1980) Nucleic Acids Symp. Ser. 7:215-223; and Horn, T. et al. (1980) Nucleic Acids Symp. Ser. 7:225-232.) Alternatively, PRTS itself or a fragment thereof may be synthesized using chemical methods. For example, peptide synthesis can be performed using various solution-phase or solid-phase techniques. (See, e.g., Creighton, T. (1984) Proteins, Structures and Molecular Properties, W H Freeman, New York N.Y., pp. 55-60; and Roberge, J. Y. et al. (1995) Science 269:202-204.) Automated synthesis may be achieved using the ABI 431A peptide synthesizer (Applied Biosystems). Additionally, the amino acid sequence of PRTS, or any part thereof, may be altered during direct synthesis and/or combined with sequences from other proteins, or any part thereof, to produce a variant polypeptide or a polypeptide having a sequence of a naturally occurring polypeptide.
  • The peptide may be substantially purified by preparative high performance liquid chromatography. (See, e.g., Chiez, R. M. and F. Z. Regnier (1990) Methods Enzymol. 182:392-421.) The composition of the synthetic peptides may be confirmed by amino acid analysis or by sequencing. (See, e.g., Creighton, supra, pp. 28-53.)
  • In order to express a biologically active PRTS, the nucleotide sequences encoding PRTS or derivatives thereof may be inserted into an appropriate expression vector, i.e., a vector which contains the necessary elements for transcriptional and translational control of the inserted coding sequence in a suitable host. These elements include regulatory sequences, such as enhancers, constitutive and inducible promoters, and 5′ and 3′ untranslated regions in the vector and in polynucleotide sequences encoding PRTS. Such elements may vary in their strength and specificity. Specific initiation signals may also be used to achieve more efficient translation of sequences encoding PRTS. Such signals include the ATG initiation codon and adjacent sequences. e.g. the Kozak sequence. In cases where sequences encoding PRTS and its initiation codon and upstream regulatory sequences are inserted into the appropriate expression vector, no additional transcriptional or translational control signals may be needed. However, in cases where only coding sequence, or a fragment thereof, is inserted, exogenous translational control signals including an in-frame ATG initiation codon should be provided by the vector. Exogenous translational elements and initiation codons may be of various origins, both natural and synthetic. The efficiency of expression may be enhanced by the inclusion of enhancers appropriate for the particular host cell system used. (See, e.g., Scharf, D. et al. (1994) Results Probl. Cell Differ. 20:125-162.)
  • Methods which are well known to those skilled in the art may be used to construct expression vectors containing sequences encoding PRTS and appropriate transcriptional and translational control elements. These methods include in vitro recombinant DNA techniques, synthetic techniques, and in vivo genetic recombination. (See, e.g., Sambrook, J. et al. (1989) Molecular Cloning, A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Press, Plainview N.Y., ch. 4, 8, and 16-17; Ausubel, F. M. et al. (1995) Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons, New York N.Y., ch. 9, 13, and 16.)
  • A variety of expression vector/host systems may be utilized to contain and express sequences encoding PRTS. These include, but are not limited to, microorganisms such as bacteria transformed with recombinant bacteriophage, plasmid, or cosmid DNA expression vectors; yeast transformed with yeast expression vectors; insect cell systems infected with viral expression vectors (e.g., baculovirus); plant cell systems transformed with viral expression vectors (e.g., cauliflower mosaic virus, CaMV, or tobacco mosaic virus, TMV) or with bacterial expression vectors (e.g., Ti or pBR322 plasmids); or animal cell systems. (See, e.g., Sambrook, supra; Ausubel, supra; Van Heeke, G. and S. M. Schuster (1989) J. Biol. Chem. 264:5503-5509; Engelhard, E. K. et al. (1994) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91:3224-3227; Sandig, V. et al. (1996) Hum. Gene Ther. 7:1937-1945; Takamatsu, N. (1987) EMBO J. 6:307-311; The McGraw Hill Yearbook of Science and Technology (1992) McGraw Hill, New York N.Y., pp. 191-196; Logan, J. and T. Shenk (1984) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81:3655-3659; and Harrington, J. J. et al. (1997) Nat. Genet. 15:345-355.) Expression vectors derived from retroviruses, adenoviuses, or herpes or vaccinia viruses, or from various bacterial plasmids, may be used for delivery of nucleotide sequences to the targeted organ, tissue, or cell population. (See, e.g., Di Nicola, M. et al. (1998) Cancer Gen. Ther. 5(6):350-356; Yu, M. et al. (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90(13):6340-6344; Buller, R. M. et al. (1985) Nature 317(6040):813-815; McGregor, D. P, et al. (1994) Mol. Immunol. 31(3):219-226; and Verma, I. M. and N. Somia (1997) Nature 389:239-242.) The invention is not limited by the host cell employed.
  • In bacterial systems, a number of cloning and expression vectors may be selected depending upon the use intended for polynucleotide sequences encoding PRTS. For example, routine cloning, subcloning, and propagation of polynucleotide sequences encoding PRTS can be achieved using a multifunctional E. coli vector such as PBLUESCRIPT (Stratagene, La Jolla Calif.) or PSPORT1 plasmid (Life Technologies). Ligation of sequences encoding PRTS into the vector's multiple cloning site disrupts the lacZ gene, allowing a colorimetric screening procedure for identification of transformed bacteria containing recombinant molecules. In addition, these vectors may be useful for in vitro transcription, dideoxy sequencing, single strand rescue with helper phage, and creation of nested deletions in the cloned sequence. (See, e.g., Van Heeke, G. and S. M. Schuster (1989) J. Biol. Chem. 264:5503-5509.) When large quantities of PRTS are needed, e.g. for the production of antibodies, vectors which direct high level expression of PRTS may be used. For example, vectors containing the strong, inducible SP6 or T7 bacteriophage promoter may be used.
  • Yeast expression systems may be used for production of PRTS. A number of vectors containing constitutive or inducible promoters, such as alpha factor, alcohol oxidase, and PGH promoters, may be used in the yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae or Pichia pastoris. In addition, such vectors direct either the secretion or intracellular retention of expressed proteins and enable integration of foreign sequences into the host genome for stable propagation. (See, e.g., Ausubel, 1995, supra; Bitter, G. A. et al. (1987) Methods Enzymol. 153:516-544; and Scorer, C. A. et al. (1994) Bio/Technology 12:181-184.)
  • Plant systems may also be used for expression of PRTS. Transcription of sequences encoding PRTS may be driven by viral promoters, e.g., the 35S and 19S promoters of CaMV used alone or in combination with the omega leader sequence from TMV (Takamatsu, N. (1987) EMBO J. 6:307-311). Alternatively, plant promoters such as the small subunit of RUBISCO or heat shock promoters may be used. (See, e.g., Coruzzi G. et al. (1984) EMBO J. 3:1671-1680; Broglie, R. et al. (1984) Science 224:838-843; and Winter, J. et al. (1991) Results Probl. Cell Differ. 17:85-105.) These constructs can be introduced into plant cells by direct DNA transformation or pathogen-mediated transfection. (See, e.g., The McGraw Hill Yearbook of Science and Technology (1992) McGraw Hill, New York N.Y., pp. 191-196.)
  • In mammalian cells, a number of viral-based expression systems may be utilized. In cases where an adenovirus is used as an expression vector, sequences encoding PRTS may be ligated into an adenovirus transcription/translation complex consisting of the late promoter and tripartite leader sequence. Insertion in a non-essential E1 or E3 region of the viral genome may be used to obtain infective virus which expresses PRTS in host cells. (See, e.g., Logan, J. and T. Shenk (1984) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81:3655-3659.) In addition, transcription enhancers, such as the Rous sarcoma virus (RSV) enhancer, may be used to increase expression in mammalian host cells. SV40 or EBV-based vectors may also be used for high-level protein expression.
  • Human artificial chromosomes (HACs) may also be employed to deliver larger fragments of DNA than can be contained in and expressed from a plasmid. HACs of about 6 kb to 10 Mb are constructed and delivered via conventional delivery methods (liposomes, polycationic amino polymers, or vesicles) for therapeutic purposes. (See, e.g. Harrington, J. J. et al. (1997) Nat. Genet. 15:345-355.)
  • For long term production of recombinant proteins in mammalian systems, stable expression of PRTS in cell lines is preferred. For example, sequences encoding PRTS can be transformed into cell lines using expression vectors which may contain viral origins of replication and/or endogenous expression elements and a selectable marker gene on the same or on a separate vector. Following the introduction of the vector, cells may be allowed to grow for about 1 to 2 days in enriched media before being switched to selective media. The purpose of the selectable marker is to confer resistance to a selective agent, and its presence allows growth and recovery of cells which successfully express the introduced sequences. Resistant clones of stably transformed cells may be propagated using tissue culture techniques appropriate to the cell type.
  • Any number of selection systems may be used to recover transformed cell lines. These include, but are not limited to, the herpes simplex virus thymidine kinase and adenine phosphoribosyltransferase genes, for use in tk and apr cells, respectively. (See, e.g., Wigler, M. et al. (1977) Cell 11:223-232; Lowy, I. et al. (1980) Cell 22:817-823.) Also, antimetabolite, antibiotic, or herbicide resistance can be used as the basis for selection. For example, dhfr confers resistance to methotrexate; neo confers resistance to the aminoglycosides neomycin and G-418; and als and pat confer resistance to chlorsulfuron and phosphinotricin acetyltransferase, respectively. (See, e.g., Wigler, M. et al. (1980) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:3567-3570; Colbere-Garapin, F. et al. (1981) J. Mol. Biol. 150:1-14.) Additional selectable genes have been described e.g., trpB and hisD, which alter cellular requirements for metabolites. (See, e.g., Hartman, S. C. and R. C. Mulligan (1988) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:8047-8051.) Visible markers, e.g., anthocyanins, green fluorescent proteins (GFP; Clontech), β glucuronidase and its substrate β-glucuronide, or luciferase and its substrate luciferin may be used. These markers can be used not only to identify transformants, but also to quantify the amount of transient or stable protein expression attributable to a specific vector system. (See, e.g., Rhodes, C. A. (1995) Methods Mol. Biol. 55:121-131.)
  • Although the presence/absence of marker gene expression suggests that the gene of interest is also present, the presence and expression of the gene may need to be confirmed. For example, if the sequence encoding PRTS is inserted within a marker gene sequence, transformed cells containing sequences encoding PRTS can be identified by the absence of marker gene function. Alternatively, a marker gene can be placed in tandem with a sequence encoding PRTS under the control of a single promoter. Expression of the marker gene in response to induction or selection usually indicates expression of the tandem gene as well.
  • In general, host cells that contain the nucleic acid sequence encoding PRTS and that express PRTS may be identified by a variety of procedures known to those of skill in the art. These procedures include, but are not limited to, DNA-DNA or DNA-RNA hybridizations, PCR amplification, and protein bioassay or immunoassay techniques which include membrane, solution, or chip based technologies for the detection and/or quantification of nucleic acid or protein sequences.
  • Immunological methods for detecting and measuring the expression of PRTS using either specific polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies are known in the art Examples of such techniques include enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs), radioimmunoassays (RIAs), and fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS). A two-site, monoclonal-based immunoassay utilizing monoclonal antibodies reactive to two non-interfering epitopes on PRTS is preferred, but a competitive binding assay may be employed. These and other assays are well known in the art (See, e.g., Hampton, R. et al. (1990) Serological Methods, a Laboratory Manual, APS Press, St. Paul Minn., Sect. IV; Coligan, J. E. et al. (1997) Current Protocols in Immunology, Greene Pub. Associates and Wiley-Interscience, New York N.Y.; and Pound, J. D. (1998) Immunochemical Protocols, Humana Press, Totowa N.J.)
  • A wide variety of labels and conjugation techniques are known by those skilled in the art and may be used in various nucleic acid and amino acid assays. Means for producing labeled hybridization or PCR probes for detecting sequences related to polynucleotides encoding PRTS include oligolabeling, nick translation, end-labeling, or PCR amplification using a labeled nucleotide. Alternatively, the sequences encoding PRTS, or any fragments thereof, may be cloned into a vector for the production of an mRNA probe. Such vectors are known in the art, are commercially available, and may be used to synthesize RNA probes in vitro by addition of an appropriate RNA polymerase such as T7, T3, or SP6 and labeled nucleotides. These procedures may be conducted using a variety of commercially available kits, such as those provided by Amersham Pharmacia Biotech, Promega (Madison Wis.), and US Biochemical. Suitable reporter molecules or labels which may be used for ease of detection include radionuclides, enzymes, fluorescent, chemiluminescent, or chromogenic agents, as well as substrates, cofactors, inhibitors, magnetic particles, and the like.
  • Host cells transformed with nucleotide sequences encoding PRTS may be cultured under conditions suitable for the expression and recovery of the protein from cell culture. The protein produced by a transformed cell may be secreted or retained intracellularly depending on the sequence and/or the vector used. As will be understood by hose of ski in the art, expression vectors containing polynucleotides which encode PRTS may be designed to contain signal sequences which direct secretion of PRTS through a prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell membrane.
  • In addition, a host cell strain may be chosen for its ability to modulate expression of the inserted sequences or to process the expressed protein in the desired fashion. Such modifications of the polypeptide include, but are not limited to, acetylation, carboxylation, glycosylation, phosphorylation lipidation, and acylation. Post-translational processing which cleaves a “prepro” or “pro” form of the protein may also be used to specify protein targeting, folding, and/or activity. Different host cells which have specific cellular machinery and characteristic mechanisms for post-translational activities (e.g., CHO, HeLa, MDCK, HEK93, and WI38) are available from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC, Manassas Va.) and may be chosen to ensure the correct modification and processing of the foreign protein.
  • In another embodiment of the invention, natural, modified, or recombinant nucleic acid sequences encoding PRTS may be ligated to a heterologous sequence resulting in translation of a fusion protein in any of the aforementioned host systems. For example, a chimeric PRTS protein containing a heterologous moiety that can be recognized by a commercially available antibody may facilitate the screening of peptide libraries for inhibitors of PRTS activity. Heterologous protein and peptide moieties may also facilitate purification of fusion proteins using commercially available affinity matrices. Such moieties include, but are not limited to, glutathione S-transferase (GST), maltose binding protein (MBP), thioredoxin (Trx), calmodulin binding peptide (CBP), 6-His, FLAG, c-myc, and hemagglutinin (HA). GST, MBP, Trx, CBP, and 6-His enable purification of their cognate fusion proteins on immobilized glutathione, maltose, phenylarsine oxide, calmodulin, and metal-chelate resins, respectively. FLAG, c-myc, and hemagglutinin (HA) enable immunoaffinity purification of fusion proteins using commercially available monoclonal and polyclonal antibodies that specifically recognize these epitope tags. A fusion protein may also be engineered to contain a proteolytic cleavage site located between the PRTS encoding sequence and the heterologous protein sequence, so that PRTS may be cleaved away from the heterologous moiety following purification. Methods for fusion protein expression and purification are discussed in Ausubel (1995, supra, ch. 10). A variety of commercially available kits may also be used to facilitate expression and purification of fusion proteins.
  • In a further embodiment of the invention, synthesis of radiolabeled PRTS may be achieved in vitro using the TNT rabbit reticulocyte lysate or wheat germ extract system (Promega). These systems couple transcription and translation of protein-coding sequences operably associated with the T7, T3, or SP6 promoters. Translation takes place in the presence of a radiolabeled amino acid precursor, for example, 35S-methionine.
  • PRTS of the present invention or fragments thereof may be used to screen for compounds that specifically bind to PRTS. At least one and up to a plurality of test compounds may be screened for specific binding to PRTS. Examples of test compounds include antibodies, oligonucleotides, proteins (e.g., receptors), or small molecules.
  • In one embodiment, the compound thus identified is closely related to the natural ligand of PRTS, e.g., a ligand or fragment thereof, a natural substrate, a structural or functional mimetic, or a natural binding partner. (See, e.g., Coligan, J. E. et al. (1991) Current Protocols Immunology 1(2): Chapter 5.) Similarly, the compound can be closely related to the natural receptor to which PRTS binds, or to at least a fragment of the receptor, e.g., the ligand binding site. In either case, the compound can be rationally designed using known techniques. In one embodiment, screening for these compounds involves producing appropriate cells which express PRTS, either as a secreted protein or on the cell membrane. Preferred cells include cells from mammals, yeast, Drosophila, or E. coli. Cells expressing PRTS or cell membrane fractions which contain PRTS are then contacted with a test compound and binding, stimulation, or inhibition of activity of either PRTS or the compound is analyzed.
  • An assay may simply test binding of a test compound to the polypeptide, wherein binding is detected by a fluorophore, radioisotope, enzyme conjugate, or other detectable label. For example, the assay may comprise the steps of combining at least one test compound with PRTS, either in solution or affixed to a solid support, and detecting the binding of PRTS to the compound. Alternatively, the assay may detect or measure binding of a test compound in the presence of a labeled competitor. Additionally, the assay may be carried out using cell-free preparations, chemical libraries, or natural product mixtures, and the test compound(s) may be free in solution or affixed to a solid support.
  • PRTS of the present invention or fragments thereof may be used to screen for compounds that modulate the activity of PRTS. Such compounds may include agonists, antagonists, or partial or inverse agonists. In one embodiment, an assay is performed under conditions permissive for PRTS activity, wherein PRTS is combined with at least one test compound, and the activity of PRTS in the presence of a test compound is compared with the activity of PRTS in the absence of the test compound. A change in the activity of PRTS in the presence of the test compound is indicative of a compound that modulates the activity of PRTS. Alternatively, a test compound is combined with an in vitro or cell-free system comprising PRTS under conditions suitable for PRTS activity, and the assay is performed. In either of these assays, a test compound which modulates the activity of PRTS may do so indirectly and need not come in direct contact with the test compound. At least one and up to a plurality of test compounds may be screened.
  • In another embodiment, polynucleotides encoding PRTS or their mammalian homologs may be “knocked out” in an animal model system using homologous recombination in embryonic stem (ES) cells. Such techniques are well known in the art and are useful for the generation of animal models of human disease. (See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,175,383 and U.S. Pat. No. 5,767,337.) For example, mouse ES cells, such as the mouse 129/SvJ cell line, are derived from the early mouse embryo and grown in culture. The ES cells are transformed with a vector containing the gene of interest disrupted by a marker gene, e.g., the neomycin phosphotransferase gene (neo; Capecchi, M. R. (1989) Science 244:1288-1292). The vector integrates into the corresponding region of the host genome by homologous recombination. Alternatively, homologous recombination takes place using the Cre-loxP system to knockout a gene of interest in a tissue- or developmental stage-specific manner (Marth, J. D. (1996) Clin. Invest. 97:1999-2002; Wagner, K. U. et al. (1997) Nucleic Acids Res. 25:4323-4330). Transformed ES cells are identified and microinjected into mouse cell blastocysts such as those from the C57BL/6 mouse strain. The blastocysts are surgically transferred to pseudopregnant dams, and the resulting chimeric progeny are genotyped and bred to produce heterozygous or homozygous strains. Transgenic animals thus generated may be tested with potential therapeutic or toxic agents.
  • Polynucleotides encoding PRTS may also be manipulated in vitro in ES cells derived from human blastocysts. Human ES cells have the potential to differentiate into at least eight separate cell lineages including endoderm, mesoderm, and ectodermal cell types. These cell lineages differentiate into, for example, neural cells, hematopoietic lineages, and cardiomyocytes (Thomson, J. A. et al. (1998) Science 282:1145-1147).
  • Polynucleotides encoding PRTS can also be used to create “Knockin” humanized animals (pigs) or transgenic animals (mice or rats) to model human disease. With knockin technology, a region of a polynucleotide encoding PRTS is injected into animal ES cells, and the injected sequence integrates into the animal cell genome. Transformed cells are injected into blastulae, and the blastulae are implanted as described above. Transgenic progeny or inbred lines are studied and treated with potential pharmaceutical agents to obtain information on treatment of a human disease. Alternatively, a mammal inbred to overexpress PRTS, e.g., by secreting PRTS in its milk, may also serve as a convenient source of that protein (Janne, J. et al. (1998) Biotechnol. Annu. Rev. 4:55-74).
  • Therapeutics
  • Chemical and structural similarity, e.g., in the context of sequences and motifs, exists between regions of PRTS and proteases. In addition, the expression of PRTS is closely associated with digestive, lung, neurological, gastrointestinal, cardiovascular, urinary, reproductive, fibroblastic, developmental, and endothelial tissues, and also prostate cancer and other tumorous tissue. Therefore, PRTS appears to play a role in gastrointestinal, cardiovascular, autoimmune/inflammatory, cell proliferative, developmental, epithelial, neurological, and reproductive disorders. In the treatment of disorders associated with increased PRTS expression or activity, it is desirable to decrease the expression or activity of PRTS. In the treatment of disorders associated with decreased PRTS expression or activity, it is desirable to increase the expression or activity of PRTS.
  • Therefore, in one embodiment, PRTS or a fragment or derivative thereof may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with decreased expression or activity of PRTS. Examples of such disorders include, but are not limited to, a gastrointestinal disorder, such as dysphagia, peptic esophagitis, esophageal spasm, esophageal stricture, esophageal carcinoma, dyspepsia, indigestion, gastritis, gastric carcinoma, anorexia, nausea, emesis, gastroparesis, antral or pyloric edema, abdominal angina, pyrosis, gastroenteritis, intestinal obstruction, infections of the intestinal tract, peptic ulcer, cholelithiasis, cholecystitis, cholestasis, pancreatitis, pancreatic carcinoma, biliary tract disease, hepatitis, hyperbilirubinemia, cirrhosis, passive congestion of the liver, hepatoma, infectious colitis, ulcerative colitis, ulcerative proctitis, Crohn's disease, Whipple's disease, Mallory-Weiss syndrome, colonic carcinoma, colonic obstruction, irritable bowel syndrome, short bowel syndrome, diarrhea, constipation, gastrointestinal hemorrhage, acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS) enteropathy, jaundice, hepatic encephalopathy, hepatorenal syndrome, hepatic steatosis, hemochromatosis, Wilson's disease, alpha1-antitrypsin deficiency, Reye's syndrome, primary sclerosing cholangitis, liver infarction, portal vein obstruction and thrombosis, centrilobular necrosis, peliosis hepatis, hepatic vein thrombosis, veno-occlusive disease, preeclampsia, eclampsia, acute fatty liver of pregnancy, intrahepatic cholestasis of pregnancy, and hepatic tumors including nodular hyperplasias, adenomas, and carcinomas; a cardiovascular disorder, such as arteriovenous fistula, atherosclerosis, hypertension, vasculitis, Raynaud's disease, aneurysms, arterial dissections, varicose veins, thrombophlebitis and phlebothrombosis, vascular tumors, and complications of thrombolysis, balloon angioplasty, vascular replacement, and coronary artery bypass graft surgery, congestive heart failure, ischemic heart disease, angina pectoris, myocardial infarction, hypertensive heart disease, degenerative valvular heart disease, calcific aortic valve stenosis, congenitally bicuspid aortic valve, mitral annular calcification, mitral valve prolapse, rheumatic fever and rheumatic heart disease, infective endocarditis, nonbacterial thrombotic endocarditis, endocarditis of systemic lupus erythematosus, carcinoid heart disease, cardiomyopathy, myocarditis, pericarditis, neoplastic heart disease, congenital heart disease, and complications of cardiac transplantation; an autoimmune/inflammatory disorder, such as acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS), Addison's disease, adult respiratory distress syndrome, allergies, ankylosing spondylitis, amyloidosis, anemia, asthma, atherosclerosis, atherosclerotic plaque rupture, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, autoimmune thyroiditis, autoimmune polyendocrinopathy-candidiasis-ectodermal dystrophy (APECED), bronchitis, cholecystitis, contact dermatitis, Crohn's disease, atopic dermatitis, dermatomyositis, diabetes mellitus, emphysema, episodic lymphopenia with lymphocytotoxins, erythroblastosis fetalis, erythema nodosum, atrophic gastritis, glomerulonephritis, Goodpasture's syndrome, gout, Graves' disease, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, hypereosinophilia, irritable bowel syndrome, multiple sclerosis, myasthenia gravis, myocardial or pericardial inflammation, osteoarthritis, degradation of articular cartilage, osteoporosis, pancreatitis, polymyositis, psoriasis, Reiter's syndrome, rheumatoid arthritis, scleroderma, Sjögren's syndrome, systemic anaphylaxis, systemic lupus erythematosus, systemic sclerosis, thrombocytopenic purpura, ulcerative colitis, uveitis, Werner syndrome, complications of cancer, hemodialysis, and extracorporeal circulation, viral, bacterial, fungal, parasitic, protozoal, and helminthic infections, and trauma; a cell proliferative disorder such as actinic keratosis, arteriosclerosis, atherosclerosis, bursitis, cirrhosis, hepatitis, mixed connective tissue disease (MCTD), myelofibrosis, paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria, polycythemia vera, psoriasis, primary thrombocythemia, and cancers including adenocarcinoma, leukemia, lymphoma, melanoma, myeloma, sarcoma, teratocarcinoma, and, in particular, cancers of the adrenal gland, bladder, bone, bone marrow, brain, breast, cervix, gall bladder, ganglia, gastrointestinal tract, heart, kidney, liver, lung, muscle, ovary, pancreas, parathyroid, penis, prostate, salivary glands, skin, spleen, testis, thymus, thyroid, and uterus; a developmental disorder, such as renal tubular acidosis, anemia, Cushing's syndrome, achondroplastic dwarfism, Duchenne and Becker muscular dystrophy, bone resorption, epilepsy, gonadal dysgenesis, WAGR syndrome (Wilms' tumor, aniridia, genitourinary abnormalities, and mental retardation), Smith-Magenis syndrome, myelodysplastic syndrome, hereditary mucoepithelial dysplasia, hereditary keratodermas, hereditary neuropathies such as Charcot-Marie-Tooth disease and neurofibromatosis, hypothyroidism, hydrocephalus, seizure disorders such as Syndenham's chorea and cerebral palsy, spina bifida, anencephaly, craniorachischisis, congenital glaucoma, cataract, age-related macular degeneration, and sensorineural hearing loss; an epithelial disorder, such as dyshidrotic eczema, allergic contact dermatitis, keratosis pilaris, melasma, vitiligo, actinic keratosis, basal cell carcinoma, squamous cell carcinoma, seborrheic keratosis, folliculitis, herpes simplex, herpes zoster, varicella, candidiasis, dermatophytosis, scabies, insect bites, cherry angioma, keloid, dermatofibroma, acrochordons, urticaria, transient acantholytic dermatosis, xerosis, eczema, atopic dermatitis, contact dermatitis, hand eczema, nummular eczema, lichen simplex chronicus, asteatotic eczema, stasis dermatitis and stasis ulceration, seborrheic dermatitis, psoriasis, lichen planus, pityriasis rosea, impetigo, ecthyma, dermatophytosis, tinea versicolor, warts, acne vulgaris, acne rosacea, pemphigus vulgaris, pemphigus foliaceus, paraneoplastic pemphigus, bullous pemphigoid, herpes gestationis, dermatitis herpetiformis, linear IgA disease, epidermolysis bullosa acquisita, dermatomyositis, lupus erythematosus, scleroderma and morphea, erythroderma, alopecia, figurate skin lesions, telangiectasias, hypopigmentation, hyperpigmentation, vesicles/bullae, exanthems, cutaneous drug reactions, papulonodular skin lesions, chronic non-healing wounds, photosensitivity diseases, epidermolysis bullosa simplex, epidermolytic hyperkeratosis, epidermolytic and nonepidermolytic palmoplantar keratoderma, ichthyosis bullosa of Siemens, ichthyosis exfoliativa, keratosis palmaris et plantaris, keratosis palmoplantaris, palmoplantar keratoderma, keratosis punctata, Meesmann's corneal dystrophy, pachyonychia congenita, white sponge nevus, steatocystoma multiplex, epidermal nevi/epidermolytic hyperkeratosis type, monilethrix, trichothiodystrophy, chronic hepatitis/cryptogenic cirrhosis, and colorectal hyperplasia; a neurological disorder, such as epilepsy, ischemic cerebrovascular disease, stroke, cerebral neoplasms, Alzheimer's disease, Pick's disease, Huntington's disease, dementia, Parkinson's disease and other extrapyramidal disorders, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis and other motor neuron disorders, progressive neural muscular atrophy, retinitis pigmentosa, hereditary ataxias, multiple sclerosis and other demyelinating diseases, bacterial and viral meningitis, brain abscess, subdural empyema, epidural abscess, suppurative intracranial thrombophlebitis, myelitis and radiculitis, viral central nervous system disease, prion diseases including kuru, Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease, and Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinker syndrome, fatal familial insomnia, nutritional and metabolic diseases of the nervous system, neurofibromatosis, tuberous sclerosis, cerebelloretinal hemangioblastomatosis, encephalotrigeminal syndrome, mental retardation and other developmental disorders of the central nervous system including Down syndrome, cerebral palsy, neuroskeletal disorders, autonomic nervous system disorders, cranial nerve disorders, spinal cord diseases, muscular dystrophy and other neuromuscular disorders, peripheral nervous system disorders, dermatomyositis and polymyositis, inherited, metabolic, endocrine, and toxic myopathies, myasthenia gravis, periodic paralysis, mental disorders including mood, anxiety, and schizophrenic disorders, seasonal affective disorder (SAD), akathesia, amnesia, catatonia, diabetic neuropathy, tardive dyskinesia, dystonias, paranoid psychoses, postherpetic neuralgia, Tourette's disorder, progressive supranuclear palsy, corticobasal degeneration, and familial frontotemporal dementia; and a reproductive disorder, such as infertility, including tubal disease, ovulatory defects, and endometriosis, a disorder of prolactin production, a disruption of the estrous cycle, a disruption of the menstrual cycle, polycystic ovary syndrome, ovarian hyperstimulation syndrome, an endometrial or ovarian tumor, a uterine fibroid, autoimmune disorders, an ectopic pregnancy, and teratogenesis; cancer of the breast, fibrocystic breast disease, and galactorrhea; a disruption of spermatogenesis, abnormal sperm physiology, cancer of the testis, cancer of the prostate, benign prostatic hyperplasia, prostatitis, Peyronie's disease, impotence, carcinoma of the male breast, and gynecomastia.
  • In another embodiment, a vector capable of expressing PRTS or a fragment or derivative thereof may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with decreased expression or activity of PRTS including, but not limited to, those described above.
  • In a further embodiment, a composition comprising a substantially purified PRTS in conjunction with a suitable pharmaceutical carrier may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with decreased expression or activity of PRTS including, but not limited to, those provided above.
  • In still another embodiment, an agonist which modulates the activity of PRTS may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with decreased expression or activity of PRTS including, but not limited to, those listed above.
  • In a further embodiment, an antagonist of PRTS may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with increased expression or activity of PRTS. Examples of such disorders include, but are not limited to, those gastrointestinal, cardiovascular, autoimmune/inflammatory, cell proliferative, developmental epithelial, neurological, and reproductive disorders described above. In one aspect, an antibody which specifically binds PRTS may be used directly as an antagonist or indirectly as a targeting or delivery mechanism for bringing a pharmaceutical agent to cells or tissues which express PRTS.
  • In an additional embodiment, a vector expressing the complement of the polynucleotide encoding PRTS may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with increased expression or activity of PRTS including, but not limited to, those described above.
  • In other embodiments, any of the proteins, antagonists, antibodies, agonists, complementary sequences, or vectors of the invention may be administered in combination with other appropriate therapeutic agents. Selection of the appropriate agents for use in combination therapy may be made by one of ordinary skill in the art, according to conventional pharmaceutical principles. The combination of therapeutic agents may act synergistically to effect the treatment or prevention of the various disorders described above. Using this approach, one may be able to achieve therapeutic efficacy with lower dosages of each agent, thus reducing the potential for adverse side effects.
  • An antagonist of PRTS may be produced using methods which are generally known in the art. In particular, purified PRTS may be used to produce antibodies or to screen libraries of pharmaceutical agents to identify those which specifically bind PRTS. Antibodies to PRTS may also be generated using methods that are well known in the art. Such antibodies may include, but are not limited to, polyclonal, monoclonal, chimeric, and single chain antibodies. Fab fragments, and fragments produced by a Fab expression library. Neutralizing antibodies (i.e., those which inhibit dimer formation) are generally preferred for therapeutic use.
  • For the production of antibodies, various hosts including goats, rabbits, rats, mice, humans, and others may be immunized by injection with PRTS or with any fragment or oligopeptide thereof which has immunogenic properties. Depending on the host species, various adjuvants may be used to increase immunological response. Such adjuvants include, but are not limited to, Freund's, mineral gels such as aluminum hydroxide, and surface active substances such as lysolecithin, pluronic polyols, polyanions, peptides, oil emulsions, KLH, and dinitrophenol. Among adjuvants used in humans, BCG (bacilli Calmette-Guerin) and Corynebacterium parvum are especially preferable.
  • It is preferred that the oligopeptides, peptides, or fragments used to induce antibodies to PRTS have an amino acid sequence consisting of at least about 5 amino acids, and generally will consist of at least about 10 amino acids. It is also preferable that these oligopeptides, peptides, or fragments are identical to a portion of the amino acid sequence of the natural protein. Short stretches of PRTS amino acids may be fused with those of another protein, such as KLH, and antibodies to the chimeric molecule may be produced.
  • Monoclonal antibodies to PRTS may be prepared using any technique which provides for the production of antibody molecules by continuous cell lines in culture. These include, but are not limited to, the hybridoma technique, the human B-cell hybridoma technique, and the EBV-hybridoma technique. (See, e.g., Kohler, G. et al. (1975) Nature 256:495-497; Kozbor, D. et al. (1985) J. Immunol. Methods 81:31-42; Cote, R. J. et al. (1983) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 80:2026-2030; and Cole, S. P. et al. (1984) Mol. Cell Biol. 62:109-120.)
  • In addition, techniques developed for the production of “chimeric antibodies,” such as the splicing of mouse antibody genes to human antibody genes to obtain a molecule with appropriate antigen specificity and biological activity, can be used. (See, e.g., Morrison, S. L. et al. (1984) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81:6851-6855; Neuberger, M. S. et al. (1984) Nature 312:604-608; and Takeda, S. et al. (1985) Nature 314:452-454.) Alternatively, techniques described for the production of single chain antibodies may be adapted, using methods known in the art, to produce PRTS-specific single chain antibodies. Antibodies with related specificity, but of distinct idiotypic composition, may be generated by chain shuffling from random combinatorial immunoglobulin libraries. (See, e.g., Burton, D. R. (1991) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88:10134-10137.)
  • Antibodies may also be produced by inducing in vivo production in the lymphocyte population or by screening immunoglobulin libraries or panels of highly specific binding reagents as disclosed in the literature. (See, e.g., Orlandi, R. et al. (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:3833-3837; Winter, G. et al. (1991) Nature 349:293-299.)
  • Antibody fragments which contain specific binding sites for PRTS may also be generated. For example, such fragments include, but are not limited to, F(ab′)2 fragments produced by pepsin digestion of the antibody molecule and Fab fragments generated by reducing the disulfide bridges of the F(ab′)2 fragments. Alternatively, Fab expression libraries may be constructed to allow rapid and easy identification of monoclonal Fab fragments with the desired specificity. (See, e.g., Huse, W. D. et al. (1989) Science 246:1275-1281.)
  • Various immunoassays may be used for screening to identify antibodies having the desired specificity. Numerous protocols for competitive binding or immunoradiometric assays using either polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies with established specificities are well known in the art. Such immunoassays typically involve the measurement of complex formation between PRTS and its specific antibody. A two-site, monoclonal-based immunoassay utilizing monoclonal antibodies reactive to two non-interfering PRTS epitopes is generally used, but a competitive binding assay may also be employed (Pound, supra).
  • Various methods such as Scatchard analysis in conjunction with radioimmunoassay techniques may be used to assess the affinity of antibodies for PRTS. Affinity is expressed as an association constant, Ka, which is defined as the molar concentration of PRTS-antibody complex divided by the molar concentrations of free antigen and free antibody under equilibrium conditions. The Ka determined for a preparation of polyclonal antibodies, which are heterogeneous in their affinities for multiple PRTS epitopes, represents the average affinity, or avidity, of the antibodies for PRTS. The Ka determined for a preparation of monoclonal antibodies, which are monospecific for a particular PRTS epitope, represents a true measure of affinity. High-affinity antibody preparations with Ka ranging from about 109 to 1012 L/mole are preferred for use in immunoassays in which the PRTS-antibody complex must withstand rigorous manipulations. Low-affinity antibody preparations with Ka ranging from about 106 to 107 L/mole are preferred for use in immunopurification and similar procedures which ultimately require dissociation of PRTS, preferably in active form, from the antibody (Catty, D. (1988) Antibodies, Volume I: A Practical Approach, IRL Press, Washington D.C.; Liddell, J. E. and A. Cryer (1991) A Practical Guide to Monoclonal Antibodies, John Wiley & Sons, New York N.Y.).
  • The titer and avidity of polyclonal antibody preparations may be further evaluated to determine the quality and suitability of such preparations for certain downstream applications. For example, a polyclonal antibody preparation containing at least 1-2 mg specific antibody/ml, preferably 5-10 mg specific antibody/ml, is generally employed in procedures requiring precipitation of PRTS-antibody complexes. Procedures for evaluating antibody specificity, titer, and avidity, and guidelines for antibody quality and usage in various applications, are generally available. (See, e.g., Catty, supra, and Coligan et al. supra.)
  • In another embodiment of the invention, the polynucleotides encoding PRTS, or any fragment or complement thereof, may be used for therapeutic purposes. In one aspect, modifications of gene expression can be achieved by designing complementary sequences or antisense molecules (DNA, RNA, PNA, or modified oligonucleotides) to the coding or regulatory regions of the gene encoding PRTS. Such technology is well known in the art, and antisense oligonucleotides or larger fragments can be designed from various locations along the coding or control regions of sequences encoding PRTS. (See, e.g., Agrawal, S., ed. (1996) Antisense Therapeutics, Humana Press Inc., Totawa N.J.)
  • In therapeutic use, any gene delivery system suitable for introduction of the antisense sequences into appropriate target cells can be used. Antisense sequences can be delivered intracellularly in the form of an expression plasmid which, upon transcription, produces a sequence complementary to at least a portion of the cellular sequence encoding the target protein. (See, e.g., Slater, J. E. et al. (1998) J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 102(3):469-475; and Scanlon, K. J. et al. (1995) 9(13):1288-1296.) Antisense sequences can also be introduced intracellularly through the use of viral vectors, such as retrovirus and adeno-associated virus vectors. (See, e.g., Miller, A. D. (1990) Blood 76:271; Ausubel, supra; Uckert, W. and W. Walther (1994) Pharmacol. Ther. 63(3):323-347.) Other gene delivery mechanisms include liposome-derived systems, artificial viral envelopes, and other systems known in the art. (See, e.g., Rossi, J. J. (1995) Br. Med. Bull. 51(1):217-225; Boado, R. J. et al. (1998) J. Pharm. Sci. 87(11):1308-1315; and Morris, M. C. et al. (1997) Nucleic Acids Res. 25(14):2730-2736.)
  • In another embodiment of the invention, polynucleotides encoding PRTS may be used for somatic or germline gene therapy. Gene therapy may be performed to (i) correct a genetic deficiency (e.g., in the cases of severe combined immunodeficiency (SCID)-X1 disease characterized by X-linked inheritance (Cavazzana-Calvo, M. et al. (2000) Science 288:669-672), severe combined immunodeficiency syndrome associated with an inherited adenosine deaminase (ADA) deficiency (Blaese, R. M. et al. (1995) Science 270:475-480; Bordignon, C. et al. (1995) Science 270:470-475), cystic fibrosis (Zabner, J. et al. (1993) Cell 75:207-216; Crystal, R. G. et al. (1995) Hum. Gene Therapy 6:643-666; Crystal, R. G. et al., (1995) Hum. Gene Therapy 6:667-703), thalassamias, familial hypercholesterolemia, and hemophilia resulting from Factor VIII or Factor IX deficiencies (Crystal, R. G. (1995) Science 270:404-410; Verma, I. M. and N. Somia (1997) Nature 389:239-242)), (ii) express a conditionally lethal gene product (e.g., in the case of cancers which result from unregulated cell proliferation), or (iii) express a protein which affords protection against intracellular parasites (e.g., against human retroviruses, such as human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) (Baltimore, D. (1988) Nature 335:395-396; Poeschla, E. et al. (1996) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci USA. 93:11395-11399), hepatitis B or C virus (HBV, HCV); fungal parasites, such as Candida albicans and Paracoccidioides brasiliensis; and protozoan parasites such as Plasmodium falciparum and Trypanosoma cruzi). In the case where a genetic deficiency in PRTS expression or regulation causes disease, the expression of PRTS from an appropriate population of transduced cells may alleviate the clinical manifestations caused by the genetic deficiency.
  • In a further embodiment of the invention, diseases or disorders caused by deficiencies in PRTS are treated by constructing mammalian expression vectors encoding PRTS and introducing these vectors by mechanical means into PRTS-deficient cells. Mechanical transfer technologies for use with cells in vivo or ex vitro include (i) direct DNA microinjection into individual cells, (ii) ballistic gold particle delivery, (iii) liposome-mediated transfection, (iv) receptor-mediated gene transfer, and (v) the use of DNA transposons (Morgan, R. A. and W. F. Anderson (1993) Annu. Rev. Biochem. 62:191-217; Ivics, Z. (1997) Cell 91:501-510; Boulay, J-L. and H. Récipon (1998) Curr. Opin. Biotechnol. 9:445450).
  • Expression vectors that may be effective for the expression of PRTS include, but are not limited to, the PCDNA 3.1, EPITAG, PRCCMV2, PREP, PVAX, PCR2-TOPOTA vectors (Invitrogen, Carlsbad Calif.), PCMV-SCRIPT, PCMV-TAG, PEGSH/PERV (Stratagene, La Jolla Calif.), and PTET-OFF, PTET-ON, PTRE2, PTRE2-LUC, PTK-HYG (Clontech, Palo Alto Calif.). PRTS may be expressed using (i) a constitutively active promoter, (e.g., from cytomegalovirus (CMV), Rous sarcoma virus (RSV), SV40 virus, thymidine kinase (TK), or β-actin genes), (ii) an inducible promoter (e.g., the tetracycline-regulated promoter (Gossen, M. and H. Bujard (1992) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:5547-5551; Gossen, M. et al. (1995) Science 268:1766-1769; Rossi, F. M. V. and H. M. Blau (1998) Curr. Opin. Biotechnol. 9:451-456), commercially available in the T-REX plasmid (Invitrogen)); the ecdysone-inducible promoter (available in the plasmids PVGRXR and PIND; Invitrogen); the FK506/rapamycin inducible promoter; or the RU486/mifepristone inducible promoter (Rossi, F. M. V. and Blau, H. M. supra)), or (iii) a tissue-specific promoter or the native promoter of the endogenous gene encoding PRTS from a normal individual.
  • Commercially available liposome transformation kits (e.g., the PERFECT LIPID TRANSFECTION KIT, available from Invitrogen) allow one with ordinary skill in the art to deliver polynucleotides to target cells in culture and require minimal effort to optimize experimental parameters. In the alternative, transformation is performed using the calcium phosphate method (Graham, P. L. and A. J. Eb (1973) Virology 52:456-467), or by electroporation (Neumann, E. et al. (1982) EMBO J. 1:841-845). The introduction of DNA to primary cells requires modification of these standardized mammalian transfection protocols.
  • In another embodiment of the invention, diseases or disorders caused by genetic defects with respect to PRTS expression are treated by constructing a retrovirus vector consisting of (i) the polynucleotide encoding PRTS under the control of an independent promoter or the retrovirus long terminal repeat (LTR) promoter, (ii) appropriate RNA packaging signals, and (iii) a Rev-responsive element (RRE) along with additional retrovirus cis-acting RNA sequences and coding sequences required for efficient vector propagation. Retrovirus vectors (e.g., PFB and PFBNEO) are commercially available (Stratagene) and are based on published data (Riviere, L. et al. (1995) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 92:6733-6737), incorporated by reference herein. The vector is propagated in an appropriate vector producing cell line (VPCL) that expresses an envelope gene with a tropism for receptors on the target cells or a promiscuous envelope protein such as VSVg (Armentano, D. et al. (1987) J. Virol. 61:1647-1650; Bender, M. A. et al. (1987) J. Virol. 61:1639-1646; Adam, M. A. and A. D. Miller (1988) J. Virol. 62:3802-3806; Dull, T. et al. (1998) J. Virol. 72:8463-8471; Zufferey, R. et al. (1998) J. Virol. 72:9873-9880). U.S. Pat. No. 5,910,434 to Rigg (“Method for obtaining retrovirus packaging cell lines producing high transducing efficiency retroviral supernatant”) discloses a method for obtaining retrovirus packaging cell lines and is hereby incorporated by reference. Propagation of retrovirus vectors, transduction of a population of cells (e.g., CD4+ T-cells), and the return of transduced cells to a patient are procedures well known to persons skilled in the art of gene therapy and have been well documented (Ranga, U. et al. (1997) J. Virol. 71:7020-7029; Bauer, G. et al. (1997) Blood 89:2259-2267; Bonyhadi, M. L. (1997) J. Virol. 71:4707-4716; Ranga, U. et al. (1998) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 95:1201-1206; Su, L. (1997) Blood 89:2283-2290).
  • In the alternative, an adenovirus-based gene therapy delivery system is used to deliver polynucleotides encoding PRTS to cells which have one or more genetic abnormalities with respect to the expression of PRTS. The construction and packaging of adenovirus-based vectors are well known to those with ordinary skill in the art. Replication defective adenovirus vectors have proven to be versatile for importing genes encoding immunoregulatory proteins into intact islets in the pancreas (Csete, M. E. et al. (1995) Transplantation 27:263-268). Potentially useful adenoviral vectors are described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,707,618 to Armentano (“Adenovirus vectors for gene therapy”), hereby incorporated by reference. For adenoviral vectors, see also Antinozzi, P. A. et al. (1999) Annu. Rev. Nutr. 19:511-544 and Verma, L. M. and N. Somia (1997) Nature 18:389:239-242, both incorporated by reference herein.
  • In another alternative, a herpes-based, gene therapy delivery system is used to deliver polynucleotides encoding PRTS to target cells which have one or more genetic abnormalities with respect to the expression of PRTS. The use of herpes simplex virus (HSV)-based vectors may be especially valuable for introducing PRTS to cells of the central nervous system, for which HSV has a tropism. The construction and packaging of herpes-based vectors are well known to those with ordinary skill in the art. A replication-competent herpes simplex virus (HSV) type 1-based vector has been used to deliver a reporter gene to the eyes of primates (Liu, X. et al. (1999) Exp. Eye Res. 169:385-395). The construction of a HSV-1 virus vector has also been disclosed in detail in U.S. Pat. No. 5,804,413 to DeLuca (“Herpes simplex virus strains for gene transfer”), which is hereby incorporated by reference. U.S. Pat. No. 5,804,413 teaches the use of recombinant HSV d92 which consists of a genome containing at least one exogenous gene to be transferred to a cell under the control of the appropriate promoter for purposes including human gene therapy. Also taught by this patent are the construction and use of recombinant HSV strains deleted for ICP4, ICP27 and ICP12. For HSV vectors, see also Goins, W. F. et al. (1999) J. Virol. 73:519-532 and Xu, H. et al. (1994) Dev. Biol. 163:152-161, hereby incorporated by reference. The manipulation of cloned herpesvirus sequences, the generation of recombinant virus following the transfection of multiple plasmids containing different segments of the large herpesvirus genomes, the growth and propagation of herpesvirus, and the infection of cells with herpesvirus are techniques well known to those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • In another alternative, an alphavirus (positive, single-stranded RNA virus) vector is used to deliver polynucleotides encoding PRTS to target cells. The biology of the prototypic alphavirus, Semliki Forest Virus (SFV), has been studied extensively and gene transfer vectors have been based on the SFV genome (Garoff, E and K.-J. Li (1998) Curr. Opin Biotechnol. 9:464-469). During alphavirus RNA replication, a subgenomic RNA is generated that normally encodes the viral capsid proteins. This subgenomic RNA replicates to higher levels than the full length genomic RNA, resulting in the overproduction of capsid proteins relative to the viral proteins with enzymatic activity (e.g., protease and polymerase). Similarly, inserting the coding sequence for PRTS into the alphavirus genome in place of the capsid-coding region results in the production of a large number of PRTS-coding RNAs and the synthesis of high levels of PRTS in vector transduced cells. While alphavirus infection is typically associated with cell lysis within a few days, the ability to establish a persistent infection in hamster normal kidney cells (BHK-21) with a variant of Sindbis virus (SIN) indicates that the lytic replication of alphaviruses can be altered to suit the needs of the gene therapy application (Dryga, S. A. et al. (1997) Virology 228:74-83). The wide host range of alphaviruses will allow the introduction of PRTS into a variety of cell types. The specific transduction of a subset of cells in a population may require the sorting of cells prior to transduction. The methods of manipulating infectious cDNA clones of alphaviruses, performing alphavirus cDNA and RNA transfections, and performing alphavirus infections, are well known to those with ordinary skill in the art.
  • Oligonucleotides derived from the transcription initiation site, e.g., between about positions −10 and +10 from the start site, may also be employed to inhibit gene expression. Similarly, inhibition can be achieved using triple helix base-pairing methodology. Triple helix pairing is useful because it causes inhibition of the ability of the double helix to open sufficiently for the binding of polymerases, transcription factors, or regulatory molecules. Recent therapeutic advances using triplex DNA have been described in the literature. (See, e.g., Gee, J. E. et al. (1994) in Huber, B. E. and B. I. Carr, Molecular and Immunologic Approaches, Futura Publishing, Mt. Kisco N.Y., pp. 163-177.) A complementary sequence or antisense molecule may also be designed to block translation of mRNA by preventing the transcript from binding to ribosomes.
  • Ribozymes, enzymatic RNA molecules, may also be used to catalyze the specific cleavage of RNA. The mechanism of ribozyme action involves sequence-specific hybridization of the ribozyme molecule to complementary target RNA, followed by endonucleolytic cleavage. For example, engineered hammerhead motif ribozyme molecules may specifically and efficiently catalyze endonucleolytic cleavage of sequences encoding PRTS.
  • Specific ribozyme cleavage sites within any potential RNA target are initially identified by scanning the target molecule for ribozyme cleavage sites, including the following sequences: GUA, GUU, and GUC. Once identified, short RNA sequences of between 15 and 20 ribonucleotides, corresponding to the region of the target gene containing the cleavage site, may be evaluated for secondary structural features which may render the oligonucleotide inoperable. The suitability of candidate targets may also be evaluated by testing accessibility to hybridization with complementary oligonucleotides using ribonuclease protection assays.
  • Complementary ribonucleic acid molecules and ribozymes of the invention may be prepared by any method known in the art for the synthesis of nucleic acid molecules. These include techniques for chemically synthesizing oligonucleotides such as solid phase phosphoramidite chemical synthesis. Alternatively, RNA molecules may be generated by in vitro and in vivo transcription of DNA sequences encoding PRTS. Such DNA sequences may be incorporated into a wide variety of vectors with suitable RNA polymerase promoters such as T7 or SP6. Alternatively, these cDNA constructs that synthesize complementary RNA, constitutively or inducibly, can be introduced into cell lines, cells, or tissues.
  • RNA molecules may be modified to increase intracellular stability and half-life. Possible modifications include, but are not limited to, the addition of flanking sequences at the 5′ and/or 3′ ends of the molecule, or the use of phosphorothioate or 2′ O-methyl rather than phosphodiesterase linkages within the backbone of the molecule. This concept is inherent in the production of PNAs and can be extended in all of these molecules by the inclusion of nontraditional bases such as inosine, queosine, and wybutosine, as well as acetyl-, methyl-, thio-, and similarly modified forms of adenine, cytidine, guanine, thymine, and uridine which are not as easily recognized by endogenous endonucleases.
  • An additional embodiment of the invention encompasses a method for screening for a compound which is effective in altering expression of a polynucleotide encoding PRTS. Compounds which may be effective in altering expression of a specific polynucleotide may include, but are not limited to, oligonucleotides, antisense oligonucleotides, triple helix-forming oligonucleotides, transcription factors and other polypeptide transcriptional regulators, and non-macromolecular chemical entities which are capable of interacting with specific polynucleotide sequences. Effective compounds may alter polynucleotide expression by acting as either inhibitors or promoters of polynucleotide expression. Thus, in the treatment of disorders associated with increased PRTS expression or activity, a compound which specifically inhibits expression of the polynucleotide encoding PRTS may be therapeutically useful, and in the treatment of disorders associated with decreased PRTS expression or activity, a compound which specifically promotes expression of the polynucleotide encoding PRTS may be therapeutically useful.
  • At least one, and up to a plurality, of test compounds may be screened for effectiveness in altering expression of a specific polynucleotide. A test compound may be obtained by any method commonly known in the art, including chemical modification of a compound known to be effective in altering polynucleotide expression; selection from an existing, commercially-available or proprietary library of naturally-occurring or non-natural chemical compounds; rational design of a compound based on chemical and/or structural properties of the target polynucleotide; and selection from a library of chemical compounds created combinatorially or randomly. A sample comprising a polynucleotide encoding PRTS is exposed to at least one test compound thus obtained. The sample may comprise, for example, an intact or permeabilized cell or an in vitro cell-free or reconstituted biochemical system. Alterations in the expression of a polynucleotide encoding PRTS are assayed by any method commonly known in the art. Typically, the expression of a specific nucleotide is detected by hybridization with a probe having a nucleotide sequence complementary to the sequence of the polynucleotide encoding PRTS. The amount of hybridization may be quantified, thus forming the basis for a comparison of the expression of the polynucleotide both with and without exposure to one or more test compounds. Detection of a change in the expression of a polynucleotide exposed to a test compound indicates that the test compound is effective in altering the expression of the polynucleotide. A screen for a compound effective in altering expression of a specific polynucleotide can be carried out, for example, using a Schizosaccharomyces pombe gene expression system (Atkins, D. et al. (1999) U.S. Pat. No. 5,932,435; Arndt, G. M. et al. (2000) Nucleic Acids Res. 28:E15) or a human cell line such as HeLa cell (Clarke, M. L. et al. (2000) Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 268:8-13). A particular embodiment of the present invention involves screening a combinatorial library of oligonucleotides (such as deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides, peptide nucleic acids, and modified oligonucleotides) for antisense activity against a specific polynucleotide sequence (Bruice, T. T. et al. (1997) U.S. Pat. No. 5,686,242; Bruice, T. W. et al. (2000) U.S. Pat. No. 6,022,691).
  • Many methods for introducing vectors into cells or tissues are available and equally suitable for use in vivo, in vitro, and ex vivo. For ex vivo therapy, vectors may be introduced into stem cells taken from the patient and clonally propagated for autologous transplant back into that same patient. Delivery by transfection, by liposome injections, or by polycationic amino polymers may be achieved using methods which are well known in the art (See, e.g., Goldman, C. K. et al. (1997) Nat. Biotechnol. 15:462-466.)
  • Any of the therapeutic methods described above may be applied to any subject in need of such therapy, including, for example, mammals such as humans, dogs, cats, cows, horses, rabbits, and monkeys.
  • An additional embodiment of the invention relates to the administration of a composition which generally comprises an active ingredient formulated with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. Excipients may include, for example, sugars, starches, celluloses, gums, and proteins. Various formulations are commonly known and are thoroughly discussed in the latest edition of Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (Maack Publishing, Easton Pa.). Such compositions may consist of PRTS, antibodies to PRTS, and mimetics, agonists, antagonists, or inhibitors of PRTS.
  • The compositions utilized in this invention may be administered by any number of routes including, but not limited to, oral, intravenous, intramuscular, intra-arterial, intramedullary, intrathecal, intraventricular, pulmonary, transdermal, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intranasal, enteral, topical, sublingual, or rectal means.
  • Compositions for pulmonary administration may be prepared in liquid or dry powder form. These compositions are generally aerosolized immediately prior to inhalation by the patient. In the case of small molecules (e.g. traditional low molecular weight organic drugs), aerosol delivery of fast-acting formulations is well-known in the art. In the case of macromolecules (e.g. larger peptides and proteins), recent developments in the field of pulmonary delivery via the alveolar region of the lung have enabled the practical delivery of drugs such as insulin to blood circulation (see, e.g., Patton, J. S. et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,997,848). Pulmonary delivery has the advantage of administration without needle injection, and obviates the need for potentially toxic penetration enhancers.
  • Compositions suitable for use in the invention include compositions wherein the active ingredients are contained in an effective amount to achieve the intended purpose. The determination of an effective dose is well within the capability of those skilled in the art.
  • Specialized forms of compositions may be prepared for direct intracellular delivery of macromolecules comprising PRTS or fragments thereof. For example, liposome preparations containing a cell-impermeable macromolecule may promote cell fusion and intracellular delivery of the macromolecule. Alternatively, PRTS or a fragment thereof may be joined to a short cationic N-terminal portion from the HIV Tat-1 protein. Fusion proteins thus generated have been found to transduce into the cells of all tissues, including the brain, in a mouse model system (Schwarze, S. R. et al. (1999) Science 285:1569-1572).
  • For any compound, the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially either in cell culture assays, e.g., of neoplastic cells, or in animal models such as mice, rats, rabbits, dogs, monkeys, or pigs. An animal model may also be used to determine the appropriate concentration range and route of administration. Such information can then be used to determine useful doses and routes for administration in humans.
  • A therapeutically effective dose refers to that amount of active ingredient, for example PRTS or fragments thereof, antibodies of PRTS, and agonists, antagonists or inhibitors of PRTS, which ameliorates the symptoms or condition. Therapeutic efficacy and toxicity may be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or with experimental animals, such as by calculating the ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population) or LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) statistics. The dose ratio of toxic to therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index, which can be expressed as the LD50/ED50 ratio. Compositions which exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferred. The data obtained from cell culture assays and animal studies are used to formulate a range of dosage for human use. The dosage contained in such compositions is preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that includes the ED50 with little or no toxicity. The dosage varies within this range depending upon the dosage form employed, the sensitivity of the patient, and the route of administration.
  • The exact dosage will be determined by the practitioner, in light of factors related to the subject requiring treatment. Dosage and administration are adjusted to provide sufficient levels of the active moiety or to maintain the desired effect. Factors which may be taken into account include the severity of the disease state, the general health of the subject, the age, weight, and gender of the subject, time and frequency of administration, drug combination(s), reaction sensitivities, and response to therapy. Long-acting compositions may be administered every 3 to 4 days, every week, or biweekly depending on the half-life and clearance rate of the particular formulation.
  • Normal dosage amounts may vary from about 0.1 μg to 100,000 μg, up to a total dose of about 1 gram, depending upon the route of administration. Guidance as to particular dosages and methods of delivery is provided in the literature and generally available to practitioners in the art Those skilled in the art will employ different formulations for nucleotides than for proteins or their inhibitors. Similarly, delivery of polynucleotides or polypeptides will be specific to particular cells, conditions, locations, etc.
  • Diagnostics
  • In another embodiment, antibodies which specifically bind PRTS may be used for the diagnosis of disorders characterized by expression of PRTS, or in assays to monitor patients being treated with PRTS or agonists, antagonists, or inhibitors of PRTS. Antibodies useful for diagnostic purposes may be prepared in the same manner as described above for therapeutics. Diagnostic assays for PRTS include methods which utilize the antibody and a label to detect PRTS in human body fluids or in extracts of cells or tissues. The antibodies may be used with or without modification, and may be labeled by covalent or non-covalent attachment of a reporter molecule. A wide variety of reporter molecules, several of which are described above, are known in the art and may be used.
  • A variety of protocols for measuring PRTS, including ELISAs, RIAs, and FACS, are known in the art and provide a basis for diagnosing altered or abnormal levels of PRTS expression. Normal or standard values for PRTS expression are established by combining body fluids or cell extracts taken from normal mammalian subjects, for example, human subjects, with antibodies to PRTS under conditions suitable for complex formation. The amount of standard complex formation may be quantitated by various methods, such as photometric means. Quantities of PRTS expressed in subject, control, and disease samples from biopsied tissues are compared with the standard values. Deviation between standard and subject values establishes the parameters for diagnosing disease.
  • In another embodiment of the invention, the polynucleotides encoding PRTS may be used for diagnostic purposes. The polynucleotides which may be used include oligonucleotide sequences, complementary RNA and DNA molecules, and PNAs. The polynucleotides may be used to detect and quantify gene expression in biopsied tissues in which expression of PRTS may be correlated with disease. The diagnostic assay may be used to determine absence, presence, and excess expression of PRTS, and to monitor regulation of PRTS levels during therapeutic intervention.
  • In one aspect, hybridization with PCR probes which are capable of detecting polynucleotide sequences, including genomic sequences, encoding PRTS or closely related molecules may be used to identify nucleic acid sequences which encode PRTS. The specificity of the probe, whether it is made from a highly specific region, e.g., the 5′ regulatory region, or from a less specific region, e.g., a conserved motif, and the stringency of the hybridization or amplification will determine whether the probe identifies only naturally occurring sequences encoding PRTS, allelic variants, or related sequences.
  • Probes may also be used for the detection of related sequences, and may have at least 50% sequence identity to any of the PRTS encoding sequences. The hybridization probes of the subject invention may be DNA or RNA and may be derived from the sequence of SEQ ID NO:18-34 or from genomic sequences including promoters, enhancers, and introns of the PRTS gene.
  • Means for producing specific hybridization probes for DNAs encoding PRTS include the cloning of polynucleotide sequences encoding PRTS or PRTS derivatives into vectors for the production of mRNA probes. Such vectors are known in the art, are commercially available, and may be used to synthesize RNA probes in vitro by means of the addition of the appropriate RNA polymerases and the appropriate labeled nucleotides. Hybridization probes may be labeled by a variety of reporter groups, for example, by radionuclides such as 32P or 35S, or by enzymatic labels, such as alkaline phosphatase coupled to the probe via avidin/biotin coupling systems, and the like.
  • Polynucleotide sequences encoding PRTS may be used for the diagnosis of disorders associated with expression of PRTS. Examples of such disorders include, but are not limited to, a gastrointestinal disorder, such as dysphagia, peptic esophagitis, esophageal spasm, esophageal stricture, esophageal carcinoma, dyspepsia, indigestion, gastritis, gastric carcinoma, anorexia, nausea, emesis, gastroparesis, antral or pyloric edema, abdominal angina, pyrosis, gastroenteritis, intestinal obstruction, infections of the intestinal tract, peptic ulcer, cholelithiasis, cholecystitis, cholestasis, pancreatitis, pancreatic carcinoma, biliary tract disease, hepatitis, hyperbilirubinemia, cirrhosis, passive congestion of the liver, hepatoma, infectious colitis, ulcerative colitis, ulcerative proctitis, Crohn's disease, Whipple's disease, Mallory-Weiss syndrome, colonic carcinoma, colonic obstruction, irritable bowel syndrome, short bowel syndrome, diarrhea, constipation, gastrointestinal hemorrhage, acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS) enteropathy, jaundice, hepatic encephalopathy, hepatorenal syndrome, hepatic steatosis, hemochromatosis; Wilson's disease, alpha1-antitrypsin deficiency, Reye's syndrome, primary sclerosing cholangitis, liver infarction, portal vein obstruction and thrombosis, centrilobular necrosis, peliosis hepatis, hepatic vein thrombosis, veno-occlusive disease, preeclampsia, eclampsia, acute fatty liver of pregnancy, intrahepatic cholestasis, of pregnancy, and hepatic tumors including nodular hyperplasias, adenomas, and carcinomas; a cardiovascular disorder, such as arteriovenous fistula, atherosclerosis, hypertension, vasculitis, Raynaud's disease, aneurysms, arterial dissections, varicose veins, thrombophlebitis and phlebothrombosis, vascular tumors, and complications of thrombolysis, balloon angioplasty, vascular replacement, and coronary artery bypass graft surgery, congestive heart failure, ischemic heart disease, angina pectoris, myocardial infarction, hypertensive heart disease, degenerative valvular heart disease, calcific aortic valve stenosis, congenitally bicuspid aortic valve, mitral annular calcification, mitral valve prolapse, rheumatic fever and rheumatic heart disease, infective endocarditis, nonbacterial thrombotic endocarditis, endocarditis of systemic lupus erythematosus, carcinoid heart disease, cardiomyopathy, myocarditis, pericarditis, neoplastic heart disease, congenital heart disease, and complications of cardiac transplantation; an autoimmune/inflammatory disorder, such as acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS), Addison's disease, adult respiratory distress syndrome, allergies, ankylosing spondylitis, amyloidosis, anemia, asthma, atherosclerosis, atherosclerotic plaque rupture, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, autoimmune thyroiditis, autoimmune polyendocrinopathy-candidiasis-ectodermal dystrophy (APECED), bronchitis, cholecystitis, contact dermatitis, Crohn's disease, atopic dermatitis, dermatomyositis, diabetes mellitus, emphysema, episodic lymphopenia with lymphocytotoxins, erythroblastosis fetalis, erythema nodosum, atrophic gastritis, glomerulonephritis, Goodpasture's syndrome, gout, Graves' disease, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, hypereosinophilia, irritable bowel syndrome, multiple sclerosis, myasthenia gravis, myocardial or pericardial inflammation, osteoarthritis, degradation of articular cartilage, osteoporosis, pancreatitis, polymyositis, psoriasis, Reiter's syndrome, rheumatoid arthritis, scleroderma, Sjögren's syndrome, systemic anaphylaxis, systemic lupus erythematosus, systemic sclerosis, thrombocytopenic purpura, ulcerative colitis, uveitis, Werner syndrome, complications of cancer, hemodialysis, and extracorporeal circulation, viral, bacterial, fungal, parasitic, protozoal, and helminthic infections, and trauma; a cell proliferative disorder such as actinic keratosis, arteriosclerosis, atherosclerosis, bursitis, cirrhosis, hepatitis, mixed connective tissue disease (MCTD), myelofibrosis, paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria, polycythemia vera, psoriasis, primary thrombocythemia, and cancers including adenocarcinoma, leukemia, lymphoma, melanoma, myeloma, sarcoma, teratocarcinoma, and, in particular, cancers of the adrenal gland, bladder, bone, bone marrow, brain, breast, cervix, gall bladder, ganglia, gastrointestinal tract, heart, kidney, liver, lung, muscle, ovary, pancreas, parathyroid, penis, prostate, salivary glands, skin, spleen, testis, thymus, thyroid, and uterus; a developmental disorder, such as renal tubular acidosis, anemia, Cushing's syndrome, achondroplastic dwarfism, Duchenne and Becker muscular dystrophy, bone resorption, epilepsy, gonadal dysgenesis, WAGR syndrome (Wilms' tumor, aniridia, genitourinary abnormalities, and mental retardation), Smith-Magenis syndrome, myelodysplastic syndrome, hereditary mucoepithelial dysplasia, hereditary keratodermas, hereditary neuropathies such as Charcot-Marie-Tooth disease and neurofibromatosis, hypothyroidism, hydrocephalus, seizure disorders such as Syndenham's chorea and cerebral palsy, spina bifida, anencephaly, craniorachischisis, congenital glaucoma, cataract, age-related macular degeneration, and sensorineural hearing loss; an epithelial disorder, such as dyshidrotic eczema, allergic contact dermatitis, keratosis pilaris, melasma, vitiligo, actinic keratosis, basal cell carcinoma, squamous cell carcinoma, seborrheic keratosis, folliculitis, herpes simplex herpes zoster, varicella, candidiasis, dermatophytosis, scabies, insect bites, cherry angioma, keloid, dermatofibroma, acrochordons, urticaria, transient acantholytic dermatosis, xerosis, eczema, atopic dermatitis, contact dermatitis, hand eczema, nummular eczema, lichen simplex chronicus, asteatotic eczema, stasis dermatitis and stasis ulceration, seborrheic dermatitis, psoriasis, lichen planus, pityriasis rosea, impetigo, ecthyma, dermatophytosis, tinea versicolor, warts, acne vulgaris, acne rosacea, pemphigus vulgaris, pemphigus foliaceus, paraneoplastic pemphigus, bullous pemphigoid, herpes gestationis, dermatitis herpetiformis, linear IgA disease, epidermolysis bullosa acquisita, dermatomyositis, lupus erythematosus, scleroderma and morphea, erythroderma, alopecia, figurate skin lesions, telangiectasias, hypopigmentation, hyperpigmentation, vesicles/bullae, exanthems, cutaneous drug reactions, papulonodular skin lesions, chronic non-healing wounds, photosensitivity diseases, epidermolysis bullosa simplex, epidermolytic hyperkeratosis, epidermolytic and nonepidermolytic palmoplantar keratoderma, ichthyosis bullosa of Siemens, ichthyosis exfoliativa, keratosis palmaris et plantaris, keratosis palmoplantaris, palmoplantar keratoderma, keratosis punctata, Meesmann's corneal dystrophy, pachyonychia congenita, white sponge nevus, steatocystoma multiplex, epidermal nevi/epidermolytic hyperkeratosis type, monilethrix, trichothiodystrophy, chronic hepatitis/cryptogenic cirrhosis, and colorectal hyperplasia; a neurological disorder, such as epilepsy, ischemic cerebrovascular disease, stroke, cerebral neoplasms, Alzheimer's disease, Pick's disease, Huntington's disease, dementia, Parkinson's disease and other extrapyramidal disorders, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis and other motor neuron disorders, progressive neural muscular atrophy, retinitis pigmentosa, hereditary ataxias, multiple sclerosis and other demyelinating diseases, bacterial and viral meningitis, brain abscess, subdural empyema, epidural abscess, suppurative intracranial thrombophlebitis, myelitis and radiculitis, viral central nervous system disease, prion diseases including kuru, Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease, and Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinker syndrome, fatal familial insomnia, nutritional and metabolic diseases of the nervous system, neurofibromatosis, tuberous sclerosis, cerebelloretinal hemangioblastomatosis, encephalotrigeminal syndrome, mental retardation and other developmental disorders of the central nervous system including Down syndrome, cerebral palsy, neuroskeletal disorders, autonomic nervous system disorders, cranial nerve disorders, spinal cord diseases, muscular dystrophy and other neuromuscular disorders, peripheral nervous system disorders, dermatomyositis and polymyositis, inherited, metabolic, endocrine, and toxic myopathies, myasthenia gravis, periodic paralysis, mental disorders including mood, anxiety, and schizophrenic disorders, seasonal affective disorder (SAD), akathesia, amnesia, catatonia, diabetic neuropathy, tardive dyskinesia, dystonias, paranoid psychoses, postherpetic neuralgia, Tourette's disorder, progressive supranuclear palsy, corticobasal degeneration, and familial frontotemporal dementia; and a reproductive disorder, such as infertility, including tubal disease, ovulatory defects, and endometriosis, a disorder of prolactin production, a disruption of the estrous cycle, a disruption of the menstrual cycle, polycystic ovary syndrome, ovarian hyperstimulation syndrome, an endometrial or ovarian tumor, a uterine fibroid, autoimmune disorders, an ectopic pregnancy, and teratogenesis; cancer of the breast, fibrocystic breast disease, and galactorrhea; a disruption of spermatogenesis, abnormal sperm physiology; cancer of the testis, cancer of the prostate, benign prostatic hyperplasia, prostatitis. Peyronie's disease, impotence, carcinoma of the male breast, and gynecomastia. The polynucleotide sequences encoding PRTS may be used in Southern or northern analysis, dot blot, or other membrane-based technologies; in PCR technologies; in dipstick, pin, and multiformat ELISA-like assays; and in microarrays utilizing fluids or tissues from patients to detect altered PRTS expression. Such qualitative or quantitative methods are well known in the art.
  • In a particular aspect, the nucleotide sequences encoding PRTS may be useful in assays that detect the presence of associated disorders, particularly those mentioned above. The nucleotide sequences encoding PRTS may be labeled by standard methods and added to a fluid or tissue sample from a patient under conditions suitable for the formation of hybridization complexes. After a suitable incubation period, the sample is washed and the signal is quantified and compared with a standard value. If the amount of signal in the patient sample is significantly altered in comparison to a control sample then the presence of altered levels of nucleotide sequences encoding PRTS in the sample indicates the presence of the associated disorder. Such assays may also be used to evaluate the efficacy of a particular therapeutic treatment regimen in animal studies, in clinical trials, or to monitor the treatment of an individual patient.
  • In order to provide a basis for the diagnosis of a disorder associated with expression of PRTS, a normal or standard profile for expression is established. This may be accomplished by combining body fluids or cell extracts taken from normal subjects, either animal or human, with a sequence, or a fragment thereof, encoding PRTS, under conditions suitable for hybridization or amplification. Standard hybridization may be quantified by comparing the values obtained from normal subjects with values from an experiment in which a known amount of a substantially purified polynucleotide is used. Standard values obtained in this manner may be compared with values obtained from samples from patients who are symptomatic for a disorder. Deviation from standard values is used to establish the presence of a disorder.
  • Once the presence of a disorder is established and a treatment protocol is initiated, hybridization assays may be repeated on a regular basis to determine if the level of expression in the patient begins to approximate that which is observed in the normal subject. The results obtained from successive assays may be used to show the efficacy of treatment over a period ranging from several days to months.
  • With respect to cancer, the presence of an abnormal amount of transcript (either under- or overexpressed) in biopsied tissue from an individual may indicate a predisposition for the development of the disease, or may provide a means for detecting the disease prior to the appearance of actual clinical symptoms. A more definitive diagnosis of this type may allow health professionals to employ preventative measures or aggressive treatment earlier thereby preventing the development or further progression of the cancer.
  • Additional diagnostic uses for oligonucleotides designed from the sequences encoding PRTS may involve the use of PCR. These oligomers may be chemically synthesized, generated enzymatically, or produced in vitro. Oligomers will preferably contain a fragment of a polynucleotide encoding PRTS, or a fragment of a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide encoding PRTS, and will be employed under optimized conditions for identification of a specific gene or condition. Oligomers may also be employed under less stringent conditions for detection or quantification of closely related DNA or RNA sequences.
  • In a particular aspect, oligonucleotide primers derived from the polynucleotide sequences encoding PRTS may be used to detect single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs). SNPs are substitutions, insertions and deletions that are a frequent cause of inherited or acquired genetic disease in humans. Methods of SNP detection include, but are not limited to, single-stranded conformation polymorphism (SSCP) and fluorescent SSCP (fSSCP) methods. In SSCP, oligonucleotide primers derived from the polynucleotide sequences encoding PRTS are used to amplify DNA using the polymerase chain reaction (PCR). The DNA may be derived, for example, from diseased or normal tissue, biopsy samples, bodily fluids, and the like. SNPs in the DNA cause differences in the secondary and tertiary structures of PCR products in single-stranded form, and these differences are detectable using gel electrophoresis in non-denaturing gels. In fSCCP, the oligonucleotide primers are fluorescently labeled, which allows detection of the amplimers in high-throughput equipment such as DNA sequencing machines. Additionally, sequence database analysis methods, termed in silico SNP (isSNP), are capable of identifying polymorphisms by comparing the sequence of individual overlapping DNA fragments which assemble into a common consensus sequence. These computer-based methods filter out sequence variations due to laboratory preparation of DNA and sequencing errors using statistical models and automated analyses of DNA sequence chromatograms. In the alternative, SNPs may be detected and characterized by mass spectrometry using, for example, the high throughput MASSARRAY system (Sequenom, Inc., San Diego Calif.).
  • Methods which may also be used to quantify the expression of PRTS include radiolabeling or biotinylating nucleotides, coamplification of a control nucleic acid, and interpolating results from standard curves. (See, e.g., Melby, P. C. et al. (1993) J. Immunol. Methods 159:235-244; Duplaa, C. et al. (1993) Anal. Biochem. 212:229-236.) The speed of quantitation of multiple samples may be accelerated by running the assay in a high-throughput format where the oligomer or polynucleotide of interest is presented in various dilutions and a spectrophotometric or colorimetric response gives rapid quantitation.
  • In further embodiments, oligonucleotides or longer fragments derived from any of the polynucleotide sequences described herein may be used as elements on a microarray. The microarray can be used in transcript imaging techniques which monitor the relative expression levels of large numbers of genes simultaneously as described below. The microarray may also be used to identify genetic variants, mutations, and polymorphisms. This information may be used to determine gene function, to understand the genetic basis of a disorder, to diagnose a disorder, to monitor progression/regression of disease as a function of gene expression, and to develop and monitor the activities of therapeutic agents in the treatment of disease. In particular, this information may be used to develop a pharmacogenomic profile of a patient in order to select the most appropriate and effective treatment regimen for that patient. For example, therapeutic agents which are highly effective and display the fewest side effects may be selected for a patient based on his/her pharmacogenomic profile.
  • In another embodiment, PRTS, fragments of PRTS, or antibodies specific for PRTS may be used as elements on a microarray. The microarray may be used to monitor or measure protein-protein interactions, drug-target interactions, and gene expression profiles, as described above.
  • A particular embodiment relates to the use of the polynucleotides of the present invention to generate a transcript image of a tissue or cell type. A transcript image represents the global pattern of gene expression by a particular tissue or cell type. Global gene expression patterns are analyzed by quantifying the number of expressed genes and their relative abundance under given conditions, and at a given time. (See Seilhamer et al., “Comparative Gene Transcript Analysis,” U.S. Pat. No. 5,840,484, expressly incorporated by reference herein.) Thus a transcript image may be generated by hybridizing the polynucleotides of the present invention or their complements to the totality of transcripts or reverse transcripts of a particular tissue or cell type. In one embodiment, the hybridization takes place in high-throughput format, wherein the polynucleotides of the present invention or their complements comprise a subset of a plurality of elements on a microarray. The resultant transcript image would provide a profile of gene activity.
  • Transcript images may be generated using transcripts isolated from tissues, cell lines, biopsies, or other biological samples. The transcript image may thus reflect gene expression in vivo, as in the case of a tissue or biopsy sample, or in vitro, as in the case of a cell line.
  • Transcript images which profile the expression of the polynucleotides of the present invention may also be used in conjunction with in vitro model systems and preclinical evaluation of pharmaceuticals, as well as toxicological testing of industrial and naturally-occurring environmental compounds. All compounds induce characteristic gene expression patterns, frequently termed molecular fingerprints or toxicant signatures, which are indicative of mechanisms of action and toxicity (Nuwaysir, E. F. et al. (1999) Mol. Carcinog. 24:153-159; Steiner, S. and N. L. Anderson (2000) Toxicol. Lett. 112-113:467-471, expressly incorporated by reference herein). If a test compound has a signature similar to that of a compound with known toxicity, it is likely to share those toxic properties. These fingerprints or signatures are most useful and refined when they contain expression information from a large number of genes and gene families. Ideally, a genome-wide measurement of expression provides the highest quality signature. Even genes whose expression is not altered by any tested compounds are important as well, as the levels of expression of these genes are used to normalize the rest of the expression data. The normalization procedure is useful for comparison of expression data after treatment with different compounds. While the assignment of gene function to elements of a toxicant signature aids in interpretation of toxicity mechanisms, knowledge of gene function is not necessary for the statistical matching of signatures which leads to prediction of toxicity. (See, for example, Press Release 00-02 from the National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences, released Feb. 29, 2000, available at http://www.niehs.nih.gov/oc/news/toxchip.htm.) Therefore, it is important and desirable in toxicological screening using toxicant signatures to include all expressed gene sequences.
  • In one embodiment, the toxicity of a test compound is assessed by treating a biological sample containing nucleic acids with the test compound. Nucleic acids that are expressed in the treated biological sample are hybridized with one or more probes specific to the polynucleotides of the present invention, so that transcript levels corresponding to the polynucleotides of the present invention may be quantified. The transcript levels in the treated biological sample are compared with levels in an untreated biological sample. Differences in the transcript levels between the two samples are indicative of a toxic response caused by the test compound in the treated sample.
  • Another particular embodiment relates to the use of the polypeptide sequences of the present invention to analyze the proteome of a tissue or cell type. The term proteome refers to the global pattern of protein expression in a particular tissue or cell type. Each protein component of a proteome can be subjected individually to further analysis. Proteome expression patterns, or profiles, are analyzed by quantifying the number of expressed proteins and their relative abundance under given conditions and at a given time. A profile of a cell's proteome may thus be generated by separating and analyzing the polypeptides of a particular tissue or cell type. In one embodiment, the separation is achieved using two dimensional gel electrophoresis, in which proteins from a sample are separated by isoelectric focusing in the first dimension, and then according to molecular weight by sodium dodecyl sulfate slab gel electrophoresis in the second dimension (Steiner and Anderson, supra). The proteins are visualized in the gel as discrete and uniquely positioned spots, typically by sting the gel with an agent such as Coomassie Blue or silver or fluorescent stains. The optical density of each protein spot is generally proportional to the level of the protein in the sample. The optical densities of equivalently positioned protein spots from different samples, for example, from biological samples either treated or untreated with a test compound or therapeutic agent, are compared to identify any changes in protein spot density related to the treatment. The proteins in the spots are partially sequenced using, for example, standard methods employing chemical or enzymatic cleavage followed by mass spectrometry. The identity of the protein in a spot may be determined by comparing its partial sequence, preferably of at least 5 contiguous amino acid residues, to the polypeptide sequences of the present invention. In some cases, further sequence data may be obtained for definitive protein identification.
  • A proteomic profile may also be generated using antibodies specific for PRTS to quantify the levels of PRTS expression. In one embodiment, the antibodies are used as elements on a microarray, and protein expression levels are quantified by exposing the microarray to the sample and detecting the levels of protein bound to each array element (Lueking, A. et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 270:103-111; Mendoze, L. G. et al. (1999) Biotechniques 27:778-788). Detection may be performed by a variety of methods known in the art, for example, by reacting the proteins in the sample with a thiol- or amino-reactive fluorescent compound and detecting the amount of fluorescence bound at each array element.
  • Toxicant signatures at the proteome level are also useful for toxicological screening, and should be analyzed in parallel with toxicant signatures at the transcript level. There is a poor correlation between transcript and protein abundances for some proteins in some tissues (Anderson, N. L. and J. Seilhamer (1997) Electrophoresis 18:533-537), so proteome toxicant signatures may be useful in the analysis of compounds which do not significantly affect the transcript image, but which alter the proteomic profile. In addition, the analysis of transcripts in body fluids is difficult, due to rapid degradation of mRNA, so proteomic profiling may be more reliable and informative in such cases.
  • In another embodiment, the toxicity of a test compound is assessed by treating a biological sample containing proteins with the test compound. Proteins that are expressed in the treated biological sample are separated so that the amount of each protein can be quantified. The amount of each protein is compared to the amount of the corresponding protein in an untreated biological sample. A difference in the amount of protein between the two samples is indicative of a toxic response to the test compound in the treated sample. Individual proteins are identified by sequencing the amino acid residues of the individual proteins and comparing these partial sequences to the polypeptides of the present invention.
  • In another embodiment, the toxicity of a test compound is assessed by treating a biological sample containing proteins with the test compound. Proteins from the biological sample are incubated with antibodies specific to the polypeptides of the present invention. The amount of protein recognized by the antibodies is quantified. The amount of protein in the treated biological sample is compared with the amount in an untreated biological sample. A difference in the amount of protein between the two samples is indicative of a toxic response to the test compound in the treated sample.
  • Microarrays may be prepared, used, and analyzed using methods mown in the art (See, e.g., Brennan, T. M. et al. (1995) U.S. Pat. No. 5,474,796; Schena, M. et al. (1996) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93:10614-10619; Baldeschweiler et al. (1995) PCT application WO95/251116; Shalon, D. et al. (1995) PCT application WO95/35505; Heller, R. A. et al. (1997) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 94:2150-2155; and Heller, M. J. et al. (1997) U.S. Pat. No. 5,605,662.) Various types of microarrays are well known and thoroughly described in DNA Microarrays: A Practical Approach, M. Schena, ed. (1999) Oxford University Press, London, hereby expressly incorporated by reference.
  • In another embodiment of the invention, nucleic acid sequences encoding PRTS may be used to generate hybridization probes useful in mapping the naturally occurring genomic sequence. Either coding or noncoding sequences may be used, and in some instances, noncoding sequences may be preferable over coding sequences. For example, conservation of a coding sequence among members of a multi-gene family may potentially cause undesired cross hybridization during chromosomal mapping. The sequences may be mapped to a particular chromosome, to a specific region of a chromosome, or to artificial chromosome constructions, e.g., human artificial chromosomes (HACs), yeast artificial chromosomes (YACs), bacterial artificial chromosomes (BACs), bacterial P1 constructions, or single chromosome cDNA libraries. (See, e.g., Harrington, J. J. et al. (1997) Nat. Genet. 15:345-355; Price, C. M. (1993) Blood Rev. 7:127-134; and Trask, B. J. (1991) Trends Genet. 7:149-154.) Once mapped, the nucleic acid sequences of the invention may be used to develop genetic linkage maps, for example, which correlate the inheritance of a disease state with the inheritance of a particular chromosome region or restriction fragment length polymorphism (RFLP). (See, for example, Lander, E. S. and D. Botstein (1986) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 83:7353-7357.)
  • Fluorescent in situ hybridization (FISH) may be correlated with other physical and genetic map data. (See, e.g., Heinz-Ulrich, et al. (1995) in Meyers, supra, pp. 965-968.) Examples of genetic map data can be found in various scientific journals or at the Online Mendelian Inheritance in Man (OMIM) World Wide Web site. Correlation between the location of the gene encoding PRTS on a physical map and a specific disorder, or a predisposition to a specific disorder, may help define the region of DNA associated with that disorder and thus may further positional cloning efforts.
  • In situ hybridization of chromosomal preparations and physical mapping techniques, such as linkage analysis using established chromosomal markers, may be used for extending genetic maps. Often the placement of a gene on the chromosome of another mammalian species, such as mouse, may reveal associated markers even if the exact chromosomal locus is not known. This information is valuable to investigators searching for disease genes using positional cloning or other gene discovery techniques. Once the gene or genes responsible for a disease or syndrome have been crudely localized by genetic linkage to a particular genomic region, e.g., ataxia-telangiectasia to 11q22-23, any sequences mapping to that area may represent associated or regulatory genes for further investigation. (See, e.g., Gatti, R. A. et al. (1988) Nature 336:577-580.) The nucleotide sequence of the instant invention may also be used to detect differences in the chromosomal location due to translocation, inversion, etc., among normal, carrier, or affected individuals.
  • In another embodiment of the invention, PRTS, its catalytic or immunogenic fragments, or oligopeptides thereof can be used for screening libraries of compounds in any of a variety of drug screening techniques. The fragment employed in such screening may be free in solution, affixed to a solid support, borne on a cell surface, or located intracellularly. The formation of binding complexes between PRTS and the agent being tested may be measured.
  • Another technique for drug screening provides for high throughput screening of compounds having suitable binding affinity to the protein of interest. (See, e.g., Geysen, et al. (1984) PCT application WO84/03564.) In this method, large numbers of different small test compounds are synthesized on a solid substrate. The test compounds are reacted with PRTS, or fragments thereof, and washed. Bound PRTS is then detected by methods well known in the art. Purified PRTS can also be coated directly onto plates for use in the aforementioned drug screening techniques. Alternatively, non-neutralizing antibodies can be used to capture the peptide and immobilize it on a solid support.
  • In another embodiment, one may use competitive drug screening assays in which neutralizing antibodies capable of binding PRTS specifically compete with a test compound for binding PRTS. In this manner, antibodies can be used to detect the presence of any peptide which shares one or more antigenic determinants with PRTS.
  • In additional embodiments, the nucleotide sequences which encode PRTS may be used in any molecular biology techniques that have yet to be developed, provided the new techniques rely on properties of nucleotide sequences that are currently known, including, but not limited to, such properties as the triplet genetic code and specific base pair interactions.
  • Without further elaboration, it is believed that one skilled in the art can, using the preceding description, utilize the present invention to its fullest extent. The following embodiments are, therefore, to be construed as merely illustrative, and not limitative of the remainder of the disclosure in any way whatsoever.
  • The disclosures of all patents, applications, and publications mentioned above and below, including U.S. Ser. No. 60/231,039, U.S. Ser. No. 60/232,912, U.S. Ser. No. 60/234,950, U.S. Ser. No. 60/236,500, U.S. Ser. No. 60/238,773, and U.S. Ser. No. 60/239,658, are hereby expressly incorporated by reference.
  • EXAMPLES
  • I. Construction of cDNA Libraries
  • Incyte cDNAs were derived from cDNA libraries described in the LIFESEQ GOLD database (Incyte Genomics, Palo Alto Calif.) and shown in Table 4, column 5. Some tissues were homogenized and lysed in guanidinium isothiocyanate, while others were homogenized and lysed in phenol or in a suitable mixture of denaturants, such as TRIZOL (Life Technologies), a monophasic solution of phenol and guanidine isothiocyanate. The resulting lysates were centrifuged over CsCl cushions or extracted with chloroform. RNA was precipitated from the lysates with either isopropanol or sodium acetate and ethanol, or by other routine methods.
  • Phenol extraction and precipitation of RNA were repeated as necessary to increase RNA purity. In some cases, RNA was treated with DNase. For most libraries, poly(A)+ RNA was isolated using oligo d(T)-coupled paramagnetic particles (Promega), OLIGOTEX latex particles (QIAGEN, Chatsworth Calif.), or an OLIGOTEX mRNA purification kit (QIAGEN). Alternatively, RNA was isolated directly from tissue lysates using other RNA isolation kits, e.g., the POLY(A)PURE mRNA purification kit (Ambion, Austin Tex).
  • In some cases, Stratagene was provided with RNA and constructed the corresponding cDNA libraries. Otherwise, cDNA was synthesized and cDNA libraries were constructed with the UNIZAP vector system (Stratagene) or SUPERSCRIPT plasmid system (Life Technologies), using the recommended procedures or similar methods known in the art. (See, e.g., Ausubel 1997, supra, units 5.1-6.6.) Reverse transcription was initiated using oligo d(T) or random primers. Synthetic oligonucleotide adapters were ligated to double stranded cDNA, and the cDNA was digested with the appropriate restriction enzyme or enzymes. For most libraries, the cDNA was size-selected (300-1000 bp) using SEPHACRYL S1000, SEPHAROSE CL2B, or SEPHAROSE CL4B column chromatography (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech) or preparative agarose gel electrophoresis. cDNAs were ligated into compatible restriction enzyme sites of the polylinker of a suitable plasmid, e.g., PBLUESCRIPT plasmid (Stratagene), PSPORT1 plasmid (Life Technologies), PCDNA2.1 paid (Invitrogen, Carlsbad Calif.), PBK-CMV plasmid (Stratagene), PCR2-TOPOTA (Invitrogen), PCMV-ICIS (Stratagene), or pINCY (Incyte Genomics, Palo Alto Calif.), or derivatives thereof. Recombinant plasmids were transformed into competent E. coli cells including XL1-Blue. XL1-BlueMRP, or SOLR from Stratagene or DH5α, DH10B, or ElectroMAX DH10B from Life Technologies.
  • ii. Isolation of cDNA Clones
  • Plasmids obtained as described in Example I were recovered from host cells by in vivo excision using the UNIZAP vector system (Stratagene) or by cell lysis. Plasmids were purified using at least one of the following: a Magic or WIZARD Minipreps DNA purification system (Promega); an AGTC Miniprep purification kit (Edge Biosystems, Gaithersburg Md.); and QIAWELL 8 Plasmid, QIAWEIL 8 Plus Plasmid, QIAWEIL 8 Ultra Plasmid purification systems or the R.E.A.L. PREP 96 plasmid purification kit from QIAGEN. Following precipitation, plasmids were resuspended in 0.1 ml of distilled water and stored, with or without lyophilization, at 4° C.
  • Alternatively, plasmid DNA was amplified from host cell lysates using direct link PCR in a high-throughput format (Rao, V. B. (1994) Anal. Biochem. 216:1-14). Host cell lysis and thermal cycling steps were carried out in a single reaction mire. Samples were processed and stored in 384-well plates, and the concentration of amplified plasmid DNA was quantified fluorometrically using PICOGREEN dye (Molecular Probes, Eugene Oreg.) and a FLUOROSKAN II fluorescence scanner (Labsystems Oy, Helsinki, Finland).
  • III. Sequencing and Analysis
  • Incyte cDNA recovered in plasmids as described in Example II were sequenced as follows. Sequencing reactions were processed using standard methods or high-throughput instrumentation such as the ABI CATALYST 800 (Applied Biosystems) thermal cycler or the PTC-200 thermal cycler (MJ Research) in conjunction with the HYDRA microdispenser (Robbins Scientific) or the MICROLAB 2200 (Hamilton) liquid transfer system. cDNA sequencing reactions were prepared using reagents provided by Amersham Pharmacia Biotech or supplied in ABI sequencing kits such as the ABI PRISM BIGDYE Terminator cycle sequencing ready reaction kit (Applied Biosystems). Electrophoretic separation of cDNA sequencing reactions and detection of labeled polynucleotides were carried out using the MEGABACE 1000 DNA sequencing system (Molecular Dynamics); the ABI PRISM 373 or 377 sequencing system (Applied Biosystems) in conjunction with standard ABI protocols and base calling software; or other sequence analysis systems known in the art. Reading frames within the cDNA sequences were identified using standard methods (reviewed in Ausubel, 1997, supra, unit 7.7). Some of the cDNA sequences were selected for extension using the techniques disclosed in Example VIII.
  • The polynucleotide sequences derived from Incyte cDNAs were validated by removing vector, linker, and poly(A) sequences and by masking ambiguous bases, using algorithms and programs based on BLAST, dynamic programming, and dinucleotide nearest neighbor analysis. The Incyte cDNA sequences or translations thereof were then queried against a selection of public databases such as the GenBank primate, rodent, mammalian, vertebrate, and eukaryote databases, and BLOCKS, PRINTS, DOMO, PRODOM, and hidden Markov model (HMM)-based protein family databases such as PFAM. (HMM is a probabilistic approach which analyzes consensus primary structures of gene families. See, for example, Eddy, S. R. (1996) Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol. 6:361-365.) The queries were performed using programs based on BLAST, FASTA, BLIMPS, and HMMER. The Incyte cDNA sequences were assembled to produce full length polynucleotide sequences. Alternatively, GenBank cDNAs, GenBank ESTs, stitched sequences, stretched sequences, or Genscan-predicted coding sequences (see Examples IV and V) were used to extend Incyte cDNA assemblages to full length. Assembly was performed using programs based on Phred, Phrap, and Consed, and cDNA assemblages were screened for open reading frames using programs based on GeneMark, BLAST, and FASTA. The full length polynucleotide sequences were translated to derive the corresponding full length polypeptide sequences. Alternatively, a polypeptide of the invention may begin at any of the methionine residues of the full length translated polypeptide. Full length polypeptide sequences were subsequently analyzed by querying against databases such as the GenBank protein databases (genpept), SwissProt, BLOCKS, PRINTS, DOMO, PRODOM, Prosite, and hidden Markov model (HMM)-based protein family databases such as PFAM. Full length polynucleotide sequences are also analyzed using MACDNASIS PRO software (Hitachi Software Engineering, South San Francisco Calif.) and LASERGENE software (DNASTAR). Polynucleotide and polypeptide sequence alignments are generated using default parameters specified by the CLUSTAL algorithm as incorporated into the MEGALIGN multisequence alignment program (DNASTAR), which also calculates the percent identity between aligned sequences.
  • Table 7 summarizes the tools, programs, and algorithms used for the analysis and assembly of Incyte cDNA and full length sequences and provides applicable descriptions, references, and threshold parameters. The first column of Table 7 shows the tools, programs, and algorithms used, the second column provides brief descriptions thereof, the third column presents appropriate references, all of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety, and the fourth column presents, where applicable, the scores, probability values, and other parameters used to evaluate the strength of a match between two sequences (the higher the score or the lower the probability value, the greater the identity between two sequences).
  • The programs described above for the assembly and analysis of full length polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences were also used to identify polynucleotide sequence fragments from SEQ ID NO:18-34. Fragments from about 20 to about 4000 nucleotides which are useful in hybridization and amplification technologies are described in Table 4, column 4.
  • IV. Identification and Editing of Coding Sequences from Genomic DNA
  • Putative proteases were initially identified by running the Genscan gene identification program against public genomic sequence databases (e.g., gbpri and gbhtg). Genscan is a general-purpose gene identification program which analyzes genomic DNA sequences from a variety of organisms (See Burge, C. and S. Karlin (1997) J. Mol. Biol. 268:78-94, and Burge, C. and S. Karlin (1998) Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol. 8:346-354). The program concatenates predicted exons to form an assembled cDNA sequence extending from a methionine to a stop codon. The output of Genscan is a FASTA database of polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences. The magnum range of sequence for Genscan to analyze at once was set to 30 kb. To determine which of these Genscan predicted cDNA sequences encode proteases, the encoded polypeptides were analyzed by querying against PFAM models for proteases. Potential proteases were also identified by homology to Incyte cDNA sequences that had been annotated as proteases. These selected Genscan-predicted sequences were then compared by BLAST analysis to the genpept and gbpri public databases. Where necessary, the Genscan-predicted sequences were then edited by comparison to the top BLAST hit from genpept to correct errors in the sequence predicted by Genscan, such as extra or omitted exons. BLAST analysis was also used to find any Incyte cDNA or public cDNA coverage of the Genscan-predicted sequences, thus providing evidence for transcription. When Incyte cDNA coverage was available, this information was used to correct or confirm the Genscan predicted sequence. Full length polynucleotide sequences were obtained by assembling Genscan-predicted coding sequences with Incyte cDNA sequences and/or public cDNA sequences using the assembly process described in Example III. Alternatively, full length polynucleotide sequences were derived entirely from edited or unedited Genscan-predicted coding sequences.
  • V. Assembly of Genomic Sequence Data with cDNA Sequence Data
  • “Stitched” Sequences
  • Partial cDNA sequences were extended with exons predicted by the Genscan gene identification program described in Example IV. Partial cDNAs assembled as described in Example III were mapped to genomic DNA and parsed into clusters containing related cDNAs and Genscan exon predictions from one or more genomic sequences. Each cluster was analyzed using an algorithm based on graph theory and dynamic programming to integrate cDNA and genomic information, generating possible splice variants that were subsequently confirmed, edited, or extended to create a full length sequence. Sequence intervals in which the entire length of the interval was present on more than one sequence in the cluster were identified, and intervals thus identified were considered to be equivalent by transitivity. For example, if an interval was present on a cDNA and two genomic sequences, then all three intervals were considered to be equivalent. This process allows unrelated but consecutive genomic sequences to be brought together, bridged by cDNA sequence. Intervals thus identified were then “stitched” together by the stitching algorithm in the order that they appear along their parent sequences to generate the longest possible sequence, as well as sequence variants. Linkages between intervals which proceed along one type of parent sequence (cDNA to cDNA or genomic sequence to genomic sequence) were given preference over linkages which change parent type (cDNA to genomic sequence). The resultant stitched sequences were translated and compared by BLAST analysis to the genpept and gbpri public databases. Incorrect exons predicted by Genscan were corrected by comparison to the top BLAST hit from genpept. Sequences were further extended with additional cDNA sequences, or by inspection of genomic DNA, when necessary.
  • “Stretched” Sequences
  • Partial DNA sequences were extended to full length with an algorithm based on BLAST analysis. First, partial cDNAs assembled as described in Example III were queried against public databases such as the GenBank primate, rodent, mammalian, vertebrate, and eukaryote databases using the BLAST program. The nearest GenBank protein homolog was then compared by BLAST analysis to either Incyte cDNA sequences or GenScan exon predicted sequences described in Example IV. A chimeric protein was generated by using the resultant high-scoring segment pairs (HSPs) to map the translated sequences onto the GenBank protein homolog. Insertions or deletions may occur in the chimeric protein with respect to the original GenBank protein homolog. The GenBank protein homolog, the chimeric protein, or both were used as probes to search for homologous genomic sequences from the public human genome databases. Partial DNA sequences were therefore “stretched” or extended by the addition of homologous genomic sequences. The resultant stretched sequences were examined to determine whether it contained a complete gene.
  • VI. Chromosomal Mapping of PRTS Encoding Polynucleotides
  • The sequences which were used to assemble SEQ ID NO:18-34 were compared with sequences from the Incyte LIFESEQ database and public domain databases using BLAST and other implementations of the Smith-Waterman algorithm. Sequences from these databases that matched SEQ ED NO:18-34 were assembled into clusters of contiguous and overlapping sequences using assembly algorithms such as Phrap (Table 7). Radiation hybrid and genetic mapping data available from public resources such as the Stanford Human Genome Center (SHGC), Whitehead Institute for Genome Research (WIGR), and Généthon were used to determine if any of the clustered sequences had been previously mapped. Inclusion of a mapped sequence in a cluster resulted in the assignment of all sequences of that cluster, including its particular SEQ ID NO:, to that map location.
  • Map locations are represented by ranges, or intervals, of human chromosomes. The map position of an interval, in centiMorgans, is measured relative to the terminus of the chromosome's p-arm. (The centiMorgan (cM) is a unit of measurement based on recombination frequencies between chromosomal markers. On average, 1 cM is roughly equivalent to 1 megabase (Mb) of DNA in humans, although this can vary widely due to hot and cold spots of recombination.) The cM distances are based on genetic markers mapped by Généthon which provide boundaries for radiation hybrid markers whose sequences were included in each of the clusters. Human genome maps and other resources available to the public, such as the NCBI “GeneMap'99” World Wide Web site (http:/www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/genemap/), can be employed to determine if previously identified disease genes map within or in proximity to the intervals indicated above.
  • In this manner, SEQ ID NO:1B was mapped to chromosome 16 within the interval from 33.4 to 42.7 centiMorgans. In this manner, SEQ ID NO:22 was mapped to chromosome 1 within the interval from 219.2 to 222.7 centiMorgans.
  • VII. Analysis of Polynucleotide Expression
  • Northern analysis is a laboratory technique used to detect the presence of a transcript of a gene and involves the hybridization of a labeled nucleotide sequence to a membrane on which RNAs from a particular cell type or tissue have been bound. (See, e.g., Sambrook, supra, ch. 7; Ausubel (1995) supra, ch. 4 and 16.)
  • Analogous computer techniques applying BLAST were used to search for identical or related molecules in cDNA databases such as GenBank or LIFESEQ (Incyte Genomics). This analysis is much faster than multiple membrane-based hybridizations. In addition, the sensitivity of the computer search can be modified to determine whether any particular match is categorized as exact or similar. The basis of the search is the product score, which is defined as: BLAST Score × Percent Identity 5 × minimum { length ( Seq . 1 ) , length ( Seq . 2 ) }
    The product score takes into account both the degree of similarity between two sequences and the length of the sequence match. The product score is a normalized value between 0 and 100, and is calculated as follows: the BLAST score is multiplied by the percent nucleotide identity and the product is divided by (5 times the length of the shorter of the two sequences). The BLAST score is calculated by assigning a score of +5 for every base that matches in a high-scoring segment pair (HSP), and −4 for every mismatch. Two sequences may share more than one HSP (separated by gaps). If there is more than one HSP, then the pair with the highest BLAST score is used to calculate the product score. The product score represents a balance between fractional overlap and quality in a BLAST alignment. For example, a product score of 100 is produced only for 100% identity over the entire length of the shorter of the two sequences being compared. A product score of 70 is produced either by 100% identity and 70% overlap at one end, or by 88% identity and 100% overlap at the other. A product score of 50 is produced either by 100% identity and 50% overlap at one end, or 79% identity and 100% overlap.
  • Alternatively, polynucleotide sequences encoding PRTS are analyzed with respect to the tissue sources from which they were derived. For example, some full length sequences are assembled, at least in part with overlapping Incyte cDNA sequences (see Example III). Each cDNA sequence is derived from a cDNA library constructed from a human tissue. Each human tissue is classified into one of the following organ/tissue categories: cardiovascular system; connective tissue; digestive system; embryonic structures; endocrine system; exocrine glands; genitalia, female; genitalia, male; germ cells; hemic and immune system; liver, musculoskeletal system; nervous system; pancreas; respiratory system; sense organs; skin; stomatognathic system; unclassified/mixed; or urinary tract. The number of libraries in each category is counted and divided by the total number of libraries across all categories. Similarly, each human tissue is classified into one of the following disease/condition categories: cancer, cell line, developmental, inflammations neurological, trauma, cardiovascular, pooled, and other, and the number of libraries in each category is counted and divided by the total number of libraries across all categories. The resulting percentages reflect the tissue- and disease-specific expression of cDNA encoding PRTS. cDNA sequences and cDNA library/tissue information are found in the LIFESEQ GOLD database (Incyte Genomics, Palo Alto Calif.).
  • VIII. Extension of PRTS Encoding Polynucleotides
  • Full length polynucleotide sequences were also produced by extension of an appropriate fragment of the full length molecule using oligonucleotide primers designed from this fragment. One primer was synthesized to initiate 5′ extension of the known fragment, and the other primer was synthesized to initiate 3′ extension of the known fragment. The initial primers were designed using OLIGO 4.06 software (National Biosciences), or another appropriate program, to be about 22 to 30 nucleotides in length, to have a GC content of about 50% or more, and to anneal to the target sequence at temperatures of about 68° C. to about 72° C. Any stretch of nucleotides which would result in hairpin structures and primer-primer dimerizations was avoided.
  • Selected human cDNA libraries were used to extend the sequence. If more an one extension was necessary or desired, additional or nested sets of primers were designed.
  • High fidelity amplification was obtained by PCR using methods well known in the art PCR was performed in 96-well plates using the PTC-200 thermal cycler (MJ Research, Inc.). The reaction mix contained DNA template, 200 nmol of each primer, reaction buffer containing Mg2+, (NH4)2SO4, and 2-mercaptoethanol Taq DNA polymerase (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech), ELONGASE enzyme (Life Technologies), and Pfu DNA polymerase (Stratagene), with the following parameters for primer pair PCI A and PCI B: Step 1: 94° C., 3 min; Step 2: 94° C., 15 sec; Step 3: 60° C., 1 min; Step 4: 68° C., 2 min; Step 5: Steps 2, 3, and 4 repeated 20 times; Step 6: 68° C., 5 min; Step 7: storage at 4° C. In the alternative, the parameters for primer pair T7 and SK+ were as follows: Step 1: 94° C., 3 min; Step 2: 94° C., 15 sec; Step 3: 57° C., 1 min; Step 4: 68° C., 2 min; Step 5: Steps 2, 3, and 4 repeated 20 times; Step 6: 68° C., 5 min; Step 7: storage at 4° C.
  • The concentration of DNA in each well was determined by dispensing 100 μl PICOGREEN quantitation reagent (0.25% (v/v) PICOGREEN; Molecular Probes, Eugene Oreg.) dissolved in 1×TE and 0.5 μl of undiluted PCR product into each well of an opaque fluorimeter plate (Corning Costar, Acton Mass.), allowing the DNA to bind to the reagent. The plate was scanned in a Fluoroskan II (Labsystems Oy, Helsinki, Finland) to measure the fluorescence of the sample and to quantify the concentration of DNA. A 5 μl to 10 μl aliquot of the reaction mix was analyzed by electrophoresis on a 1% agarose gel to determine which reactions were successful in extending the sequence.
  • The extended nucleotides were desalted and concentrated, transferred to 384-well plates, digested with CviJI cholera virus endonuclease (Molecular Biology Research. Madison Wis.), and sonicated or sheared prior to religation into pUC 18 vector (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech). For shotgun sequencing, the digested nucleotides were separated on low concentration (0.6 to 0.8%) agarose gels, fragments were excised, and agar digested with Agar ACE (Promega). Extended clones were religated using T4 ligase (New England Biolabs, Beverly Mass.) into pUC 18 vector (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech), treated with Pfu DNA polymerase (Stratagene) to fill-in restriction site overhangs, and transfected into competent E. coli cells. Transformed cells were selected on antibiotic-containing media, and individual colonies were picked and cultured overnight at 37° C. in 384-well plates in LB/2× carb liquid media.
  • The cells were lysed, and DNA was amplified by PCR using Taq DNA polymerase (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech) and Pfu DNA polymerase (Stratagene) with the following parameters: Step 1: 94° C., 3 min; Step 2: 94° C., 15 sec; Step 3: 60° C., 1 min; Step 4: 72° C., 2 min; Step 5: steps 2, 3, and 4 repeated 29 times; Step 6: 72° C., 5 min; Step 7: storage at 4° C. DNA was quantified by PICOGREEN reagent (Molecular Probes) as described above. Samples with low DNA recoveries were reamplified using the same conditions as described above. Samples were diluted with 20% dimethysulfoxide (1:2, v/v), and sequenced using DYENAMIC energy transfer sequencing primers and the DYENAMIC DIRECT kit (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech) or the ABI PRISM BIGDYE Terminator cycle sequencing ready reaction kit (Applied Biosystems).
  • In like manner, full length polynucleotide sequences are verified using the above procedure or are used to obtain 5′ regulatory sequences using the above procedure along with oligonucleotides designed for such extension, and an appropriate genomic library.
  • IX. Labeling and use of Individual Hybridization Probes
  • Hybridization probes derived from SEQ ID NO:18-34 are employed to screen cDNAs, genomic DNAs, or mRNAs. Although the labeling of oligonucleotides, consisting of about 20 base pairs, is specifically described, essentially the same procedure is used with larger nucleotide fragments. Oligonucleotides are designed using state-of-the-art software such as OLIGO 4.06 software (National Biosciences) and labeled by combining 50 pmol of each oligomer, 250 μCi of [γ-32P] adenosine triphosphate (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech), and T4 polynucleotide kinase (DuPont NEN, Boston Mass.). The labeled oligonucleotides are substantially purified using a SEPHADEX G-25 superfine size exclusion dextran bead column (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech). An aliquot containing 107 counts per minute of the labeled probe is used in a typical membrane-based hybridization analysis of human genomic DNA digested with one of the following endonucleases: Ase I, Bgl II, Eco RI, Pst I, Xba I, or Pvu II (DuPont NEN).
  • The DNA from each digest is fractionated on a 0.7% agarose gel and transferred to nylon membranes (Nytran Plus, Schleicher & Schuell, Durham N.H.). Hybridization is carried out for 16 hours at 40° C. To remove nonspecific signals, blots are sequentially washed at room temperature under conditions of up to, for example, 0.1× saline sodium citrate and 0.5% sodium dodecyl sulfate. Hybridization patterns are visualized using autoradiography or an alternative imaging means and compared.
  • X. Microarrays
  • The linkage or synthesis of array elements upon a microarray can be achieved utilizing photolithography, piezoelectric printing (ink-jet printing, See, e.g., Baldeschweiler, supra.), mechanical microspotting technologies, and derivatives thereof. The substrate in each of the aforementioned technologies should be uniform and solid with a non-porous surface (Schena (1999), supra). Suggested substrates include silicon, silica, glass slides, glass chips, and silicon wafers. Alternatively, a procedure analogous to a dot or slot blot may also be used to arrange and link elements to the surface of a substrate using thermal, UV, chemical, or mechanical bonding procedures. A typical array may be produced using available methods and machines well known to those of ordinary skill in the art and may contain any appropriate number of elements. (See, e.g. Schena. M. et al. (1995) Science 270:467-470; Shalon, D. et al. (1996) Genome Res. 6:639-645; Marshall, A. and J. Hodgson (1998) Nat. Biotechnol. 16:27-31.)
  • Full length cDNAs, Expressed Sequence Tags (ESTs), or fragments or oligomers thereof may comprise the elements of the microarray. Fragments or oligomers suitable for hybridization can be selected using software well known in the art such as LASERGENE software (DNASTAR). The array elements are hybridized with polynucleotides in a biological sample. The polynucleotides in the biological sample are conjugated to a fluorescent label or other molecular tag for ease of detection. After hybridization, nonhybridized nucleotides from the biological sample are removed, and a fluorescence scanner is used to detect hybridization at each array element. Alternatively, laser desorbtion and mass spectrometry may be used for detection of hybridization. The degree of complementarity and the relative abundance of each polynucleotide which hybridizes to an element on the microarray may be assessed. In one embodiment, microarray preparation and usage is described in detail below.
  • Tissue or Cell Sample Preparation
  • Total RNA is isolated from tissue samples using the guanidinium thiocyanate method and poly(A)+ RNA is purified using the oligo-(dT) cellulose method. Each poly(A)+ RNA sample is reverse transcribed using MMLV reverse-transcriptase, 0.05 pg/μl oligo-(dT) primer (21mer), 1× first strand buffer, 0.03 units/μl RNase inhibitor, 500 μM dATP, 500 μM dGTP, 500 μM dTTP, 40 μM dCTP, 40 μM dCTP-Cy3 (BDS) or dCTP-Cy5 (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech). The reverse transcription reaction is performed in a 25 ml volume containing 200 ng poly(A)+ RNA with GEMBRIGHT kits (Incyte). Specific control poly(A)+ RNAs are synthesized by in vitro transcription from non-coding yeast genomic DNA. After incubation at 37° C. for 2 hr, each reaction sample (one with Cy3 and another with Cy5 labeling) is treated with 2.5 ml of 0.5M sodium hydroxide and incubated for 20 minutes at 85° C. to the stop the reaction and degrade the RNA. Samples are purified using two successive CHROMA SPIN 30 gel filtration spin columns (CLONTECH Laboratories, Inc. (CLONTECH), Palo Alto Calif.) and after combining, both reaction samples are ethanol precipitated using 1 ml of glycogen (1 mg/ml), 60 ml sodium acetate, and 300 ml of 100% ethanol. The sample is then dried to completion using a SpeedVAC (Savant Instruments Inc., Holbrook N.Y.) and resuspended in 14 μl 5× SSC/0.2% SDS.
  • Microarray Preparation
  • Sequences of the present invention are used to generate array elements. Each array element is amplified from bacterial cells containing vectors with cloned cDNA inserts. PCR amplification uses primers complementary to the vector sequences flanking the cDNA insert. Array elements are amplified in thirty cycles of PCR from an initial quantity of 1-2 ng to a final quantity greater than 5 μg. Amplified array elements are then purified using SEPHACRYL-400 (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech).
  • Purified array elements are immobilized on polymer-coated glass slides. Glass microscope slides (Corning) are cleaned by ultrasound in 0.1% SDS and acetone, with extensive distilled water washes between and after treatments. Glass slides are etched in 4% hydrofluoric acid (VWR Scientific Products Corporation (VWR), West Chester Pa.), washed extensively in distilled water, and coated with 0.05% aminopropyl silane (Sigma) in 95% ethanol. Coated slides are cured in a 110° C. oven.
  • Array elements are applied to the coated glass substrate using a procedure described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,807,522, incorporated herein by reference. 1 μl of the array element DNA, at an average concentration of 100 ng/μl, is loaded into the open capillary printing element by a high-speed robotic apparatus. The apparatus then deposits about 5 nl of array element sample per slide.
  • Microarrays are UV-crosslinked using a STRATA NER UV-crosslinker (Stratagene). Microarrays are washed at room temperature once in 0.2% SDS and three times in distilled water. Non-specific binding sites are blocked by incubation of microarrays in 0.2% casein in phosphate buffered saline (PBS) (Tropix, Inc., Bedford Mass.) for 30 minutes at 60° C. followed by washes in 0.2% SDS and distilled water as before.
  • Hybridization
  • Hybridization reactions contain 9 μl of sample mixture consisting of 0.2 μg each of Cy3 and Cy5 labeled cDNA synthesis products in 5×SSC, 0.2% SDS hybridization buffer. The sample mixture is heated to 65° C. for 5 minutes and is aliquoted onto the microarray surface and covered with an 1.8 cm2 coverslip. The arrays are transferred to a waterproof chamber having a cavity just slightly larger than a microscope slide. The chamber is kept at 100% humidity internally by the addition of 140 μl of 5×SSC in a corner of the chamber. The chamber containing the arrays is incubated for about 6.5 hours at 60° C. The arrays are washed for 10 min at 45° C. in a first wash buffer (1×SSC, 0.1% SDS), three times for 10 minutes each at 45° C. in a second wash buffer (0.1×SSC), and dried.
  • Detection
  • Reporter-labeled hybridization complexes are detected with a microscope equipped with an Innova 70 mixed gas 10 W laser (Coherent, Inc., Santa Clara Calif.) capable of generating spectral lines at 488 nm for excitation of Cy3 and at 632 nm for excitation of Cy5. The excitation laser light is focused on the array using a 20× microscope objective (Nikon, Inc., Melville N.Y.). The slide containing the array is placed on a computer-controlled X-Y stage on the microscope and raster-scanned past the objective. The 1.8 cm×1.8 cm array used in the present example is scanned with a resolution of 20 micrometers.
  • In two separate scans, a mixed gas multiline laser excites the two fluorophores sequentially. Emitted light is split, based on wavelength, into two photomultiplier tube detectors (PMT R1477, Hamamatsu Photonics Systems, Bridgewater N.J.) corresponding to the two fluorophores. Appropriate filters positioned between the array and the photomultiplier tubes are used to filter the signals. The emission maxima of the fluorophores used are 565 nm for Cy3 and 650 nm for Cy5. Each array is typically scanned twice, one scan per fluorophore using the appropriate filters at the laser source, although the apparatus is capable of recording the spectra from both fluorophores simultaneously.
  • The sensitivity of the scans is typically calibrated using the signal intensity generated by a cDNA control species added to the sample mixture at a known concentration. A specific location on the array contains a complementary DNA sequence, allowing the intensity of the signal at that location to be correlated with a weight ratio of hybridizing species of 1:100,000. When two samples from different sources (e.g., representing test and control cells), each labeled with a different fluorophore, are hybridized to a single array for the purpose of identifying genes that are differentially expressed, the calibration is done by labeling samples of the calibrating cDNA with the two fluorophores and adding identical amounts of each to the hybridization mixture.
  • The output of the photomultiplier tube is digitized using a 12-bit RTI-835H analog-to-digital (A/D) conversion board (Analog Devices, Inc. Norwood Mass.) installed in an IBM-compatible PC computer. The digitized data are displayed as an image where the signal intensity is mapped using a linear 20-color transformation to a pseudocolor scale ranging from blue (low signal) to red (high signal). The data is also analyzed quantitatively. Where two different fluorophores are excited and measured simultaneously, the data are first corrected for optical crosstalk (due to overlapping emission spectra) between the fluorophores using each fluorophore's emission spectrum.
  • A grid is superimposed over the fluorescence signal image such that the signal from each spot is centered in each element of the grid. The fluorescence signal within each element is then integrated to obtain a numerical value corresponding to the average intensity of the signal. The software used for signal analysis is the GEMTOOLS gene expression analysis program (Incyte).
  • XI. Complementary Polynucleotides
  • Sequences complementary to the PRTS-encoding sequences, or any parts thereof, are used to detect, decrease, or inhibit expression of naturally occurring PRTS. Although use of oligonucleotides comprising from about 15 to 30 base pairs is described, essentially the same procedure is used with smaller or with larger sequence fragments. Appropriate oligonucleotides are designed using OLIGO 4.06 software (National Biosciences) and the coding sequence of PRTS. To inhibit transition, a complementary oligonucleotide is designed from the most unique 5′ sequence and used to prevent promoter binding to the coding sequence. To inhibit translation, a complementary oligonucleotide is designed to prevent ribosomal binding to the PRTS-encoding transcript
  • XII. Expression of PRTS
  • Expression and purification of PRTS is achieved using bacterial or virus-based expression systems. For expression of PRTS in bacteria, cDNA is subcloned into an appropriate vector containing an antibiotic resistance gene and an inducible promoter that directs high levels of cDNA transcription. Examples of such promoters include, but are not limited to, the trp-lac (tac) hybrid promoter and the T5 or T7 bacteriophage promoter in conjunction with the lac operator regulatory element. Recombinant vectors are transformed into suitable bacterial hosts, e.g., BL21 (DE3). Antibiotic resistant bacteria express PRTS upon induction with isopropyl beta-D-thiogalactopyranoside (IPTG). Expression of PRTS in eukaryotic cells is achieved by infecting insect or mammalian cell lines with recombinant Autographica californica nuclear polyhedrosis virus (AcMNPV), commonly known as baculovirus. The nonessential polyhedrin gene of baculovirus is replaced with cDNA encoding PRTS by either homologous recombination or bacterial-mediated transposition involving transfer plasmid intermediates. Viral infectivity is maintained and the strong polyhedrin promoter drives high levels of cDNA transcription. Recombinant baculovirus is used to infect Spodoptera frugiperda (Sf9) insect cells in most cases, or human hepatocytes, in some cases. Infection of the latter requires additional genetic modifications to baculovirus. (See Engelhard, E. K. et al. (1994) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91:3224-3227; Sandig, V. et al., (1996) Hum. Gene Ther. 7:1937-1945.)
  • In most expression systems, PRTS is synthesized as a fusion protein with, e.g., glutathione S-transferase (GST) or a peptide epitope tag, such as FLAG or 6-His, permitting rapid, single-step, affinity-based purification of recombinant fusion protein from crude cell lysates. GST, a 26-kilodalton enzyme from Schistosoma japonicum, enables the purification of fusion proteins on immobilized glutathione under conditions that maintain protein activity and antigenicity (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech). Following purification, the GST moiety can be proteolytically cleaved from PRTS at specifically engineered sites. FLAG, an 8-amino acid peptide, enables immunoaffinity purification using commercially available monoclonal and polyclonal anti-FLAG antibodies (Eastman Kodak). 6-His, a stretch of six consecutive histidine residues, enables purification on metal-chelate resins (QIAGEN). Methods for protein expression and purification are discussed in Ausubel (1995, supra, ch. 10 and 16). Purified PRTS obtained by these methods can be used directly in the assays shown in Examples XVI, XVIII, and XIX where applicable.
  • XIII. Functional Assays
  • PRTS function is assessed by expressing the sequences encoding PRTS at physiologically elevated levels in mammalian cell culture systems. cDNA is subcloned into a mammalian expression vector containing a strong promoter that drives high levels of cDNA expression. Vectors of choice include PCMV SPORT (Life Technologies) and PCR3.1 (Invitrogen, Carlsbad Calif.), both of which contain the cytomegalovirus promoter. 5-10 μg of recombinant vector are transiently transfected into a human cell line, for example, an endothelial or hematopoietic cell line, using either liposome formulations or electroporation. 1-2 μg of an additional plasmid containing sequences encoding a marker protein are co-transfected. Expression of a marker protein provides a means to distinguish transfected cells from nontransfected cells and is a reliable predictor of cDNA expression from the recombinant vector. Marker proteins of choice include, e.g., Green Fluorescent Protein (GFP; Clontech), CD64, or a CD64-GFP fusion protein. Flow cytometry (FCM), an automated, laser optics-based technique, is used to identify transfected cells expressing GFP or CD64-GFP and to evaluate the apoptotic state of the cells and other cellular properties. FCM detects and quantifies the uptake of fluorescent molecules that diagnose events preceding or coincident with cell death. These events include changes in nuclear DNA content as measured by staining of DNA with propidium iodide; changes in cell size and granularity as measured by forward light scatter and 90 degree side light scatter; down-regulation of DNA synthesis as measured by decrease in bromodeoxyuridine uptake; alterations in expression of cell surface and intracellular proteins as measured by reactivity with specific antibodies; and alterations in plasma membrane composition as measured by the binding of fluorescein-conjugated Annexin V protein to the cell surface. Methods in flow cytometry are discussed in Ormerod, M. G. (1994) Flow Cytometry, Oxford, New York N.Y.
  • The influence of PRTS on gene expression can be assessed using highly purified populations of cells transfected with sequences encoding PRTS and either CD64 or CD64-GFP. CD64 and CD64-GFP are expressed on the surface of transfected cells and bind to conserved regions of human immunoglobulin G (IgG). Transfected cells are efficiently separated from nontransfected cells using magnetic beads coated with either human IgG or antibody against CD64 (DYNAL, Lake Success N.Y.). mRNA can be purified from the cells using methods well known by those of skill in the art. Expression of mRNA encoding PRTS and other genes of interest can be analyzed by northern analysis or microarray techniques.
  • XIV. Production of PRTS Specific Antibodies
  • PRTS substantially purified using polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (PAGE; see, e.g., Harrington, M. G. (1990) Methods Enzymol. 182:488-495), or other purification techniques, is used to immunize rabbits and to produce antibodies using standard protocols.
  • Alternatively, the PRTS amino acid sequence is analyzed using LASERGENE software (DNASTAR) to determine regions of high immunogenicity, and a corresponding oligopeptide is synthesized and used to raise antibodies by means known to those of skill in the art. Methods for selection of appropriate epitopes, such as those near the C-terminus or in hydrophilic regions are well described in the art. (See, e.g., Ausubel, 1995, supra, ch. 11.)
  • Typically, oligopeptides of about 15 residues in length are synthesized using an ABI 431A peptide synthesizer (Applied Biosystems) using FMOC chemistry and coupled to KLH (Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis Mo.) by reaction with N-maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (MBS) to increase immunogenicity. (See, e.g., Ausubel, 1995, supra) Rabbits are immunized with the oligopeptide-KLH complex in complete Freund's adjuvant. Resulting antisera are tested for antipeptide and anti-PRTS activity by, for example, binding the peptide or PRTS to a substrate, blocking with 1% BSA, reacting with rabbit antisera, washing, and reacting with radio-iodinated goat anti-rabbit IgG.
  • XV. Purification of Naturally Occurring PRTS Using Specific Antibodies
  • Naturally occurring or recombinant PRTS is substantially purified by immunoaffinity chromatography using antibodies specific for PRTS. An immunoaffinity column is constructed by covalently coupling anti-PRTS antibody to an activated chromatographic resin, such as CNBr-activated SEPHAROSE (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech). After the coupling, the resin is blocked and washed according to the manufacturer's instructions.
  • Media containing PRTS are passed over the immunoaffinity column, and the column is washed under conditions that allow the preferential absorbance of PRTS (e.g., high ionic strength buffers in the presence of detergent). The column is eluted under conditions that disrupt antibody/PRTS binding (e.g., a buffer of pH 2 to pH 3, or a high concentration of a chaotrope, such as urea or thiocyanate ion), and PRTS is collected.
  • XVI. Identification of Molecules Which Interact with PRTS
  • PRTS, or biologically active fragments thereof, are labeled with 125I Bolton-Hunter reagent. (See, e.g., Bolton A. E. and W. M. Hunter (1973) Biochem. J. 133:529-539.) Candidate molecules previously arrayed in the wells of a multi-well plate are incubated with the labeled PRTS, washed, and any wells with labeled PRTS complex are assayed. Data obtained using different concentrations of PRTS are used to calculate values for the number, affinity, and association of PRTS with the candidate molecules.
  • Alternatively, molecules interacting with PRTS are analyzed using the yeast two-hybrid system as described in Fields, S. and O. Song, (1989) Nature 340:245-246, or using commercially available kits based on the two-hybrid system, such as the MATCHMAKER system (Clontech).
  • PRTS may also be used in the PATHCALLING process (CuraGen Corp., New Haven Conn.) which employs the yeast two-hybrid system in a high-throughput manner to determine all interactions between the proteins encoded by two large libraries of genes (Nandabalan, K. et al. (2000) U.S. Pat. No. 6,057,101).
  • XVII. Demonstration of PRTS Activity
  • Protease activity is measured by the hydrolysis of appropriate synthetic peptide substrates conjugated with various chromogenic molecules in which the degree of hydrolysis is quantified by spectrophotometric (or fluorometric) absorption of the released chromophore (Beynon, R. J. and J. S. Bond (1994) Proteolytic Enzymes: A Practical Approach, Oxford University Press, New York N.Y., pp. 25-55). Peptide substrates are designed according to the category of protease activity as endopeptidase (serine, cysteine, aspartic proteases, or metalloproteases), aminopeptidase (leucine aminopeptidase), or carboxypeptidase (carboxypeptidases A and B, procollagen C-proteinase). Commonly used chromogens are 2-naphthylamine, 4-nitroaniline, and furylacrylic acid. Assays are performed at ambient temperature and contain an aliquot of the enzyme and the appropriate substrate in a suitable buffer. Reactions are carried out in an optical cuvette, and the increase/decrease in absorbance of the chromogen released during hydrolysis of the peptide substrate is measured. The change in absorbance is proportional to the enzyme activity in the assay.
  • An alternate assay for ubiquitin hydrolase activity measures the hydrolysis of a ubiquitin precursor. The assay is performed at ambient temperature and contains an aliquot of PRTS and the appropriate substrate in a suitable buffer. Chemically synthesized human ubiquitin-valine may be used as substrate. Cleavage of the C-terminal valine residue from the substrate is monitored by capillary electrophoresis (Franklin, K. et al. (1997) Anal. Biochem. 247:305-309).
  • In the alternative, an assay for protease activity takes advantage of fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET) that occurs when one donor and one acceptor fluorophore with an appropriate spectral overlap are in close proximity. A flexible peptide linker containing a cleavage site specific for PRTS is fused between a red-shifted variant (RSGFP4) and a blue variant (BFP5) of Green Fluorescent Protein. This fusion protein has spectral properties that suggest energy transfer is occurring from BFP5 to RSGFP4. When the fusion protein is incubated with PROS, the substrate is cleaved, and the two fluorescent proteins dissociate. This is accompanied by a marked decrease in energy transfer which is quantified by comparing the emission spectra before and after the addition of PRTS (Mitra, R. D. et al. (1996) Gene 173:13-17). This assay can also be performed in living cells. In this case the fluorescent substrate protein is expressed constitutively in cells and PRTS is introduced on an inducible vector so that FRET can be monitored in the presence and absence of PRTS (Sagot, I. et al. (1999) FEBS Lett. 447:53-57).
  • XVIII. Identification of PRTS Substrates
  • Phage display libraries can be used to identify optimal substrate sequences for PRTS. A random hexamer followed by a linker and a known antibody epitope is cloned as an N-terminal extension of gene III in a filamentous phage library. Gene III codes for a coat protein, and the epitope will be displayed on the surface of each phage particle. The library is incubated with PRTS under proteolytic conditions so that the epitope will be removed if the hexamer codes for a PRTS cleavage site. An antibody that recognizes the epitope is added along with immobilized protein A. Uncleaved phage, which still bear the epitope, are removed by centrifugation. Phage in the supernatant are then amplified and undergo several more rounds of screening. Individual phage clones are then isolated and sequenced. Reaction kinetics for these peptide substrates can be studied using an assay in Example XVII, and an optimal cleavage sequence can be derived (Ke, S. H. et al. (1997) J. Biol. Chem. 272:16603-16609).
  • To screen for in vivo PRTS substrates, this method can be expanded to screen a cDNA expression library displayed on the surface of phage particles (T7SELECT 10-3 Phage display vector, Novagen, Madison Wis.) or yeast cells (pYD1 yeast display vector kit, Invitrogen, Carlsbad Calif.). In this case, entire cDNAs are fused between Gene III and the appropriate epitope.
  • XI. Identification of PRTS Inhibitors
  • Compounds to be tested are arrayed in the wells of a multi-well plate in varying concentrations along with an appropriate buffer and substrate, as described in the assays in Example XVII. PRTS activity is measured for each well and the ability of each compound to inhibit PRTS activity can be determined, as well as the dose-response kinetics. This assay could also be used to identify molecules which enhance PRTS activity.
  • In the alternative, phage display libraries can be used to screen for peptide PRTS inhibitors. Candidates are found among peptides which bind tightly to a protease. In this case, multi-well plate wells are coated with PRTS and incubated with a random peptide phage display library or a cyclic peptide library (Koivunen, E. et al. (1999) Nat. Biotechnol. 17:768-774). Unbound phage are washed away and selected phage amplified and rescreened for several more rounds. Candidates are tested for PRTS inhibitory activity using an assay described in Example XVII.
  • Various modifications and variations of the described methods and systems of the invention will be apparent to those skilled in the art without departing from the scope and spirit of the invention. Although the invention has been described in connection with certain embodiments, it should be understood that the invention as claimed should not be unduly limited to such specific embodiments. Indeed, various modifications of the described modes for carrying out the invention which are obvious to those skilled in molecular biology or related fields are intended to be within the scope of the following claims.
    TABLE 1
    Poly-
    peptide Incyte Incyte
    Incyte SEQ Polypeptide Polynucleotide Polynucleotide
    Project ID ID NO: ID SEQ ID NO: ID
    6930294 1 6930294CD1 18 6930294CB1
    7473018 2 7473018CD1 19 7473018CB1
    7479221 3 7479221CD1 20 7479221CB1
    2923874 4 2923874CD1 21 2923874CB1
    55122335 5 55122335CD1 22 55122335CB1
    7473550 6 7473550CD1 23 7473550CB1
    7478108 7 7478108CD1 24 7478108CB1
    7482021 8 7482021CD1 25 7482021CB1
    7482145 9 7482145CD1 26 7482145CB1
    55022586 10 55022586CD1 27 55022586CB1
    3238072 11 3238072CD1 28 3238072CB1
    7482034 12 7482034CD1 29 7482034CB1
    7474351 13 7474351CD1 30 7474351CB1
    2232483 14 2232483CD1 31 2232483CB1
    7481712 15 7481712CD1 32 7481712CB1
    8213480 16 8213480CD1 33 8213480CB1
    7478405 17 7478405CD1 34 7478405CB1
  • TABLE 2
    Incyte
    Polypeptide Polypeptide GenBank ID Probability
    SEQ ID NO: ID NO: score GenBank Homolog
    1 6930294CD1 g190418 4.50E−169 [Homo sapiens] preprocathepsin L precursor (Joseph,
    L. J. et al. (1988) J. Clin. Invest. 81: 1621-1629)
    2 7473018BCD1 g5669607 2.20E−25 [Equus caballus] caspase-1
    Wardlow, S. et al. (1999) Nucleotide sequence of equine
    caspase-1 cDNA. DNA Seq. 10: 133-137.
    3 7479221CD1 g6573163 3.80E−298 [Rattus norvegicus] ubiquitin specific processing
    protease
    Lin, H. et al. (2000) Divergent N-terminal sequences
    target an inducible testis deubiquitinating enzyme to
    distinct subcellular structures. Mol. Cell Biol.
    20: 6568-6578.
    4 2923874CD1 g306706 5.20E−207 [Homo sapiens] dipeptidyl aminopeptidase like protein
    (Yokotani, N. et al. (1993) Hum. Mol. Genet. 2: 1037-1039)
    5 55122335CD1 g10800858 0 [f1] [Homo sapiens] aminopeptidase B
    6 7473550CD1 g2981641 6.40E−201 [Xenopus laevis] ovochymase/ovotryptase polyprotease
    (Lindsay, L. L. et al. (1999) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
    U.S.A. 96: 11253-11258)
    7 7478108CD1 g544755 3.00E−166 [Oryctolagus cuniculus] aminopeptidase N, APN {type II
    membrane protein}
    (Santos, A. N. et al. (2000) Cell. Immunol. 201: 22-32)
    8 7482021CD1 g6573165 5.60E−210 [Rattus norvegicus] testis ubiquitin specific
    processing protease
    Lin, H. et al. (2000) Divergent N-terminal sequences
    target an inducible testis deubiquitinating enzyme to
    distinct subcellular structures. Mol. Cell Biol.
    20: 6568-6578.
    9 7482145CD1 g6683668 1.70E−114 [Carassius auratus] alpha 4 subunit of 20S proteasome
    (Tokumoto, M. et al. (2000) Eur. J. Biochem. 267: 97-103)
    10 55022586CD1 g14279329 0 [f1] [Homo sapiens] ubiquitin specific protease
    11 3238072CD1 g5410230 5.50E−56 [Homo sapiens] ubiquitin-specific protease 3
    (Sloper-Mould, K. E. et al. (1999) J. Biol. Chem.
    274: 26878-26884)
    12 7482034CD1 g4545092 3.80E−60 [Sus scrofa] proteasome subunit LMP7
    (Chun, T. et al. (1999) Immunogenetics 49: 72-77)
    13 7474351CD1 g4512604 5.00E−48 [Canis sp.] mastin precursor
    (Rice, K. D. et al. (1998) Curr. Pharm. Des. 4: 381-396)
    14 2232483CD1 g6465985 1.40E−229 [[Homo sapiens] quiescent cell proline dipeptidase
    (Underwood, R. (1999) J. Biol. Chem. 274: 34053-34058)
    15 7481712CD1 g13528975 1.00E−122 [f1] [Homo sapiens] (BC005279) carboxypeptidase A1
    (pancreatic)
    16 8213480CD1 g13157560 0 [3′ incom] [Homo sapiens] dJ964F7.1 (novel disintegrin
    and reprolysin metalloproteinase family protein)
    17 7478405CD1 g5923786 9.10E−164 [Homo sapiens] zinc metalloprotease ADAMTS6
    (Hurskainen, T. L. et al. (1999) J. Biol. Chem.
    274: 25555-25563)
  • TABLE 3
    SEQ Incyte Amino Potential Potential Analytical
    ID Polypeptide Acid Phosphorylation Glycosylation Signature Sequences, Methods and
    NO: ID Residues Sites Sites Domains and Motifs Databases
    1 6930294CD1 333 S160 S210 T155 N221 Papain family cysteine protease HMMER_PFAM
    T84 Y112 Peptidase_C1: A114-T332
    Eukaryotic thiol protease active site BLIMPS_BLOCKS
    BL00139: Q132-F141, N175-M183, D275-S284,
    Y295-Y311
    PAPAIN CYSTEINE PROTEASE BLIMPS_PRINTS
    PR00705: Q132-L147, H276-E286, Y295-R301
    EUKARYOTIC THIOL PROTEASES CYSTEINE BLAST_DOMO
    DM00081|P07711|19-332: L19-V333
    DM00081|P25975|20-333: D22-V333
    DM00081|P06797|19-332: F21-V333
    DM00081|P15242|20-332: T20-V333
    PROTEASE PRECURSOR SIGNAL CYSTEINE BLAST_PRODOM
    PROTEINASE HYDROLASE THIOL ZYMOGEN
    CATHEPSIN GLYCOPROTEIN
    PD000158: S117-S218, C169-P331
    PD000247: K31-E113
    Eukaryotic thiol (cysteine) protease MOTIFS
    active sites:
    Thiol_Protease_Cys: Q132-A143
    Thiol_Protease_His: L274-S284
    Eukaryotic thiol (cysteine) protease PROFILESCAN
    active sites
    thiol_protease_cys.prf: E113-E163
    thiol_protease_his.prf: Q257-G307
    signal_peptide: M1-T20 HMMER
    signal_cleavage: M1-A17 SPSCAN
    2 7473018CD1 90 S36 T49 T62 N47 CASPASE RECRUITMENT DOMAIN HMMER_PFAM
    CARD: A2-H90 INTERLEUKIN-1 BETA BLAST_DOMO
    CONVERTING ENZYME FAMILY HISTIDINE
    DM07463|P29466|1-122: M1-L89
    DM07463|P29452|1-121: M1-L89
    signal_cleavage: M1-S36 SPSCAN
    3 7479221CD1 605 S14 S142 S152 N548 N574 Ubiquitin carboxyl-terminal hydrolase HMMER_PFAM
    S158 S190 S207 family 2 signatures
    S329 S335 S382 UCH-1: A267-R298
    S42 S490 S506 UCH-2: N537-L598
    S70 T12 T137 Ubiquitin carboxyl-terminal hydrolase BLIMPS_BLOCKS
    T175 T227 T235 family 2 signature
    T239 T377 T424 BL00972: G268-L285, Y353-L362, I411-C425,
    T433 T454 T463 V540-S564, T567-T588
    T512 T572 T7 T99 UBIQUITIN CARBOXYL-TERMINAL BLAST_DOMO
    Y17 Y22 HYDROLASES FAMILY 2
    DM00659|P40818|782-1103: L272-L594
    DM00659|P35123|139-432: L272-I445
    DM00659|P35125|220-508: L272-L455
    DM00659|P32571|566-873: N271-F531
    PROTEASE UBIQUITIN HYDROLASE ENZYME BLAST_PRODOM
    UBIQUITINSPECIFIC CARBOXYLTERMINAL
    DEUBIQUITINATING THIOLESTERASE
    PROCESSING CONJUGATION
    PD000590: M258-S432
    PD017412: F435-E534
    Ubiquitin carboxyl-terminal hydrolase MOTIFS
    family 2 signatures
    Uch_2_1: G268-Q283
    Uch_2_2: Y541-Y558
    4 2923874CD1 743 S157 S163 S260 N204 N289 Dipeptidyl peptidase IV active site HMMER_PFAM
    S304 S355 S393 N58 N66 signature
    S589 S593 S635 N695 N707 DPPIV_N_term: M1-D525
    S643 S709 T238 Prolyl oligopeptidase family HMMER_PFAM
    T294 T361 T382 Peptidase_S9: F527-I603
    T423 T524 T71 Prolyl endopeptidase family BLIMPS_BLOCKS
    Y508 BL00708B: D573-I603
    Dipeptidyl peptidase IV BLIMPS_PFAM
    PF00930: H77-Y98, R159-P209, Y221-Y247,
    E265-E297, L365-I375, E420-N465, P499-I536,
    D537-K579, F615-P642, N665-L685
    PROLYL ENDOPEPTIDASE FAMILY SERINE BLAST_DOMO
    DM02461|P42659|335-862: P222-E743
    DM02461|P27487|192-765: E167-C727
    DM02461|I38593|190-759: I169-C727
    DM02461|P33894|340-930: I169-V694, Y221-H715
    DPP IV HYDROLASE PROTEASE SERINE BLAST_PRODOM
    PEPTIDASE DIPEPTIDASE TRANSMEMBRANE
    GLYCOPROTEIN
    PD003086: Y20-P493, S275-T524
    PD003048: I603-C727
    5 55122335CD1 650 S208 S318 S359 Peptidase family M1 HMMER_PFAM
    S496 T141 T368 Peptidase_M1: R32-G417
    T374 T386 T408 MEMBRANE ALANYL DIPEPTIDASE FAMILY BLIMPS_PRINTS
    T412 SIGNATURE PR00756: R176-Y191, F220-I235,
    F295-L305, V322-T337, W341-Y353
    Neutral Zn metalloprotease, Zn-binding BLIMPS_BLOCKS
    region
    BL00142: V322-F332
    do HYDROLASE; LEUKOTRIENE; A-4; ZINC; BLAST_DOMO
    DM08707|P19602|7-609: H38-H634
    DM08707|Q10740|58-670: W152-H634, A26-S82
    do ZINC; AMINOPEPTIDASE; BLAST_DOMO
    METALLOPEPTIDASE; NEUTRAL;
    DM00700|I55441|163-916: A159-P489
    DM00700|S47274|1-784: G160-P489
    AMINOPEPTIDASE B EC 3.4.11.6 ARGINYL BLAST_PRODOM
    ARGININE CYTOSOL IV APB HYDROLASE ZINC
    METALLOPROTEASE PD143187: A2-F165
    HYDROLASE ZINC METALLOPROTEASE BLAST_PRODOM
    LEUKOTRIENE A4 LTA4 A4
    MULTIFUNCTIONAL
    ENZYME BIOSYNTHESIS PD008823: Y533-Q643
    AMINOPEPTIDASE HYDROLASE BLAST_PRODOM
    METALLOPROTEASE
    ZINC N GLYCOPROTEIN TRANSMEMBRANE
    SIGNALANCHOR MEMBRANE
    PD001134: R248-D518
    Neutral Zn metalloprotease, Zn-binding MOTIFS
    region Zinc_Protease: V322-W331
    6 7473550CD1 932 S319 S326 S353 N324 N424 Trypsin family active site HMMER_PFAM
    S387 S394 S426 N500 N52 trypsin: I47-I291, I568-I809
    S49 S565 S665 N706 N99 CUB domain HMMER_PFAM
    S708 S840 S906 CUB: S310-V400, C412-F521
    S91 S93 T103 Serine proteases, trypsin family active BLIMPS_BLOCKS
    T126 T297 T337 site BL00134: C593-C609, D759-G782,
    T454 T545 T744 P796-I809
    T853 T910 Y735 Kringle domain proteins BLIMPS_BLOCKS
    BL00021B: C72-L89
    CHYMOTRYPSIN SERINE PROTEASE ACTIVE BLIMPS_PRINTS
    SITE PR00722: G594-C609, S653-L667
    TRYPSIN BLAST_DOMO
    DM00018|P23578|42-289: R567-I813, R46-P268
    DM00018|A57014|45-284: I568-I813, N52-P268
    DM00018|P48038|39-286: R567-I813,
    P259-P268 DM00018|P03952|392-624: G570-K812,
    N52-Q293
    PROTEASE SERINE PRECURSOR SIGNAL BLAST_PRODOM
    HYDROLASE ZYMOGEN
    GLYCOPROTEIN FAMILY
    MULTIGENE FACTOR PD000046: G589-I809,
    W50-I291
    Serine proteases, trypsin family, active MOTIFS
    sites Trypsin_His: V83-C88, L604-C609
    Trypsin_Ser: D231-V242
    Serine proteases, trypsin family, active PROFILESCAN
    sites trypsin_his.prf: L64-Q115, L585-T634
    trypsin_ser.prf: L216-G264, I743-Q792
    signal_peptide: M1-G22 HMMER
    signal_cleavage: M1-G22 SPSCAN
    7 7478108CD1 990 S200 S237 S282 N132 N168 Peptidase family M1 HMMER_PFAM
    S353 S442 S536 N261 N288 Peptidase_M1: L98-G506
    S54 S631 S641 N319 N338 MEMBRANE ALANYL DIPEPTIDASE FAMILY BLIMPS_PRINTS
    S643 S74 S835 N346 N360 SIGNATURE PR00756: W431-Y443, R245-F260,
    S917 S979 T128 N582 N600 F297-I312, F376-L386, V412-T427
    T134 T141 T321 N607 N619 Neutral Zn metalloprotease, Zn-binding BLIMPS_BLOCKS
    T403 T562 T605 N653 N848 region BL00142: V412-F422
    T69 T706 T850 N887 do ZINC; AMINOPEPTIDASE; BLAST_DOMO
    T885 T967 T990 METALLOPEPTIDASE; NEUTRAL;
    DM00700|P15541|67-903: W93-I932
    DM00700|P15145|66-901: W93-I929
    DM00700|P15684|70-903: W93-I929
    DM00700|P15144|70-904: W93-I932
    AMINOPEPTIDASE HYDROLASE BLAST_PRODOM
    METALLOPROTEASE
    ZINC GLYCOPROTEIN TRANSMEMBRANE
    SIGNALANCHOR
    PD001134: Q95-T585
    PD002091: V587-Y874
    Neutral Zn metalloprotease, Zn-binding MOTIFS
    region Zinc_Protease: V412-W421
    signal_peptide: M1-A31 HMMER
    signal_cleavage: M1-A34 SPSCAN
    transmembrane domain: A16-Y37 HMMER
    8 7482021CD1 396 S120 S126 S173 N339 N365 Ubiquitin carboxyl-terminal hydrolase HMMER_PFAM
    S281 S297 T168 family 2 UCH-1: A58-R89
    T215 T224 T245 UCH-2: N328-L389
    T254 T303 T363 Ubiquitin carboxyl-terminal hydrolase BLIMPS_BLOCKS
    T8 family 2 BL00972: G59-L76, Y144-L153,
    I202-C216, V331-S355, T358-T379
    UBIQUITIN CARBOXYL-TERMINAL BLAST_DOMO
    HYDROLASE FAMILY 2
    DM00659|P40818|782-1103: L63-L385
    DM00659|P35123|139-432: L63-I236
    DM00659|P35125|220-508: L63-L246
    DM00659|P32571|566-873: N62-F322
    PROTEASE UBIQUITINSPECIFIC HYDROLASE BLAST_PRODOM
    ENZYME C-TERMINAL DEUBIQUITINATING
    THIOLESTERASE PROCESSING CONJUGATION
    PD000590: S51-S223
    PD017412: F226-E325
    Ubiquitin carboxyl-terminal hydrolase MOTIFS
    family 2 Uch_2_1: G59-Q74
    Uch_2_2: Y332-Y349
    signal_cleavage: M1-N46 SPSCAN
    9 7482145CD1 250 S166 S185 S223 N177 Proteasome A-type and B-type HMMER_PFAM
    S246 S3 S32 S95 Proteasome: T33-T179
    T115 T169 T232 Proteasome A-type subunits signature BLIMPS_BLOCKS
    T60 T99 Y178 BL00388: Y5-K50, K63-V104, Q118-D139,
    L146-K176
    Proteasome A-type and B-type PF00227: BLIMPS_PFAM
    F12-Y23
    Proteasome A-type subunits signature PROFILESCAN
    proteasome.prf: M1-V47
    PROTEASOME A-TYPE SUBUNITS BLAST_DOMO
    DM00341|P48004|1-226: Y5-S223
    DM00341|S23451|3-222: S3-M221
    DM00341|P22769|3-222: S3-M221
    DM00341|P34120|4-220: S3-L219
    PROTEASOME HYDROLASE PROTEASE BLAST_PRODOM
    SUBUNIT MULTICATALYTIC
    COMPLEX ENDOPEPTIDASE
    MACROPAIN COMPONENT PROTEIN PD000280:
    S32-K191
    Proteasome A-type subunits signature MOTIFS
    Proteasome_A: Y5-A27
    10 55022586CD1 1045 S47, S76, S109, N282, PROBABLE UBIQUITIN CARBOXYLTERMINAL BLAST-PRODOM
    S113, T130, N310, HYDROLASE K02C4.3 EC 3.1.2.15
    T134, S137, N373, THIOLESTERASE UBIQUITINSPECIFIC
    S205, T207, N639, PROCESSING PROTEASE DEUBIQUITINATING
    S228, S248, N711, N822 ENZYME HYPOTHETICAL PROTEIN
    T260, S279, CONJUGATION THIOL: PD138085: F540-S720,
    S347, S368, Y316-S720 Ubiquitin carboxyl-terminal BLIMPS-BLOCKS
    S453, S479, hydrolase family 2 proteins: BL00972: G163-L180,
    T484, T489, E251-T260, P583-N607, R610-R631
    S494, S503, Ubiquitin carboxyl-terminal hydrolase HMMER-PFAM
    S504, S517, family: UCH-1: V162-Y193, UCH-2: R580-N649
    S520, T532, Ubiquitin carboxyl-terminal hydrolase MOTIFS
    T534, S550, family: Uch_2_2: Y584-Y601
    S620, S624,
    S625, T662,
    S668, S700,
    S713, T719,
    T753, S760,
    S787, T813,
    S824, S867,
    T872, Y888,
    S930, T934,
    S939, S964,
    T1016, S1021,
    T1043
    11 3238072CD1 622 S142 S166 S221 N243 N424 Ubiquitin carboxyl-terminal hydrolase HMMER_PFAM
    S238 S245 S250 N566 family 2
    S285 S304 S363 UCH-1: T187-L218
    S455 S460 S493 UCH-2: E528-Q590
    S523 S56 S574 Ubiquitin carboxyl-terminal hydrolase BLIMPS_BLOCKS
    S611 S96 T149 family 2
    T165 T173 T354 BL00972: G188-L205, Y329-L338, V375-C389,
    T355 T368 T438 Y532-N556, G559-K580
    T50 T589 T88 UBIQUITIN CARBOXYL-TERMINAL BLAST_DOMO
    HYDROLASES FAMILY 2
    DM00659|P40818|782-1103: L291-G542,
    V421-L586, L192-F215
    DM00659|Q09738|149-388: K306-V421,
    V421-G542, N191-N217
    DM00659|S57874|537-787: H288-T426,
    L192-N217
    PROTEASE UBIQUITINSPECIFIC HYDROLASE BLAST_PRODOM
    ENZYME CARBOXYLTERMINAL
    DEUBIQUITINATING
    THIOLESTERASE PROCESSING CONJUGATION
    PD000590: N281-T398, A183-T223
    Ubiquitin carboxyl-terminal hydrolase MOTIFS
    family 2
    Uch_2_1: G188-Q203
    Uch_2_2: Y532-Y550
    12 7482034CD1 345 S125 S201 S242 Proteasome A-type and B-type subunit HMMER_PFAM
    S276 S282 S37 proteasome: T96-R238
    T142 T258 T332 Proteasome B-type subunit BLIMPS_BLOCKS
    Y207 BL00854: A99-A144, F206-D234, A257-G266
    PROTEASOME COMPONENT SIGNATURE BLIMPS_PRINTS
    PR00141:H259-L270, F102-G117,
    G223-D234, D234-E245
    PROTEASOME B-TYPE SUBUNITS BLAST_DOMO
    DM00618|P28062|46-260: G77-V281
    DM00618|P30656|48-264: P80-W278
    DM00618|P28072|5-222: P80-E279
    DM00618|I49120|1-185: L98-E279
    PROTEASOME HYDROLASE PROTEASE BLAST_PRODOM
    SUBUNIT MULTICATALYTIC
    COMPLEX ENDOPEPTIDASE
    MACROPAIN COMPONENT PD000280: T95-E245
    Proteasome_B: L98-D145 MOTIFS
    signal_peptide: M1-A30 HMMER
    signal_cleavage: M1-A30 SPSCAN
    13 7474351CD1 948 S179 S19 S194 N159 N247 Trypsin family serine protease active HMMER_PFAM
    S287 S310 S514 N325 N335 site trypsin: A218-I406, V419-Q496,
    S522 S613 S648 N372 N630 L636-R761
    S687 S751 S923 Trypsin family serine protease active PROFILESCAN
    T150 T315 T327 site trypsin_ser.prf: R705-G748
    T337 T578 T653 CHYMOTRYPSIN SERINE PROTEASE BLIMPS_PRINTS
    T718 T722 T738 PR00722C: R720-V732
    T760 T919 T95 TRYPSIN BLAST_DOMO
    Y467 DM00018|P19236|20-262: E212-Q408, L636-W766
    DM00018|P21845|31-271: F219-Q408, L643-R761
    DM00018|Q02844|29-268: R220-I406,
    P629-R761
    DM00018|P15157|31-270: E215-I406, P629-R761
    PROTEASE SERINE PRECURSOR SIGNAL BLAST_PRODOM
    HYDROLASE ZYMOGEN
    GLYCOPROTEIN FAMILY
    MULTIGENE PD000046: D232-I406
    Kringle domain proteins BLIMPS_BLOCKS
    BL00021: V276-G297, G365-I406
    14 2232483CD1 444 S291 S305 S402 N289 N330 Prolyl aminopeptidase family BLIMPS_PRINTS
    S409 S60 T121 N337 N380 PR00793C: V158-R172
    T212 T314 T75 N50 N86 Prolyl oligopeptidase family BLIMPS_PRINTS
    BL00862D: G160-A180
    Prolyl endopeptidase family BLIMPS_BLOCKS
    BL00708B: D137-L167
    alpha/beta hydrolase fold HMMER_PFAM
    abhydrolase: A100-A334
    do LYSOSOMAL; PRO-X; CARBOXYPEPTIDASE; BLAST_DOMO
    DM03192|P42785|3-487: A4-T206, V213-F342,
    D355-E417
    DM03192|P34676|1-498: F31-V189, Y210-I377,
    S354-K426
    DM03192|P34610|31-480: R39-F342, Q324-R414
    DM03192|P34528|84-584: F36-A191, C326-K415,
    S291-T339
    PROTEIN CARBOXYPEPTIDASE BLAST_PRODOM
    LYSOSOMAL PROX SIMILAR
    HUMAN CHROMOSOME III F23B2.12
    PD149833: L243-N337, S360-L416
    signal_peptide: M1-A21 HMMER
    Leucine_Zipper: L128-L149 MOTIFS
    signal_cleavage: M1-A21 SPSCAN
    15 7481712CD1 514 S202 S225 S336 N115 N249 Zinc carboxypeptidase Zn binding region HMMER_PFAM
    S377 T219 T316 N334 N359 Zn_carbOpept: Y217-E497
    T494 T504 Y436 N93 Zinc carboxypeptidases, Zn binding BLIMPS_BLOCKS
    region BL00132: Y217-F257, P265-W278,
    Y295-K335, P339-K353, P365-H391, N393-L414,
    T450-G467
    CARBOXYPEPTIDASE A METALLOPROTEASE BLIMPS_PRINTS
    FAMILY PR00765: I243-L255, P265-I279,
    G345-K353, I398-Y411
    Zn carboxypeptidases, Zn-binding region PROFILESCAN
    signatures
    carboxypept_zn_2.prf: E380-L435
    ZINC CARBOXYPEPTIDASES, ZINC-BINDING BLAST_DOMO
    REGION 1
    DM00683|P15085|112-418: R207-P513
    DM00683|P48052|111-416: E206-P513
    DM00683|A56171|111-416: E206-P513
    DM00683|P19222|111-416: E206-P513
    CARBOXYPEPTIDASE PRECURSOR SIGNAL BLAST_PRODOM
    HYDROLASE ZINC ZYMOGEN PROTEIN D B
    GP180CARBOXYPEPTIDASE
    PD001916: Y217-Y411
    Zinc carboxypeptidases, Zn binding MOTIFS
    region signatures
    Carboxypept_Zn_1: P265-T287
    Carboxypept_Zn_2: H401-Y411
    16 8213480CD1 787 S162 S389 S450 N109 N145 Reprolysin (M12B) family zinc HMMER_PFAM
    S547 S55 S61 N231 N276 metalloprotease Reprolysin: K210-P409
    S761 T174 T208 N448 Reprolysin family propeptide HMMER_PFAM
    T258 T264 T302 Pep_M12B_propep: E80-Q198
    T605 Y243 Neutral Zn metallopeptidase Zn-binding BLIMPS_BLOCKS
    region BL00142: T342-G352
    Neutral Zn metallopeptidase zn-binding PROFILESCAN
    region zinc_protease.prf: E323-A376
    Disintegrin signature HMMER_PFAM
    disintegrin: E426-L501
    Disintegrins signature PROFILESCAN
    disintegrins.prf: G352-D498
    Disintegrin signature BL00427: C443-P497 BLIMPS_BLOCKS
    DISINTEGRIN SIGNATURE BLIMPS_PRINTS
    PR00289: C457-R476, E486-D498
    do ZINC; NEUTRAL METALLOPEPTIDASE; BLAST_DOMO
    ATROLYSIN;
    DM00368|S60257|204-414: R202-D410
    DM00368|Q05910|189-395: R206-D410
    DM00368|P28891|1-202: E204-P409
    do ZINC; REGULATED; EPIDIDYMAL; BLAST_DOMO
    NEUTRAL; DM00591|S60257|
    492-628: F487-G608
    METALLOPROTEASE PRECURSOR HYDROLASE BLAST_PRODOM
    SIGNAL ZINC VENOM CELL TRANSMEMBRANE
    ADHESION PD000791: R209-P409
    PD000935: L70-M169
    CELL ADHESION PLATELET BLOOD BLAST_PRODOM
    COAGULATION VENOM
    DISINTEGRIN METALLOPROTEASE
    PRECURSOR SIGNAL PD000664: E426-Y500
    TRANSMEMBRANE METALLOPROTEASE BLAST_PRODOM
    SIGNAL PRECURSOR
    GLYCOPROTEIN CELL FERTILIN
    BETA ADHESION PD001269: D503-L572
    signal_peptide: M1-G27 HMMER
    Neutral Zn metallopeptidase Zn binding MOTIFS
    region Zinc_Protease: T342-L351
    signal_cleavage: M1-G27 SPSCAN
    17 7478405CD1 1082 S1021 S1060 S220 N151 N190 Reprolysin family propeptide HMMER_PFAM
    S279 S289 S396 N313 N745 Pep_M12B_propep: E111-R222
    S631 S698 S795 N838 N909 Reprolysin (M12B) family zinc HMMER_PFAM
    S89 S914 S953 metalloprotease zinc binding region
    T1025 T135 T171 Reprolysin: V295-P498
    T206 T390 T421 Neutral Zn metalloprotease, Zn-binding BLIMPS_BLOCKS
    T65 T674 T747 region
    T817 T871 Y270 BL00142: T433-G443
    do ZINC; METALLOPEPTIDASE; NEUTRAL; BLAST_DOMO
    ATROLYSIN;
    DM00368|Q05910|189-395: V295-P498
    DM00368|S48169|140-343: V295-P498
    DM00368|P34179|1-202: V295-P498
    DM00368|P15167|190-392: V295-P498
    METALLOPROTEASE PRECURSOR HYDROLASE BLAST_PRODOM
    SIGNAL ZINC VENOM CELL PROTEIN
    TRANSMEMBRANE ADHESION
    PD000791: V295-P498
    PROTEIN PROCOLLAGEN THROMBOSPONDIN BLAST_PRODOM
    MOTIFS NPROTEINASE A DISINTEGRIN
    METALLOPROTEASE WITH ADAMTS1
    PD011654: V676-C748
    PD013511: K509-V578
    Thrombospondin type 1 domain HMMER_PFAM
    tsp_1: S593-C643, R873-C931, G938-C991,
    P993-C1048
    signal_cleavage: M1-S16 SPSCAN
  • TABLE 4
    Polynucleotide Incyte Sequence Selected
    SEQ ID NO: Polynucleotide ID Length Fragment(s) Sequence Fragments 5′ Position 3′ Position
    18 6930294CB1 1187 1091-1187 6917460H1 (PLACFER06) 217 927
    GBI: g7939149_000003.2. 814 1187
    edit
    5118206F6 (SMCBUNT01) 1 506
    19 7473018CB1 461 g1365166 1 461
    GNN.g7651935_000011_002 21 293
    20 7479221CB1 1884 591-773 6981403H1 (BRAIFER05) 1144 1758
    6618712H1 (BRAITDR02) 375 1024
    7269080H1 (OVARDIJ01) 977 1598
    1241675R6 (LUNGNOT03) 1311 1884
    GBI.g7960351_edit 1 774
    21 2923874CB1 2576 1-158 72004319V1 490 1356
    71998773V1 1899 2576
    7015044F8 (KIDNNOC01) 1 591
    72004394V1 1276 2171
    22 55122335CB1 2000 1792-2000 8268324H1 (BLYRTXF01) 1 636
    70942077V1 1323 1994
    7699471H1 (KIDPTDE01) 578 1226
    71984458V1 1365 2000
    71986878V1 1255 1928
    55114534J1 677 1275
    23 7473550CB1 3522 1-735, FL7473550_g8102345_000001 98 3522
    2323-2786, g2981641
    1799-1940,
    930-1690,
    2913-3522,
    2140-2240
    GNN.g7076703_000017_002 1 312
    24 7478108CB1 3277 709-831, 1-179, 6926255F8 (PLACFER06) 2274 2745
    3244-3277,
    1957-2354
    6923595F6 (PLACFER06) 1750 2603
    55142456J1 1 736
    55047371J1 666 1574
    55047372J1 1063 1960
    6926255H1 (PLACFER06) 2273 2689
    5329258F6 (DRGTNON04) 2801 3277
    GBI.g9256180_000003_000004. 2708 3268
    edit
    25 7482021CB1 1254 1-76 g3016366 77 592
    7037834H1 (UTRSTMR02) 180 645
    1241675R6 (LUNGNOT03) 684 1254
    6450560H1 (BRAINOC01) 594 1238
    GBI.g7960351_edit_1 1 147
    26 7482145CB1 1120 806-854 70197639V1 1 448
    GBI.g8516058_edit 111 863
    7016902V1 661 1120
    27 55022586CB1 4577 1-71, 4368-4577, 55057844J1 583 1360
    986-2809
    71764468V1 2926 3719
    6920230F6 (PLACFER06) 1290 2134
    71760331V1 2434 3064
    71760332V1 3836 4381
    5763279F8 (PROSBPT02) 3899 4577
    71188036V1 2409 3037
    55022577H1 788 1479
    55057841H1 1 738
    71764426V1 3058 3795
    2725111T6 (OVARTUT05) 3772 4359
    6920230R6 (PLACFER06) 1589 2433
    28 3238072CB1 1952 592-644, 71929643V1 659 1445
    1820-1952
    GBI.g10186764_000001.edit 1762 1952
    3238072F6 (COLAUCT01) 1127 1830
    7725175J1 (THYRDIE01) 1 685
    71928050V1 781 1460
    29 7482034CB1 1092 1-181, 924-1092 GBI.g9756020_000001.edit 1 174
    GNN.g8217882_012 55 1092
    30 7474351CB1 2847 1-290, 500-2847 60123248D3 901 1116
    GBI: g9798436_CDS_1 1 2847
    CpG_WDJ300089003.R1 1323 1489
    3532405H1 (KIDNNOT25) 960 1164
    31 2232483CB1 1396 1-25 8094675H1 (EYERNOA01) 636 1096
    71152873V1 858 1396
    1628644F6 (COLNPOT01) 1 482
    60220501D1 459 833
    32 7481712CB1 1853 1-873 6810286H1 (SKIRNOR01) 1 547
    55051982H1 876 1416
    GNN: g5306288_002 90 1853
    33 8213480CB1 3344 1-1904, 1479739H1 (CORPNOT02) 1592 1837
    2575-2624
    7174969F8 (BRSTTMC01) 610 1253
    6831592H1 (SINTNOR01) 1 334
    72142924D1 1922 2427
    7663110F6 (UTRSTME01) 573 1021
    2786453T6 (BRSTNOT13) 2780 3344
    55113148H1 2325 3142
    6958043R8 (BLADNOR01) 196 644
    1252335T6 (LUNGFET03) 2663 3341
    7659180J1 (OVARNOE02) 1716 2302
    34 7478405CB1 3389 563-3086 72420192D1 865 1338
    g6702073 1 561
    4018316F8 (BRAXNOT01) 2756 3219
    58005173H1 2118 2793
    55123782H1 1340 2115
    55141002J1 567 1334
    55065490J1 1300 1997
    55123882J1 2095 2747
    g1550049 3089 3389
    4293359F6 (BRABDIR01) 336 816
  • TABLE 5
    Polynucleotide Incyte
    SEQ ID NO: Project ID Representative Library
    18 6930294CB1 CONFNOT03
    20 7479221CB1 LUNGNOT03
    21 2923874CB1 BRAINOT22
    22 55122335CB1 KIDEUNE02
    24 7478108CB1 PLACFER06
    25 7482021CB1 LUNGNOT03
    26 7482145CB1 COLITUT02
    27 55022586CB1 PROSTUS23
    28 3238072CB1 ESOGTUE01
    30 7474351CB1 KIDNNOT25
    31 2232483CB1 BRSTNOT05
    32 7481712CB1 SKIRNOR01
    33 8213480CB1 UTRSTME01
    34 7478405CB1 ENDMUNE01
  • TABLE 6
    Library Vector Library Description
    BRAINOT22 pINCY Library was constructed using RNA isolated from right temporal lobe tissue removed
    from a 45-year-old Black male during a brain lobectomy. Pathology for the
    associated tumor tissue indicated dysembryoplastic neuroepithelial tumor of the
    right temporal lobe. The right temporal region dura was consistent with calcifying
    pseudotumor of the neuraxis. Family history included obesity, benign hypertension,
    cirrhosis of the liver, obesity, hyperlipidemia, cerebrovascular disease, and type
    II diabetes.
    BRSTNOT05 PSPORT1 Library was constructed using RNA isolated from breast tissue removed from a 58-
    year-old Caucasian female during a unilateral extended simple mastectomy.
    Pathology for the associated tumor tissue indicated multicentric invasive grade 4
    lobular carcinoma. Patient history included skin cancer, rheumatic heart disease,
    osteoarthritis, and tuberculosis. Family history included cerebrovascular and
    cardiovascular disease, breast and prostate cancer, and type I diabetes.
    COLITUT02 pINCY Library was constructed using RNA isolated from colon tumor tissue of the
    ileocecal valve removed from a 29-year-old female. Pathology indicated malignant
    lymphoma, small cell, non-cleaved (Burkitt's lymphoma, B-cell phenotype), forming
    a polypoid mass in the region of the ileocecal valve, associated with
    intussusception and obstruction clinically. The liver and multiple (3 of 12)
    ileocecal region lymph nodes were also involved by lymphoma.
    CONFNOT03 pINCY Library was constructed using RNA isolated from mesenteric fat tissue removed from
    a 71-year-old Caucasian male during a partial colectomy and permanent colostomy.
    Pathology indicated mesenteric fat tissue associated with diverticulosis and
    diverticulitis with abscess formation. Approximately 50 diverticula were noted,
    one of which was perforated and associated with abscess formation in adjacent
    mesenteric fat. The patient presented with atrialfibrillation. Patient history
    included viral hepatitis, a hemangioma, and diverticulitis of colon. Family
    history included extrinsic asthma, atheroscleroticcoronary artery disease, and
    myocardial infarction.
    ENDMUNE01 pINCY This 5′ biased random primed library was constructed using RNA isolated from
    untreated umbilical artery endothelial cell tissue removed from a Caucasian male
    (Clonetics) newborn.
    ESOGTUE01 pINCY This 5′ biased random primed library was constructed using RNA isolated from
    esophageal tumor tissue removed from a 61-year-old Caucasian male during a partial
    esophagectomy, proximal gastrectomy, pyloromyotomy, and regional lymph node
    excision. Pathology indicated an invasive grade 3 adenocarcinoma in the esophagus,
    extending distally to involve the gastroesophageal junction. The tumor extended
    through the muscularis to involve periesophageal and perigastric soft tissues.
    One perigastric and two periesophageal lymph nodes were positive for tumor. There
    were multiple perigastric and periesophageal tumor implants. The patient
    presented with deficiency anemia and myelodysplasia. Patient history included
    hyperlipidemia, and tobacco and alcohol abuse in remission. Previous surgeries
    included adenotonsillectomy, rhinoplasty, vasectomy, and hemorrhoidectomy. A
    previous bone marrow aspiration found the marrow to be hypercellular for age and
    had a cellularity-to-fat ratio of 95:5. The marrow was focally densely fibrotic.
    Granulocytic precursors were slightly increased with normal maturation. The
    estimate of blast cells was greater than 5%. Megakaryocytes were increased and
    appeared atypical in clusters. Storage cells and granulomata were absent.
    Patient medications included Epoetin, Danocrine, Berocca Plus tablets, Selenium,
    vitamin B6 phosphate, vitamins E & C, and beta carotene. Family history included
    alcohol abuse, atherosclerotic coronary artery disease, type II diabetes, chronic
    liver disease, and primary cardiomyopathy in the father; and benign hypertension
    and cerebrovascular disease in the mother.
    KIDEUNE02 pINCY This 5′ biased random primed library was constructed using RNA isolated from an
    untreated transformed embryonal cell line (293-EBNA) derived from kidney
    epithelial tissue (Invitrogen). The cells were transformed with adenovirus 5 DNA.
    KIDNNOT25 pINCY Library was constructed using RNA isolated from kidney tissue removed from the
    left lower kidney pole of a 42-year-old Caucasian female during
    nephroureterectomy. Pathology indicated slight hydronephrosis and
    nephrolithiasis. Patient history included calculus of the kidney.
    LUNGNOT03 PSPORT1 Library was constructed using RNA isolated from lung tissue of a 79-year-old
    Caucasian male. Pathology for the associated tumor tissue indicated grade 4
    carcinoma. Patient history included a benign prostate neoplasm and
    atherosclerosis.
    PLACFER06 pINCY This random primed library was constructed using RNA isolated from placental
    tissue removed from a Caucasian fetus who died after 16 weeks' gestation from
    fetal demise and hydrocephalus. Patient history included umbilical cord wrapped
    around the head (3 times) and the shoulders (1 time). Serology was positive for
    anti-CMV. Family history included multiple pregnancies and live births, and an
    abortion.
    PROSTUS23 pINCY This subtracted prostate tumor library was constructed using 10 million clones
    from a pooled prostate tumor library that was subjected to 2 rounds of subtractive
    hybridization with 10 million clones from a pooled prostate tissue library. The
    starting library for subtraction was constructed by pooling equal numbers of
    clones from 4 prostate tumor libraries using mRNA isolated from prostate tumor
    removed from Caucasian males at ages 58 (A), 61 (B), 66 (C), and 68 (D) during
    prostatectomy with lymph node excision. Pathology indicated adenocarcinoma in all
    donors. History included elevated PSA, induration and tobacco abuse in donor A;
    elevated PSA, induration, prostate hyperplasia, renal failure, osteoarthritis,
    renal artery stenosis, benign HTN, thrombocytopenia, hyperlipidemia,
    tobacco/alcohol abuse and hepatitis C (carrier) in donor B; elevated PSA,
    induration, and tobacco abuse in donor C; and elevated PSA, induration,
    hypercholesterolemia, and kidney calculus in donor D. The hybridization probe for
    subtraction was constructed by pooling equal numbers of cDNA clones from 3
    prostate tissue libraries derived from prostate tissue, prostate epithelial cells,
    and fibroblasts from prostate stroma from 3 different donors. Subtractive
    hybridization conditions were based on the methodologies of Swaroop et al., NAR 19
    (1991): 1954 and Bonaldo, et al. Genome Research 6 (1996): 791.
    SKIRNOR01 PCDNA2.1 This random primed library was constructed using RNA isolated from skin tissue
    removed from the breast of a 17-year-old Caucasian female during bilateral
    reduction mammoplasty. Patient history included breast hypertrophy. Family
    history included benign hypertension.
    UTRSTME01 PCDNA2.1 This 5′ biased random primed library was constructed using RNA isolated from
    uterus tissue removed from a 49-year-old Caucasian female during vaginal
    hysterectomy and bilateral salpingo-oophorectomy. Pathology for the matched tumor
    tissue indicated multiple (6) intramural leiomyomata. The patient presented with
    excessive menstruation, deficiency anemia, and dysmenorrhea. Patient history
    included abdominal pregnancy, headache, and chronic obstructive asthma. Previous
    surgeries included hemorrhoidectomy, knee ligament repair, and intranasal lesion
    destruction. Patient medications included Azmacort, Proventil, Trazadone, Zostrix
    HP, iron, Premarin, and vitamin C. Family history included alcohol abuse,
    atherosclerotic coronary artery disease, upper lobe lung cancer, and carotid
    endarterectomy in the father; breast fibroadenosis in the sibling(s); and acute
    myocardial infarction, liver cancer, acute leukemia, and breast cancer (central)
    in the grandparent(s).
  • TABLE 7
    Program Description Reference Parameter Threshold
    ABI A program that removes vector Applied Biosystems, Foster City, CA.
    FACTURA sequences and masks ambiguous
    bases in nucleic acid sequences.
    ABI/ A Fast Data Finder useful in Applied Biosystems, Foster City, CA; Mismatch <50%
    PARACEL comparing and annotating Paracel Inc., Pasadena, CA.
    FDF amino acid or nucleic acid
    sequences.
    ABI A program that assembles Applied Biosystems, Foster City, CA.
    AutoAssembler nucleic acid sequences.
    BLAST A Basic Local Alignment Altschul, S. F. et al. (1990) J. Mol. Biol. ESTs: Probability value = 1.0E−8
    Search Tool useful in sequence 215: 403-410; Altschul, S. F. et al. (1997) or less
    similarity search for amino acid Nucleic Acids Res. 25: 3389-3402. Full Length sequences: Probability
    and nucleic acid sequences. value = 1.0E−10 or less
    BLAST includes five functions:
    blastp, blastn, blastx, tblastn,
    and tblastx.
    FASTA A Pearson and Lipman Pearson, W. R. and D. J. Lipman (1988) Proc. ESTs: fasta E value = 1.06E−6
    algorithm that searches for Natl. Acad Sci. USA 85: 2444-2448; Pearson, W. R. Assembled ESTs: fasta Identity = 95%
    similarity between a query (1990) Methods Enzymol. 183: 63-98; or greater and
    sequence and a group of and Smith, T. F. and M. S. Waterman (1981) Match length = 200 bases or greater;
    sequences of the same type. Adv. Appl. Math. 2: 482-489. fastx E value = 1.0E−8 or less
    FASTA comprises as least five Full Length sequences:
    functions: fasta, tfasta, fastx, fastx score = 100 or greater
    tfastx, and ssearch.
    BLIMPS A BLocks IMProved Searcher Henikoff, S. and J. G. Henikoff (1991) Nucleic Probability value = 1.0E−3 or less
    that matches a sequence against Acids Res. 19: 6565-6572; Henikoff, J.G. and
    those in BLOCKS, PRINTS, S. Henikoff (1996) Methods Enzymol.
    DOMO, PRODOM, and PFAM 266: 88-105; and Attwood, T. K. et al. (1997) J.
    databases to search for gene Chem. Inf. Comput. Sci. 37: 417-424.
    families, sequence homology,
    and structural fingerprint
    regions.
    HMMER An algorithm for searching a Krogh, A. et al. (1994) J. Mol. Biol. PFAM hits: Probability value = 1.0E−3
    query sequence against hidden 235: 1501-1531; Sonnhammer, E. L. L. et al. or less
    Markov model (HMM)-based (1988) Nucleic Acids Res. 26: 320−322; Signal peptide hits: Score = 0 or
    databases of protein family Durbin, R. et al. (1998) Our World View, in a greater
    consensus sequences, such as Nutshell, Cambridge Univ. Press, pp. 1-350.
    PFAM.
    ProfileScan An algorithm that searches Gribskov, M. et al. (1988) CABIOS 4: 61-66; Normalized quality score ≧ GCG-
    for structural and sequence Gribskov, M. et al. (1989) Methods Enzymol. specified “HIGH” value for that
    motifs in protein sequences 183: 146-159; Bairoch, A. et al. (1997) particular Prosite motif.
    that match sequence patterns Nucleic Acids Res. 25: 217-221. Generally, score = 1.4-2.1.
    defined in Prosite.
    Phred A base-calling algorithm Ewing, B. et al. (1998) Genome Res.
    that examines automated 8: 175-185; Ewing, B. and P. Green
    sequencer traces with high (1998) Genome Res. 8: 186-194.
    sensitivity and probability.
    Phrap A Phils Revised Assembly Smith, T. F. and M. S. Waterman (1981) Adv. Score = 120 or greater;
    Program including SWAT and Appl. Math. 2: 482-489; Smith, T. F. and M. S. Waterman Match length = 56 or greater
    CrossMatch, programs based (1981) J. Mol. Biol. 147: 195-197;
    on efficient implementation of and Green, P., University of Washington,
    the Smith-Waterman algorithm, Seattle, WA.
    useful in searching sequence
    homology and assembling DNA
    sequences.
    Consed A graphical tool for viewing Gordon, D. et al. (1998) Genome Res. 8: 195-202.
    and editing Phrap assemblies.
    SPScan A weight matrix analysis Nielson, H. et al. (1997) Protein Engineering Score = 3.5 or greater
    program that scans protein 10: 1-6; Claverie, J. M. and S. Audic (1997)
    sequences for the presence CABIOS 12: 431-439.
    of secretory signal peptides.
    TMAP A program that uses weight Persson, B. and P. Argos (1994) J. Mol. Biol.
    matrices to delineate 237: 182-192; Persson, B. and P. Argos (1996)
    transmembrane segments Protein Sci. 5: 363-371.
    on protein sequences and
    determine orientation.
    TMHMMER A program that uses a Sonnhammer, E.L. et al. (1998) Proc. Sixth Intl.
    hidden Markov model (HMM) Conf. on Intelligent Systems for Mol. Biol.,
    to delineate transmembrane Glasgow et al., eds., The Am. Assoc. for Artificial
    segments on protein sequences Intelligence Press, Menlo Park, CA, pp. 175-182.
    and determine orientation.
    Motifs A program that searches amino Bairoch, A. et al. (1997) Nucleic Acids Res. 25: 217-221;
    acid sequences for patterns Wisconsin Package Program Manual, version 9, page
    that matched those defined in M51-59, Genetics Computer Group, Madison, WI.
    Prosite.

Claims (8)

1-89. (canceled)
90. An isolated polynucleotide encoding (i) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence depicted in SEQ ID NO. 1-17, (b) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide that comprises the amino acid sequence depicted in SEQ ID NO. 1-17, wherein the fragment has cysteine protease activity, (c) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide that comprises the amino acid sequence depicted in SEQ ID NO. 1-17, or (d) a polypeptide that has at least 95% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence depicted in SEQ ID NO. 1-17 and has cysteine protease activity.
91. The isolated polynucleotide of claim 90, wherein the isolated polynucleotide comprises the nucleic acid sequence depicted in SEQ ID NO. 18-34.
92. A recombinant polynucleotide comprising a promoter sequence operably linked to a polynucleotide of claim 90.
93. A cell transformed with a recombinant polynucleotide of claim 92.
94. A method of producing the polypeptide of claim 90 comprising: a) culturing a cell, which has been transformed with a recombinant polynucleotide that comprises a promoter operably linked to a polynucleotide of claim 90, under conditions suitable for expression of the polypeptide, and b) recovering the expressed polypeptide.
95. The method of claim 94, wherein the polypeptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 1-17.
96. An isolated polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of: a) a polynucleotide comprising the nucleic acid sequence depicted in SEQ ID NO. 18-34, b) a polynucleotide comprising a nucleic acid sequence that has at least 95% sequence identity to the nucleic acid sequence depicted in SEQ ID NO. 18-34, wherein the polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide that has cysteine protease activity, c) a polynucleotide complementary to a polynucleotide of a), d) a polynucleotide complementary to a polynucleotide of b), and e) an RNA equivalent of a)-d).
US11/167,040 2000-09-08 2005-06-27 Proteases Abandoned US20050239126A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US11/167,040 US20050239126A1 (en) 2000-09-08 2005-06-27 Proteases

Applications Claiming Priority (9)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US23103900P 2000-09-08 2000-09-08
US23281200P 2000-09-15 2000-09-15
US23485000P 2000-09-22 2000-09-22
US23650000P 2000-09-29 2000-09-29
US23877300P 2000-10-05 2000-10-05
US23965800P 2000-10-12 2000-10-12
US10/363,937 US6927056B2 (en) 2001-09-06 2001-09-06 Proteases
PCT/US2001/028161 WO2002020736A2 (en) 2000-09-08 2001-09-06 Proteases
US11/167,040 US20050239126A1 (en) 2000-09-08 2005-06-27 Proteases

Related Parent Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2001/028161 Division WO2002020736A2 (en) 2000-09-08 2001-09-06 Proteases
US10/363,937 Division US6927056B2 (en) 2000-09-08 2001-09-06 Proteases

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20050239126A1 true US20050239126A1 (en) 2005-10-27

Family

ID=31993812

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/363,937 Expired - Fee Related US6927056B2 (en) 2000-09-08 2001-09-06 Proteases
US11/167,040 Abandoned US20050239126A1 (en) 2000-09-08 2005-06-27 Proteases

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/363,937 Expired - Fee Related US6927056B2 (en) 2000-09-08 2001-09-06 Proteases

Country Status (1)

Country Link
US (2) US6927056B2 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106636007A (en) * 2016-12-09 2017-05-10 新乡学院 Anti-USP2a protein monoclonal antibody hybridoma cell, anti-USP2a monoclonal antibody generated from anti-USP2a protein monoclonal antibody hydridoma cell and application

Families Citing this family (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
ATE368735T1 (en) * 2000-12-18 2007-08-15 Astellas Pharma Inc NEW AGGRECANASE
WO2003006646A1 (en) * 2001-07-10 2003-01-23 Bayer Healthcare Ag Regulation of human aminopeptidase n
CA2474908A1 (en) * 2002-01-31 2003-08-07 Wyeth Aggrecanase molecules
US20040259163A1 (en) * 2002-06-21 2004-12-23 Zymogenetics, Inc. Antibodies to mammalian adhesion protease peptides
US7208311B2 (en) * 2002-12-19 2007-04-24 Schering Corporation Catalytic domain of ADAM33 and methods of use thereof
WO2008109521A2 (en) * 2007-03-02 2008-09-12 University Of South Florida Method of treatment using atranorin
WO2013043970A1 (en) * 2011-09-21 2013-03-28 Progenra, Inc. Methods of screening for inhibitors of enzymes
CA2852629A1 (en) * 2011-10-26 2013-05-02 Nuclea Biotechnologies, Inc. Usp2a peptides and antibodies

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5501969A (en) * 1994-03-08 1996-03-26 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. Human osteoclast-derived cathepsin
US5710014A (en) * 1988-02-11 1998-01-20 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services Cloned cDNA for human procathepsin l.

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5710014A (en) * 1988-02-11 1998-01-20 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services Cloned cDNA for human procathepsin l.
US5501969A (en) * 1994-03-08 1996-03-26 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. Human osteoclast-derived cathepsin

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106636007A (en) * 2016-12-09 2017-05-10 新乡学院 Anti-USP2a protein monoclonal antibody hybridoma cell, anti-USP2a monoclonal antibody generated from anti-USP2a protein monoclonal antibody hydridoma cell and application

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US6927056B2 (en) 2005-08-09
US20040053269A1 (en) 2004-03-18

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20050101529A1 (en) Protein modification and maintenance molecules
WO2001098468A2 (en) Proteases
US20050142600A1 (en) Protein modification and maintenance molecules
US20040023243A1 (en) Proteases
US20050239126A1 (en) Proteases
US20030232349A1 (en) Proteases
US20050069877A1 (en) Protein modification and maintenance molecules
WO2002038744A2 (en) Proteases
US20050112565A1 (en) Proteases
JP2004519206A (en) Protein modification and conservative molecules
WO2004053068A2 (en) Protein modification and maintenance molecules
US20050227280A1 (en) Proteases
WO2002060942A2 (en) Protein modification and maintenance molecules
WO2002020736A2 (en) Proteases
WO2001046443A2 (en) Proteases
US20050019763A1 (en) Protein modification and maintenance molecules
US20050107293A1 (en) Protein modification and maintenance molecules
US20050227273A1 (en) Protein modification and maintenance molecules
US20040029249A1 (en) Proteases
US20030124706A1 (en) Proteases
US20040091962A1 (en) Proteases
US20040081961A1 (en) Proteases

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION